Federal Register proposed rules — 1996-03-26

issue-1996-03-26Federal Register proposed rules — 1996-03-26Proposed Regulation

Published Federal Register documents, not public-inspection drafts. The GPO XML/text rendition is a research aid; the linked complete official PDF retains the printed layout and all graphics. Graphics are retained in that PDF and are not independently reproduced in this text rendition. Publication does not establish that every provision remains legally in force.

FR Doc. 96-7378 Reportable Events Negotiated Rulemaking Advisory Committee; Meeting
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Page 13117]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7378]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION

29 CFR Part 2615

RIN 1212-AA77

Reportable Events Negotiated Rulemaking Advisory Committee; 
Meeting

AGENCY: Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

ACTION: Notice of meeting.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This notice announces the time and place of the next meeting 
of the Reportable Events Negotiated Rulemaking Advisory Committee.

DATES: The Committee will meet at 10:00 a.m. on Wednesday, April 10, 
1996.

ADDRESSES: The meeting will be held at the PBGC's offices at 1200 K 
Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005-4026.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Harold J. Ashner, Assistant General Counsel, or James L. Beller, 
Attorney, Office of the General Counsel, PBGC, 1200 K Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20005-4026, 202-326-4024 (202-326-4179 for TTY and TTD).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On October 5, 1995, the PBGC announced the 
establishment of the Reportable Events Negotiated Rulemaking Advisory 
Committee (60 FR 52135). The ground rules for the Committee state that 
the deadline for negotiations, unless extended by the PBGC, is March 
29, 1996. At the Committee's most recent meeting, held on March 13, 
1996, the PBGC extended the deadline for negotiations to April 30, 
1996.
    The Committee agreed to meet again on April 10, 1996. The agenda 
for the April meeting includes reports from working groups and 
preparation of a consensus recommendation for the PBGC. The meeting 
will be open to the public.

    Issued in Washington, DC, this 22 day of March, 1996.
Martin Slate,
Executive Director, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
[FR Doc. 96-7378 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7708-01-P-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7315 Broadband Personal Communications Services
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13133-13144]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7315]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

47 CFR Parts 20 and 24

[WT Docket No. 96-59; GN Docket No. 90-314; FCC 96-119]

Broadband Personal Communications Services

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Federal Communications Commission has adopted a Notice of 
Proposed Rule Making (``Notice'') that proposes to resolve a number of 
issues relevant to the award of licenses for the broadband Personal 
Communications Services (``PCS'') D, E, and F blocks. The Notice begins 
the process of supplementing the record supporting the gender- and 
race-based competitive bidding rules in the wake of Adarand 
Constructors, Inc. v. Pena, but it also tentatively concludes that the 
Commission should not delay auctioning the remaining broadband PCS 
frequency blocks long enough to complete that process. Accordingly, the 
Notice proposes to modify the F block auction rules to make them 
gender- and race-neutral. The Notice also seeks comment on several 
other matters relating to designated entities and entrepreneurs, 
including the definitions of small business and rural telephone 
company, whether to extend installment payment plans to small 
businesses bidding on the D and E blocks, adjustments to the payment 
plans available to small businesses bidding on the D and E blocks, and 
adjustments to the benefits provided to entrepreneurs in the F block 
rules that might be warranted in light of the fact that 10 MHz licenses 
are expected to have lower values than the 30 MHz C block licenses. In 
addition, the Notice proposes changes to the F block license transfer 
restrictions.
    The Notice also proposes to resolve the question whether, in light 
of Cincinnati Bell Telephone Co. v. FCC, the Commission should for all 
broadband PCS licensees, retain or relax the cellular/PCS cross-
ownership rule and the attribution rules for cellular licensees 
interested in acquiring broadband PCS licenses. In addition, the Notice 
proposes to amend the ownership information disclosure requirements for 
broadband PCS auction applicants, and proposes to auction the D, E, and 
F block licenses in concurrent auctions.
    This Notice contains proposed or modified information collections 
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA). It has been 
submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review under 
the PRA. OMB, the general public, and other Federal agencies are 
invited to comment on the proposed or modified information collections 
contained in this proceeding.

DATES: Comments must be submitted on or before April 15, 1996; reply 
comments must be submitted on or before April 25, 1996. Written 
comments by the public on the proposed and/or modified information 
collections are due April 15, 1996. Written comments must be submitted 
by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on the proposed and/or 
modified information collections on or before May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Federal Communications Commission, 1919 M Street, N.W., 
Washington, D.C. 20554. In addition to filing comments with the 
Secretary, a copy of any comments on information collections contained 
herein should be submitted to Dorothy Conway, Federal Communications 
Commission, Room 234, 1919 M Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20554, or 
via the Internet to [email protected], and to Timothy Fain, OMB Desk 
Officer, 10236 NEOB, 725--17th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20503 or 
via the Internet to [email protected].

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mark Bollinger, Wireless

[[Page 13134]]
Telecommunications Bureau, (202) 418-0660. For additional information 
concerning the information collections contained in this Notice, 
contact Dorothy Conway at (202) 418-0217, or via the Internet at 
[email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Notice 
of Proposed Rule Making in WT Docket No. 96-59; GN Docket No. 90-314; 
FCC 96-119, adopted March 20, 1996 and released March 20, 1996. The 
complete text of the Notice of Proposed Rule Making is available for 
inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC 
Reference Center (Room 239), 1919 M Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. and 
also may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, 
International Transcription Service, (202) 857-3800, 2100 M Street, 
N.W., Suite 140, Washington, D.C. 20037.
    This Notice contains either a proposed or modified information 
collection. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce 
paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the Office of 
Management and Budget (OMB) to comment on the information collections 
contained in this Notice, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 
1995, Pub. L. No. 104-13. Public and agency comments are due at the 
same time as other comments on this Notice; OMB notification of action 
is due 60 days from date of publication of this Notice in the Federal 
Register. Comments should address: (a) whether the proposed collection 
of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions 
of the Commission, including whether the information shall have 
practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's burden 
estimates; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the 
information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the 
collection of information on the respondents, including the use of 
automated collection techniques or other forms of information 
technology.
    OMB Approval Number: N/A.
    Title: Amendment of Part 20 and 24 of the Commission's Rules--
Broadband PCS Competitive Bidding and the Commercial Mobile Radio 
Service Spectrum Cap; Amendment of the Commission's Cellular PCS Cross-
Ownership Rule.
    Form No.: Form 175 and Form 600.
    Type of Review: New collection.
    Respondents: Business or other for-profit; individuals or 
households; not-for-profit institutions; and state, local and tribal 
governments.
    Number of Respondents: 6,000.
    Estimated Time Per Response: 13 hours.
    Total Annual Burden: 77,817 hours.
    Estimated costs per respondent: 2,848 dollars.
    Needs and Uses: The auction rules require broadband PCS applicants 
for the D, E, and F blocks to submit (1) ownership information, (2) 
terms of joint bidding agreements, (3) net asset (F block only) and 
gross revenues calculations, and (4) evidence of environmental impact. 
Furthermore, in case a licensee defaults or loses its license, the 
Commission retains the discretion to re-auction such licenses. If 
licenses are re-auctioned, the new license winners would be required at 
the close of the re-auction to comply with the same disclosure 
requirements explained above.
    The information collected will be used by the Commission to 
determine whether the applicant is legally, technically, and 
financially qualified to bid in the broadband PCS auctions and hold a 
broadband PCS license. Without such information the Commission could 
not determine whether to issue the license to the successful applicant 
and therefore fulfill its statutory responsibilities in accordance with 
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.

SYNOPSIS OF THE NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULE MAKING

I. Introduction

    In this Notice, the Commission seeks comment on a range of issues 
pertaining to the competitive bidding and ownership rules for the D, E, 
and F frequency blocks of the Personal Communications Services in the 2 
GHz band (``broadband PCS''), and the Commission proposes modifications 
to these rules. A number of the issues the Commission addresses relate 
to the treatment of designated entities, i.e., small businesses, rural 
telephone companies, and businesses owned by members of minority groups 
and women. In addition, on remand from the U.S. Circuit Court of 
Appeals for the Sixth Circuit, the Commission reexamines certain rules 
governing cellular licensees' ownership of broadband PCS licenses in 
all frequency bands.

II. Proposals

A. Treatment of Designated Entities

1. Meeting the Adarand Standard
    2. In the Competitive Bidding Fifth Report and Order, 59 Fed Reg 
37566 (July 22, 1994) the Commission adopted gender- and race-based 
provisions as part of the F block rules to encourage the participation 
of women- and minority-owned businesses in the provision of PCS. The 
standard of review applied to federal programs designed to enhance 
opportunities for racial minorities at the time the F block rules were 
adopted was an intermediate scrutiny standard.
    3. In Adarand v. Pena, the Supreme Court invalidated the 
intermediate scrutiny standard for federal race-based programs. The 
Court held that all racial classifications, imposed by whatever 
federal, state or local government actor, must be analyzed by a 
reviewing court under strict scrutiny. In other words, such 
classifications are constitutional only if they are narrowly tailored 
to further a compelling governmental interest. Moreover, as the Court 
made clear in Adarand, a strict scrutiny standard of review will be 
applied even if the racial classifications are well motivated or 
``benign.''
    4. Application of the two-prong strict scrutiny standard of review 
to provisions designed to encourage minority participation in PCS 
requires the Commission to show (1) that a compelling governmental 
interest exists for taking race into account in adopting such 
provisions, and (2) that the provisions in question are narrowly 
tailored to further the compelling governmental interest established by 
the record and findings. Richmond v. J.A. Croson Co., and other cases 
provide the Commission with some indications of the type of record it 
might be necessary to develop in order to meet the strict scrutiny 
standard.
    5. In Croson, the Court held that remedying past discrimination 
constitutes a compelling interest, whether the discrimination was 
committed by the government or by private actors within its 
jurisdiction. Other courts have also held remedial measures--those 
intended to compensate for past discrimination--to be compelling 
governmental interests. In Croson, however, the Court makes clear that 
an interest in remedying general societal discrimination could not be 
considered compelling because a ``generalized assertion'' of past 
discrimination ``has no logical stopping point'' and would support 
unconstrained uses of racial classifications. Whether other objectives 
for race-based measures rise to the level of a compelling governmental 
interest is unclear. However, in a plurality opinion issued before 
Adarand, the Supreme Court indicated that non-remedial measures aimed 
at fostering ethnic diversity could satisfy the compelling interest 
requirement of strict scrutiny.
    6. The Supreme Court in Croson noted the high standard of evidence 
required of the government to establish

[[Page 13135]]
a compelling interest. It stated that the government must demonstrate a 
``strong basis in evidence for its conclusion that remedial action was 
necessary'' and that such evidence should approach ``a prima facie case 
of a constitutional or statutory violation of the rights of 
minorities.'' Other courts, in cases decided after Croson, have held 
that statistical evidence can be probative of discrimination in the 
remedial setting, and that anecdotal evidence can buttress statistical 
evidence.
    7. As indicated above, even if a compelling governmental interest 
is established, the second prong of the strict scrutiny test, narrow 
tailoring, must also be shown. This requirement is intended to ensure 
``that the means chosen 'fit' [the] compelling goal so closely that 
there is little or no possibility that the motive for the 
classification was illegitimate racial prejudice or stereotype.'' 
Different factors have been used by courts to determine, under a strict 
scrutiny standard, whether a program is narrowly tailored. These 
include: (1) whether race-neutral measures were considered before 
adopting race-conscious measures; (2) the scope of the program and 
whether it contains a waiver mechanism that facilitates narrowing of 
that scope; (3) the comparison of any numerical target to the number of 
qualified minorities in the relevant sector; (4) the duration of the 
program and whether it is subject to periodic review; (5) the manner in 
which race is considered; and (6) the degree and type of burden on non-
minorities.
    8. An intermediate scrutiny standard of review currently applies to 
gender-based measures. Under this standard, a gender-based provision is 
constitutional if it serves an important governmental objective and is 
substantially related to achievement of that objective. The Supreme 
Court has not addressed constitutional challenges to federal gender-
based programs since Adarand. However, the Court's refusal in Adarand 
to apply a less strict standard to benign race-based classifications 
than that applied to ``invidious'' race-based classifications suggests 
that the same standard should be applied to benign and invidious 
gender-based classifications.
    9. In the Competitive Bidding Sixth Report and Order, 60 FR 37786 
(July 21, 1995), in which it eliminated the race- and gender-based 
provisions in the C block rules, the Commission expressed its concern 
that the record would not adequately support the race- and gender-based 
provisions in the C block competitive bidding rules under a strict 
scrutiny standard of review. The evidence supporting the gender- and 
race-based provisions cited in the Competitive Bidding Fifth Report and 
Order primarily shows broad discrimination against racial groups and 
women by lenders and underrepresentation of these groups as owners and 
employees in the communications industry. Similar evidence has been 
submitted to the Commission since that time, including evidence 
supporting a petition for reconsideration of the Competitive Bidding 
Sixth Report and Order.
    10. The Commission continues to believe that this evidence is 
insufficient to demonstrate a compelling interest under the strict 
scrutiny standard to support the race-based provisions of the F block 
because it reflects primarily generalized assertions of discrimination. 
Adarand and Croson make clear that only a record of discrimination 
against a particular racial group would support remedial measures 
designed to help that group. Therefore, the Commission believes that a 
record of discrimination against minorities in general is not 
sufficient. Specific evidence of discrimination against particular 
racial groups would be required to support a rule for any group. 
Commission Rules define minority group members to include Blacks, 
Hispanics, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, Asians, and Pacific 
Islanders. Although the Commission has some general evidence of 
discrimination against certain racial groups, none of the evidence it 
has appears to satisfy strict scrutiny.
    11. The Commission notes too that last year, the D.C. Circuit Court 
of Appeals stayed the C block auction in response to a constitutional 
equal protection challenge against women- and minority-based 
provisions, even though an intermediate level standard of review 
applied. Thus, the Commission tentatively concludes that the present 
record in support of race-based F block provisions is insufficient to 
satisfy strict scrutiny. The Commission seeks comment on this tentative 
conclusion. The Commission also requests comment on whether the F block 
provisions promote a compelling governmental interest and, more 
particularly, whether compensating for discrimination in lending 
practices and in practices in the communications industry constitutes 
such an interest. The Commission also asks interested parties to 
comment on nonremedial objectives that could be furthered by the 
minority-based provisions of the F block rules and whether they could 
be considered compelling governmental interests, such as increased 
diversity in ownership and employment in the communications industry or 
increased industry competition. In commenting, the Commission asks 
parties to submit statistical data, personal accounts, studies, or any 
other data relevant to the entry of specific racial groups into the 
field of telecommunications. Examples of relevant evidence could 
include discrimination against minorities trying to obtain FCC licenses 
for auctioned or non-auctioned spectrum; discrimination against 
minorities seeking positions of ownership or employment in 
communications or related businesses; discrimination against minorities 
attempting to obtain capital to start up or expand a telecommunications 
enterprise, including terms and conditions; and discrimination against 
minorities operating telecommunications businesses, including treatment 
by vendors, FCC licensees, and suppliers.
    12. The Commission also asks those parties who conclude that the 
race-based provisions serve a compelling governmental interest to 
comment on whether the provisions are narrowly tailored to serve that 
interest. Are these provisions sufficiently narrow in scope? Do they 
unduly burden non-minorities? Would race-neutral measures further the 
same interests and achieve the same objectives as race-conscious 
measures?
    13. In addition, the Commission also tentatively concludes that the 
present record in support of the gender-based F block rules may be 
insufficient to satisfy intermediate scrutiny. The Commission seeks 
comment on this tentative conclusion. The Commission also seeks comment 
on whether there are remedial or nonremedial goals that would satisfy 
the ``important governmental objective'' requirement of the 
intermediate scrutiny standard. Are the gender-based F block rules 
``substantially related'' to the achievement of such objectives? Just 
as it requested for the F block race-based provisions, the Commission 
asks parties to submit statistical data, personal accounts studies or 
any other data relevant to the entry of women into the field of 
telecommunications.
    14. The Commission also is interested in supplementing the current 
record to support race- and gender-based provisions in other rules. In 
this regard, the Commission plans shortly to issue a Notice of Inquiry 
that requests evidence of current and past discrimination experienced 
by small businesses and businesses owned by women and minorities or by 
individual women and minorities. The record outlined in response to 
this Notice will also be incorporated into that Docket.

[[Page 13136]]

    15. The Commission undertakes this effort to support the auction 
rules because it is committed to fulfilling the Congressional mandate 
to provide opportunities for women- and minority-owned businesses 
through the competitive bidding process. The Commission believes, 
however, that marshaling sufficient evidence to satisfy the strict 
scrutiny standard of review now applicable to federal race-based 
programs may be a time-consuming process, and it is mindful that it may 
not fulfill its other obligations under Section 309(j) if it delayed 
the award of F block licenses until that process is complete.
    16. The Commission notes that some representatives of the 
telecommunications industry have voiced a need to have the D, E, and F 
block licenses awarded quickly. With the completion of the C block 
auction, the Commission will have neared completion of awarding the 30 
MHz A, B, and C block licenses. Any entity with plans to aggregate a 10 
MHz F block license with a 30 MHz A, B, or C block PCS license or any 
cellular or Specialized Mobile Radio (``SMR'') licensee that plans to 
acquire a 10 MHz license for use in its service area, the Commission 
believes, will be interested in swift auctioning of D, E, and F block 
licenses. The Commission also believes that entities that were unable 
to win licenses in the previous PCS auctions may be interested in 
bidding on the D, E, and F blocks, and that it will be important to 
these entities to acquire licenses quickly so that they can compete at 
the earliest point possible with other providers of Commercial Mobile 
Radio Services (``CMRS''), and with wireline service providers. 
Further, the Commission believes that both Congress and consumers 
expect it to promote the rapid development of PCS. Balancing its 
obligation to provide opportunities for women- and minority-owned 
businesses to participate in spectrum-based services against its 
statutory duties to facilitate the rapid delivery of new services to 
the American consumer and promote efficient use of the spectrum, the 
Commission tentatively concludes that it should not delay the F block 
auction for the amount of time it would take to adduce sufficient 
evidence to support the race- and gender-based F block provisions. 
While the Commission could proceed with the F block auction under the 
current rules, it tentatively concludes that this course of action 
would not serve the public interest because it may likely result in 
litigation that would delay the auction, the dissemination of 
additional broadband PCS licenses, and ultimately the introduction of 
competition.
    17. As a result, the Commission tentatively concludes that if it is 
unable to gather sufficient evidence to support the race- and gender-
based provisions in the instant proceeding, it should eliminate these 
provisions from the rules and proceed as expeditiously as possible to 
auction the remaining broadband PCS licenses. The Commission seeks 
comment on these tentative conclusions.
    18. In reaching these tentative conclusions, the Commission notes 
that of the 255 bidders that qualified to bid in the C block auction, 
46 claimed minority-owned business status and 34 claimed women-owned 
business status. These statistics indicate that even without the women- 
and minority-owned business specific provisions in the C block rules, 
women- and minority-owned businesses were able to participate in the 
auction. However, one could also argue that the presence of race- and 
gender-based rules before the Competitive Bidding Sixth Report and 
Order encouraged the participation of minorities and women. It may have 
helped such companies open the door to discussions with investors that 
persisted even when the rules changed. Indeed, in the Competitive 
Bidding Sixth Report and Order, one of the Commission's primary 
objectives was to preserve the relationships and deals minority- and 
women-owned companies had made prior to the rule change. As discussed 
more fully below, the Commission seeks comment on whether, if it 
ultimately decides to make the F block rules race- and gender-neutral, 
it should do so by making these rules conform to the C block rules, or 
whether other approaches to amending the F block rules would be more 
appropriate. The Commission also seeks comment on how the Commission 
can meet its statutory requirement under Section 309(j) to ensure 
participation by minorities and women in the provision of service, if 
the rules are changed to be race- and gender-neutral.
a. Control Group Equity Structures
    19. To be eligible to participate in the entrepreneurs' block 
auctions, an applicant, together with its affiliates and persons or 
entities that hold interests in the applicant, must have gross revenues 
of less than $125 million in each of the last two years and total 
assets of less than $500 million. Under the Commission's current rules, 
the gross revenues and total assets of certain persons or entities 
holding interests in an applicant will not be considered for purposes 
of determining eligibility to participate in the F block auction if the 
applicant utilizes one of two equity structures. Use of either of these 
equity structures requires the applicant to form a ``control group,'' 
but one of these options is available only to minority- and women-owned 
businesses.
    20. The first equity structure option, the Control Group Minimum 25 
Percent Equity Option, is available to all applicants for the F block 
auction. Under this option, the control group must hold at least 25 
percent of the applicant's total equity. Of that 25 percent, at least 
15 percent must be held by ``qualifying investors.'' The remaining ten 
percent may be held by qualifying investors, certain institutional 
investors, non-controlling existing investors in any preexisting entity 
that is a member of the control group, or individuals that are members 
of the applicant's management. In addition, members of the control 
group must have de facto control of the control group and of the 
applicant, and hold at least 50.1 percent of the voting stock or all 
general partnership interests. If these requirements are met, the 
remaining 75 percent of the applicant's equity may be held by other 
non-controlling investors, and the gross revenues and total assets of 
any such investor will not be attributed to the applicant provided that 
the investor holds no more than 25 percent of the total equity of the 
applicant.
    21. The second equity structure option, the Control Group Minimum 
50.1 Percent Equity Option, is currently available only to minority- or 
women-owned applicants for the F block auction. Under this option, the 
control group must own at least 50.1 percent of the applicant's total 
equity. Of that 50.1 percent equity, at least 30 percent must be held 
by qualifying investors who are members of minority groups or women. 
The remaining 20.1 percent may be held by qualifying investors, certain 
institutional investors, non-controlling existing investors in any 
preexisting entity that is a member of the control group, or 
individuals who are members of the applicant's management. In addition, 
members of the control group must hold 50.1 percent of the voting stock 
or all general partnership interests, and have de facto control of both 
the control group and the applicant. If these requirements are met, the 
remaining 49.9 percent of the applicant's equity may be held by a 
single non-controlling investor, and the gross revenues and total 
assets of any such investor will not be attributed.
    22. When the Commission adopted the Control Group Minimum 50.1

[[Page 13137]]
Percent Equity Option, it determined that making such a mechanism 
available to minority- and women-owned businesses would help them 
attract adequate financing. However, in light of the Supreme Court's 
holding in Adarand, the Commission tentatively concludes that, if it 
determines after reviewing the comments in this proceeding that it 
still does not have a sufficient record to support offering the 50.1/
49.9 percent equity structure only to women- and minority-owned 
businesses, it should make the Control Group Minimum 50.1 Percent 
Equity Option available to small businesses and entrepreneurs as it did 
in the C block auction. In other words, if commenters in this 
proceeding are unable to supply sufficient evidence to meet the 
applicable standard of review, the Commission proposes to modify the 
rules to permit all F block applicants to avail themselves of the 50.1/
49.9 percent equity structure. The Commission believes that such a rule 
change, which is identical to a rule change upheld in the C block by 
the D.C. Circuit, would facilitate the expeditious dissemination of the 
F block licenses by forestalling the legal challenges based on Adarand 
that would likely result if it moved forward with this rule in its 
current form. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal. Since this 
control group option was adopted to help minority-and women-owned 
businesses, in particular, attract capital, the Commission also seeks 
comment on whether it needs to extend this provision to all small 
businesses here.
    23. As an alternative to adopting the above rule changes, the 
Commission could simplify or abandon both control group equity 
structure options currently offered to F block applicants. Should it, 
for example, provide that only the gross revenues and assets of 
controlling principals in the applicant, together with any affiliates 
of the applicant, be aggregated to determine eligibility? If the 
Commission were to modify the rules in this way, how should it 
determine who is a controlling principal? Alternatively, the Commission 
could aggregate the gross revenues and assets of controlling principals 
and any investor that has an interest in the applicant that exceeds a 
certain percentage. For example, the Commission could provide that only 
the gross revenues of investors with an ownership interest of 25 
percent or more in the applicant will be aggregated with the assets of 
controlling principals. If the Commission were to adopt this 
modification, what percentage of interest in the applicant should it 
adopt as the threshold? The Commission seeks comment on these and other 
options that interested parties might wish to propose.
    24. Finally, the Commission asks commenters to discuss whether 
there is any need to make adjustments to the financial eligibility 
threshold for the F block auction. Is there a concern, for example, 
that C block winners will be disqualified from acquiring F block 
licenses by virtue of the valuation of their C block licenses? Should 
the Commission simply allow any qualified C block bidder to bid on F 
block licenses?
b. Affiliation Rules
    25. The Commission adopted affiliation rules for identifying all 
individuals and entities whose gross revenues and assets must be 
aggregated with those of the applicant to determine whether the 
applicant exceeds the financial caps for the entrepreneurs' blocks or 
for small business size status. The affiliation rules identify which 
individuals or entities will be found to control or be controlled by 
the applicant or an attributable investor in the applicant by 
specifying which ownership interests or other criteria will give rise 
to an affiliation.
    26. The Commission adopted two exceptions to the affiliation rules 
in the broadband PCS C and F block context. Under one exception, 
applicants affiliated with Indian tribes and Alaska Regional or Village 
Corporations organized pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement 
Act, 43 U.S.C. Sec. 1601 et seq., are generally exempted from the 
affiliation rules for purposes of determining eligibility to 
participate in bidding on C and F block licenses and to qualify as a 
small business. Under the second exception, as originally adopted, the 
gross revenues and assets of affiliates controlled by minority 
investors who are members of the applicant's control group are not 
attributed to the applicant for purposes of determining compliance with 
the eligibility standards for participation in the entrepreneurs' block 
auctions.
    27. In the Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, 60 FR 34201 
(June 30, 1995), the Commission proposed elimination of the exception 
to the affiliation rules pertaining to minority investors for purposes 
of the C block auction. This exception was intended to permit minority 
investors who control other concerns to be members of an applicant's 
control group and to bring their management skills and financial 
resources to bear in its operation without the assets and revenues of 
those other concerns being counted as part of the applicant's total 
assets and revenues. The Commission further anticipated that such an 
exception would permit minority applicants to pool their resources with 
other minority-owned businesses and draw on the expertise of those who 
have faced similar barriers to raising capital in the past. The 
Commission tentatively concluded that it would be imprudent to extend 
such an exception to all entrepreneurs because to do so would frustrate 
the Commission's goals in establishing the entrepreneurs' blocks--
namely, to ensure that broadband PCS licenses will be disseminated 
among a wide variety of applicants and to exclude large 
telecommunications companies from bidding on such blocks.
    28. In the Competitive Bidding Sixth Report and Order, however, the 
Commission declined to eliminate the exception and adopted a 
modification to the minority affiliation rule for the C block which was 
suggested by commenters. The modified rule, 47 CFR 
Sec. 24.720(l)(11)(ii), allows all small business applicants to exclude 
any affiliates who would otherwise qualify as entrepreneurs by having 
gross revenues under $125 million and total assets under $500 million 
and whose total assets and gross revenues, when considered on a 
cumulative basis and aggregated with each other, do not exceed these 
amounts. This rule change in the C block was affirmed by the D.C. 
Circuit Court of Appeals.
    29. The Commission seeks comment on whether, if it determines that 
the record is insufficient to support an exception to the affiliation 
rule based on race, it should amend the affiliation rule for the F 
block to eliminate the exception pertaining to minority investors, as 
was originally proposed for the C block, or whether it should adopt the 
C block's modified exception. It has been alleged that the modification 
of the exception for minority investors for purposes of the C block 
auction could lead to abuse. The Commission believes that its 
experience with the C block auction may show whether this rule has had 
its intended effect of allowing small businesses to pool their 
resources to bid on capital-intensive services and draw on the 
expertise of those who have started small businesses. If information 
from the C block auction is relevant to whether the Commission should 
amend the rule, it proposes to incorporate it here. The Commission also 
seeks comment on whether this modified minority investors exception 
would serve the public interest given the fact that F block licenses 
are smaller than C

[[Page 13138]]
block licenses and are expected to have lower values.
    30. The Commission does not propose to eliminate the affiliation 
exception for Indian tribes and Alaska Regional or Village 
Corporations. It tentatively concludes that the ``Indian Commerce 
Clause'' of the United States Constitution provides an independent 
basis for this exception that is not implicated by the holding in 
Adarand. The Commission requests comment on this tentative conclusion.
c. Installment Payments
    31. As a general matter, entrepreneurs' block licensees are 
eligible for installment payment plans that afford them the opportunity 
to pay for their licenses over a period of time at favorable interest 
rates, rather than pay for the licenses in full at the time of grant.
    32. Five different installment payment plans are currently 
available to F block applicants under Section 24.716 of the 
Commission's Rules. The first installment payment plan, which is 
available to entities with gross revenues in excess of $75 million, 
allows them to pay interest based on the ten-year U.S. Treasury rate 
plus 3.5 percent, with payment of principal and interest amortized over 
the term of the license. The second installment payment plan, which is 
available to entities with gross revenues between $40 and $75 million, 
provides for the payment of interest equal to the ten-year U.S. 
Treasury rate plus 2.5 percent. Entities eligible for this plan make 
interest-only payments for one year, with the principal and interest 
amortized over the remaining nine years of the license term.
    33. The third installment payment plan is available only to 
entities that qualify as a small business or consortium of small 
businesses. This plan provides for the payment of interest at the ten-
year U.S. Treasury rate plus 2.5 percent, but allows eligible entities 
to make interest-only payments for two years, with principal and 
interest amortized over the remaining eight years of the license term.
    34. The fourth plan provides for interest-only payments for three 
years and payments of principal and interest over the remaining seven 
years of the license term and is only available to businesses owned by 
members of minority groups or women. The final and most favorable 
installment payment plan provides for interest-only payments for six 
years and payments of principal and interest amortized over the 
remaining four years of the license term. This plan is available only 
to small businesses owned by members of minority groups or women.
    35. In the event the Commission finds after reviewing the comments 
in this proceeding that the record is insufficient to sustain the race- 
and gender-based provisions of the F block rules under the appropriate 
standard of review, the Commission proposes to modify Section 24.716 to 
eliminate the special provisions that are tied to an applicant's status 
as a minority- or women-owned business. The Commission seeks comment on 
whether it should provide for three installment payment plans based 
solely on financial size, as it did for the C block. Under this 
approach, the first two installment payments described above--those for 
eligible bidders with gross revenues exceeding $75 million and with 
gross revenues between $40 and $75 million--would remain unchanged. The 
most favorable installment payment plan--set forth in Section 
24.716(b)(5) and previously available only to small minority- or women-
owned firms--would be made available to all small businesses. Thus, all 
small businesses would be permitted to pay for their licenses in 
installments at the ten-year U.S. Treasury rate applicable on the date 
the license is granted, and would be permitted to make interest-only 
payments for the first six years, with payments of principal and 
interest amortized over the remaining four years of the license term. 
As discussed below, however, the Commission also seeks comment on 
whether such favorable payment terms are necessary for F block auction 
winners and, in particular, whether the 6-year interest only period 
serves the public interest given that the amounts bid for the 10 MHz 
licenses most likely would be lower than those bid for 30 MHz licenses 
in the C block.
d. Bidding Credits
    36. A bidding credit acts as a discount on the winning bid amount 
that a bidder actually has to pay for the license. The current F block 
rules provide for three tiers of bidding credits ranging between 10 
percent and 25 percent. Under these rules, a small business is granted 
a 10 percent bidding credit, a business that is owned by members of 
minority groups or women is granted a 15 percent bidding credit, and a 
small business owned by members of minority groups or women is allowed 
to aggregate the bidding credits for a 25 percent bidding credit.
    37. If the Commission finds that they cannot withstand judicial 
review on the basis of the evidence adduced in this proceeding, it 
proposes to eliminate the race- and gender-based bidding credits in the 
F block rules. The Commission believe that this proposed rule change, 
like the other proposals for making the rules race- and gender-neutral, 
should allow it and prospective bidders to avoid litigation based on 
Adarand and thus will permit the auction to proceed without delay. The 
Commission seeks comment on this proposal. It also seeks comment on 
whether it should, in place of these bidding credits, extend a single 
bidding credit to all small businesses as it did for the C block. If 
the Commission chooses to adopt a single small business bidding credit 
for the F block, how big should the credit be? Should the Commission 
retain one of the three bidding credits currently provided--10, 15 or 
25 percent--and make it available to all small businesses bidding in 
the F block? In the alternative, should the Commission offer tiered 
bidding credits, such as 15 percent for small businesses with aggregate 
gross revenues under $15 million and 10 percent for businesses with 
gross revenues between $15 million and $40 million? The Commission 
tentatively concludes that because the value of 10 MHz licenses may be 
lower than the value of 30 MHz licenses, a smaller bidding credit than 
was offered C block bidders may be appropriate for F block bidders. The 
Commission also tentatively concludes that these lower expected values 
may attract smaller businesses, thus justifying a tiered bidding 
credit. The Commission seeks comments on these tentative conclusions.
e. Information Collection
    38. If the Commission eliminates the race- and gender-based 
provisions in the F block rules because it finds after reviewing the 
comments in this proceeding that it still does not have a record 
sufficient to withstand the appropriate standard of review, it intends 
nonetheless to continue to request that applicants provide information 
regarding minority- or women owned status in their short-form 
applications. The Commission notes that it has collected such 
information concerning participants in ongoing auctions, including the 
C block auction. The Commission believes that continuing to collect 
such information will assist it in analyzing applicant pools and 
auction results to determine whether it has promoted substantial 
participation in auctions by minorities and women, as Congress 
directed, through the special provisions it propose to make available 
to small businesses. This information will also assist the Commission 
in preparing a report to Congress on the participation of designated 
entities in the auctions

[[Page 13139]]
and in the provision of spectrum-based services. In addition, such 
information will be relevant in developing a supplemental record should 
the Commission find that special provisions for small businesses prove 
unsuccessful in encouraging the dissemination of licenses to a wide 
variety of applicants, including businesses owned by members of 
minority groups and women. The Commission seeks comment on this 
information collection proposal.

2. Definitions

a. Small Business
    39. The proposal to extend to small businesses certain F block rule 
provisions previously applicable only to women- and minority-owned 
businesses highlights the importance of the definition of a small 
business. The current generic auction rules enable the Commission to 
establish a small business definition in the context of each particular 
service. Under the specific rule for the C and F blocks, a ``small 
business'' is defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates 
and persons or entities that hold interests in such entity and their 
affiliates, has average gross revenues that are not more than $40 
million for the preceding three years.
    40. The Commission requests comment on whether the definition of 
small business continues to be appropriate. Is a threshold of average 
gross revenues of not more than $40 million too high or too low for 
entities bidding on 10 MHz licenses? How does the definition of small 
business in Section 24.720(b)(1) compare to the definition of small 
businesses for other services? Does the current service-by-service 
approach remain valid? In the alternative, would it be feasible to 
establish an appropriate small business size applicable to all CMRS 
services? The Commission proposes to keep the current small business 
definition for the F block--the same definition used for the C block--
to allow C block small business licensees to benefit from the small 
business provisions of the F block. The Commission requests comment on 
this proposal. However, the Commission is concerned that by using this 
threshold, C block winners may not be able to acquire F block licenses 
given the value of their C block licenses. The Commission, therefore, 
requests comment on whether the value of a C block license should be 
part of the gross revenues calculation. The Commission also requests 
comment on whether it should define and adopt rules for very small 
businesses. If so, what should be the appropriate size standard for 
very small businesses and why? Instead of or in addition to modifying 
the small business definition, should the Commission modify or simplify 
the affiliation rules? The Commission notes that the Small Business 
Administration recently simplified the definition of ``affiliate'' in 
its rules.
b. Rural Telephone Company
    41. In the Competitive Bidding Fifth Report and Order, the 
Commission established provisions to help rural telephone companies 
become meaningful participants in the PCS industry and defined a rural 
telephone company as ``a local exchange carrier having 100,000 or fewer 
access lines, including all affiliates.'' The impact of this definition 
was to identify entities that qualified for the partitioning system 
that the Commission adopted to allow rural telephone companies to 
obtain broadband PCS licenses that are geographically partitioned from 
large PCS service areas.
    42. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 creates, for the first time, 
a statutory definition for rural telephone companies. The Commission 
requests comment on whether Congress intended to define the term rural 
telephone company used in Section 309(j) or whether it was only meant 
to define the term as used in new sections of the Communications Act, 
such as Section 251. In any event, should the Commission change the 
definition of a rural telephone company to this definition for purposes 
of the broadband PCS designated entity provisions. The Commission also 
asks commenters to discuss how adoption of this definition would affect 
the current rules allowing geographic partitioning of rural areas 
served by rural telephone companies.

3. Extending Small Business Provisions to the D and E Blocks

    43. The rule modifications discussed above would extend greater 
bidding credits and more favorable installment payment plans to all 
small business bidders in the F block auction. The D and E blocks are 
not entrepreneurs' blocks, and current D and E block auction rules do 
not make special provision for small businesses. Members of the 
telecommunications industry, however, have expressed a desire for the 
Commission to extend the small business provisions of the F block 
auction rules to bidders for D and E block licenses.
    44. The Commission requests comment on whether it should extend 
installment payment plans to small businesses bidding on the D and E 
blocks. From parties that believe the Commission should extend these 
provisions to the D and E blocks, the Commission also requests comment 
on the terms for these provisions for D and E block small businesses. 
For example, should small businesses bidding in the D and E blocks 
qualify for installment payments with the same terms as small 
businesses in the F block, or should D and E block small businesses 
receive less favorable payment terms? The Commission tentatively 
concludes that extension of installment payments could result in 
disseminating licenses in the D and E blocks to a wider variety of 
applicants in two ways. First, it could increase the chances for all 
small businesses, including those that are women- or minority-owned and 
that would have benefited from the F block provisions that it proposes 
to change, to win a D, E, or F block license. Second, it could increase 
opportunities for small businesses that are current PCS, cellular, or 
SMR licensees to obtain 10 MHz-licenses that they could aggregate with 
their current licenses. The Commission requests comment on this 
tentative conclusion.

4. Adjusting for Lower Values of 10 MHz Licenses

    45. Notwithstanding the Commission's desire to increase 
opportunities for small businesses, including those that are women- and 
minority-owned, to acquire PCS licenses, the Commission is aware that 
winning bids for the D, E, and F block licenses, which authorize the 
use of 10 MHz, could be lower than those for the 30 MHz A, B, and C 
block licenses. Accordingly, it asks for comment on whether it should 
adjust the terms of the installment financing provisions to reflect the 
lower values of the 10 MHz license. Are the installment payment plans 
for small businesses too generous in light of the expected lower values 
of the 10 MHz licenses? In particular, is it in the public interest to 
offer a 6-year interest-only period for all small business F block 
licensees?
    46. Similarly, the Commission seeks comment on whether the F block 
rules establishing discounted upfront payments and reduced down 
payments for entrepreneurs should be adjusted. Upfront payment 
requirements are designed to ensure that only serious and qualified 
bidders participate in the Commission's spectrum auctions, and to deter 
frivolous or insincere bidding. Upfront payments are also required to 
provide the Commission with a source of funds in the event that it 
becomes necessary to assess default or bid withdrawal payments. The

[[Page 13140]]
Commission's rules currently require participants in the F block 
auction to submit an upfront payment of $0.015 per MHz per pop (or per 
bidding unit) for the maximum number of licenses (in terms of bidding 
units) on which they intend to bid. This differs from the standard 
upfront payment formula originally set at $0.02 per MHz-pop for 
broadband PCS services, which was utilized in the A and B block 
auctions and will be required in the D and E blocks. The 25 percent 
discount on the upfront payment for the entrepreneurs' block auctions 
was intended to facilitate the participation of capital-constrained 
companies and permit them to conserve resources for infrastructure 
development after winning a license.
    47. The Commission requests comment on whether a discounted upfront 
payment is necessary to encourage the participation of entrepreneurs 
and designated entities in the F block auction. It also requests 
comment on whether the discounted upfront payment is sufficient to 
ensure that only serious and qualified bidders participate in the F 
block auction. Is the discounted upfront payment amount an adequate 
measure of a bidder's ability to pay for the licenses it might win and 
to meet the Commission's build-out requirements? Or, should the 
Commission increase the required upfront payment to $0.02 per bidding 
unit or more in order to minimize the possibility of insincere or 
frivolous bidding and bidder default?
    48. The F block rules also discount down payments for winning 
bidders. The primary purpose of the down payment requirement is to 
ensure that a winning bidder will be able to pay the full amount of its 
winning bid. In arriving at an appropriate level for the down payment, 
the Commission sought to ensure that auction winners would have the 
necessary financial capabilities to complete payment for the license 
and to pay for the costs of constructing a system. At the same time, 
the Commission did not want to require a down payment so onerous as to 
hinder an applicant's growth and diminish its access to capital. The 
Commission decided to require winning bidders in broadband PCS auctions 
(except for those eligible for installment payments in the 
entrepreneurs' blocks) to supplement their upfront payment with a down 
payment sufficient to bring their total deposits up to 20 percent of 
their winning bid(s). For winning bidders in the entrepreneurs' blocks 
auctions, the Commission agreed to require a reduced down payment of 
only ten percent of the winning bid. Currently, a winning bidder in the 
F block auction is required to make a down payment equal to ten percent 
of its net winning bid, with five percent due within five days of the 
close of the auction, and the remainder due within five days of the 
grant of the license.
    49. The Commission now requests comment on whether this reduction 
in the down payment requirement is necessary to facilitate the 
participation of entrepreneurs and designated entities in providing 
service to the public as F block licensees. The Commission also 
requests comment on whether the reduced down payment is sufficient to 
demonstrate that a winning bidder has the necessary financial 
capabilities to complete payment for the license and to pay for the 
costs of constructing a system. Should the Commission increase the 
required down payment to 20 percent of the winning bid in order to 
guard against the possibility of bidder default? Would a higher payment 
hinder growth and access to capital?

5. Rules Regarding the Holding of Licenses

    50. In the Competitive Bidding Fifth Report and Order, the 
Commission adopted restrictions on the transfer or assignment of 
licenses won by bidders in the entrepreneurs' blocks. These 
restrictions were designed to ensure that licensees did not take unfair 
advantage of entrepreneurs' block special provisions by immediately 
assigning or transferring control of their licenses to other entities. 
The rules prohibit licensees in the entrepreneurs' block from 
voluntarily assigning or transferring control of their license during 
the three years after the date of the license grant. Two years 
thereafter, the licensee is permitted to assign or transfer control of 
its authorization only to an entity that satisfies the eligibility 
criteria for the entrepreneurs' blocks.
    51. The Commission also adopted specific rules to prevent 
recipients of bidding credits and installment payment plans from 
realizing any unjust enrichment that they might gain from transfer or 
assignment that occurs during the full ten-year license term. With 
regard to bidding credits, the rules require that if a licensee applies 
to assign or transfer control of a license to an entity that is not 
eligible for as high a level of bidding credit, then the difference 
between the bidding credit obtained by the assigning party and the 
bidding credit for which the acquiring party would qualify must be paid 
to the U.S. Treasury as a condition of approval of the transfer or 
assignment. If a licensee that was awarded installment payments seeks 
to assign or transfer control of its license during the term of the 
license to an entity not meeting the applicable eligibility standards, 
the rules require payment of the remaining principal and any interest 
accrued through the date of assignment as a condition of approval of 
the transfer or assignment.
    52. The Commission tentatively concludes that, in addition to the 
changes that it proposes to the F block auction rules, some measure is 
still needed to discourage speculators or sham bidders in the 
entrepreneurs' block auction. The Commission also tentatively concludes 
that if it adopts the proposals to make the F block auction rules race- 
and gender-neutral, and extend small business provisions to bidders in 
all three 10 MHz broadband PCS blocks, the current transfer 
restrictions for F block licensees may be too restrictive. For example, 
under the proposed changes to the race- and gender-based provisions and 
the current transfer restriction, a small business cannot transfer its 
F block license in the first three years and, in the two years 
thereafter, may only transfer its license to another small business. An 
entrepreneur F block licensee, however, would be able to transfer its F 
block license in years four and five to any other entrepreneur, 
including a small business. Such a result goes farther than to merely 
discourage speculative bidding in the entrepreneurs' block auction. 
Therefore, the Commission proposes to amend the holding requirement to 
let all F block licensees transfer their licenses within the first 
three years to an entity that qualifies as an entrepreneur. The 
Commission also proposes to retain the unjust enrichment provisions. It 
seeks comment on this proposal and its tentative conclusions. It 
particularly seeks comment on whether entities participating in the C 
block auction may have had experiences that would influence the 
Commission's tentative conclusions here.

B. The Cincinnati Bell Remand

1. The Cellular/PCS Cross-ownership Rule

    53. Under Section 24.204(a), no cellular licensee may be granted a 
license for more than 10 MHz of broadband PCS spectrum prior to the 
year 2000 if the grant will result in a significant overlap of the 
cellular licensee's Cellular Geographic Service Area (``CGSA'') and the 
PCS service area. After the year 2000, cellular licensees will be 
allowed to obtain a grant of 15 MHz of PCS spectrum in an area that 
overlaps significantly with their CGSA. ``Significant overlap'' occurs 
when ten percent or more of the

[[Page 13141]]
population of the PCS service area is contained within the CGSA. Thus, 
because cellular licenses authorize the use of 25 MHz of spectrum, 
cellular operators currently are limited to 35 MHz of aggregated 
cellular and PCS spectrum in any one geographic area.
    54. In Cincinnati Bell, the Court concluded that the Commission's 
limitations on cellular operators' eligibility for PCS licenses are 
arbitrary because the FCC provided little or no support for its 
assertions that, without such restrictions, cellular providers might 
engage in anticompetitive practices or exert undue market power. The 
Court further explained that, while the Commission's stated goal of 
avoiding excessive concentration of licenses is a permissible objective 
under the Communications Act, the cellular eligibility rules are, 
without an economic rationale, an arbitrary solution to this problem. 
According to the Court, the FCC must supply more factual support for 
its belief that cellular operators might detrimentally affect the 
market if they were allowed to obtain licenses for larger amounts of 
PCS spectrum.
    55. In light of the Sixth Circuit's ruling, the Commission seeks 
comment on whether the PCS/cellular cross-ownership rule should be 
relaxed or retained. Currently, the Commission's rules contain other 
spectrum caps that affect applicants for PCS licenses. The broadest 
limitation on wireless spectrum ownership is the 45 MHz cap on CMRS 
uses within three radio services: broadband PCS, cellular, and SMR. In 
addition, all PCS licensees are limited to a total of 40 MHz of 
spectrum in any one geographic area. This means that an entity may not 
own PCS licenses for any two or more spectrum blocks that will total 
more than 40 MHz in the same geographic area. Are there reasons for 
maintaining the separate 35 MHz spectrum cap on cellular providers' 
ownership of PCS spectrum in their service area or the 40 MHz PCS 
spectrum cap? Comments supporting retention of the current rules should 
provide facts showing that cellular operators will detrimentally affect 
the market if allowed to obtain immediately 10 MHz or more of PCS 
spectrum in their geographic service areas. The Commission also seeks 
comment on whether it should relax and simplify the ownership 
limitations by eliminating the PCS/cellular ownership limitations and 
the 40 MHz PCS spectrum cap in favor of the single 45 MHz CMRS spectrum 
cap. Under such a rule, cellular operators would be permitted to 
acquire licenses for two 10 MHz blocks of broadband PCS spectrum. The 
Commission asks commenters to discuss the impact on competition among 
CMRS providers, including the effect, if any, on the provision of PCS.

2. The 20 Percent Attribution Standard

    56. For the purpose of determining whether an entity is a cellular 
operator and subject to the cellular/PCS cross-ownership rule, the 
Commission has developed attribution standards. Section 
24.204(d)(2)(ii) of the Commission's Rules provides that partnership 
and other ownership interests and any stock interest amounting to 20 
percent or more of the equity, or outstanding stock, or outstanding 
voting stock of a cellular licensee will be attributable. Thus, any 
entity owning such a 20 percent interest in a cellular licensee is 
precluded from obtaining a license for broadband PCS in excess of 10 
MHz in a service area that overlaps the cellular licensee's CGSA.
    57. Section 24.204(d)(2)(ii) also currently provides for a higher 
cellular ownership attribution threshold for small businesses, rural 
telephone companies, and businesses owned by minorities or women than 
for other entities. If cellular ownership interests are held by such 
types of businesses, their interests are not attributable until they 
reach at least 40 percent. Similarly, a cellular ownership interest 
held by an entity with a non-controlling equity interest in a broadband 
PCS licensee or applicant owned by minorities or women is attributable 
only if it reaches 40 percent or more.
    58. The Court in Cincinnati Bell found the 20 percent cellular 
attribution standard to be arbitrary on the ground that it does not 
bear a reasonable relationship to whether a party with a minority 
interest in a cellular licensee actually has the ability to control 
that licensee. The Court rejected the FCC's argument that an entity 
with such an interest in a cellular licensee would have a reduced 
incentive to compete with the cellular company as a PCS provider, 
indicating that this argument is unsupported by either statistical data 
or a general economic theory and stating that the Commission must 
provide support for such predictive conclusions. In response to the 
FCC's argument that the Commission needs a bright-line rule to avoid 
delays in resolving PCS eligibility issues, the Court agreed with those 
challenging the 20 percent standard that the Commission should have 
supplied a reasoned basis for its decision not to adopt less 
restrictive alternatives.
    59. The 45 MHz CMRS spectrum aggregation limit, discussed above, 
includes an attribution rule that governs how ownership interests are 
measured. Under this rule, partnership and other ownership interests, 
and any stock interest amounting to 20 percent or more of the equity, 
or outstanding stock, or outstanding voting stock of a broadband PCS, 
cellular, or SMR licensee shall be attributed, except that those 
interests held by small businesses, rural telephone companies, or 
businesses owned by minorities or women will not be attributed unless 
they reach a threshold level of 40 percent. Similarly, a CMRS ownership 
interest held by an entity with a non-controlling equity interest in a 
broadband PCS licensee or applicant owned by minorities or women is 
attributable only if it reaches 40 percent or more. The Commission's 20 
percent attribution level for the CMRS spectrum cap was chosen to be 
consistent with the attribution standard for the PCS/cellular cross-
ownership rule. The Commission supported this standard with an opinion 
of the Federal Accounting Standards Board which explicitly states that 
ownership interests below 20 percent presumptively do not have control 
and above 20 percent they do unless evidence to the contrary is 
established.
    60. In the Competitive Bidding Sixth Report and Order, the 
cellular/PCS cross-ownership attribution rule and the CMRS spectrum 
aggregation rules were amended for purposes of C block licenses to 
eliminate race- and gender-based provisions and make the 40 percent 
attribution standard applicable only to interests held by a small 
business or rural telephone company and interests held by an entity 
with a non-controlling equity interest in a licensee or applicant that 
is a small business.
    61. The Commission seeks comment on whether it should retain the 
ownership attribution rule for cellular licensees interested in 
acquiring broadband PCS licenses. The 20 percent attribution rule was 
fashioned to strike a balance between maximizing competition and 
allowing cellular entities to bring their expertise to PCS. The 
Commission did not adopt a rule that required inquiry into whether a 
party has a controlling interest in a cellular licensee because it 
believed a bright-line rule would result in faster, less burdensome 
licensing. However, the Sixth Circuit found that the Commission did not 
adequately justify this decision. Accordingly, the Commission seeks 
comment on whether the 20 percent attribution rule should be modified. 
Should the attribution rule be changed to a controlling interest test? 
Is there some other bright-line test that

[[Page 13142]]
might be used to avoid burdening the licensing process? Should the 
Commission adopt a single majority shareholder exception? Should the 
approach depend on whether the Commission modifies the cellular/PCS 
cross-ownership rule or, in the alternative, eliminates this rule and 
retains only the 45 MHz CMRS spectrum cap? Should the Commission, in 
any case, modify the 20 percent attribution standard applicable to the 
45 MHz CMRS spectrum cap in light of the Sixth Circuit's opinion 
regarding this type of standard in connection with the cellular/PCS 
cross-ownership rule? The Commission notes that the 20 percent 
attribution standard and the 40 percent exception are the highest 
ownership attribution rules the Commission has. The new 
Telecommunications Act, in the definition of ``affiliate'', defines 
ownership as a 10 percent interest.
    62. The Commission proposes to modify the cellular/PCS cross-
ownership and CMRS spectrum aggregation limit rules for F block 
purposes to comply with the requirements of Adarand. It proposes to 
remove the provisions in these rules which increase the cellular 
attribution threshold to 40 percent on the basis of the race or gender 
of the holder of the ownership interest or of the broadband PCS 
applicant in which such holder is an investor. Accordingly, the 
Commission proposes, for purposes of the F block auction, that the 40 
percent cellular attribution threshold of the PCS/cellular cross-
ownership rule will continue to apply if the ownership interest is held 
by a small business or a rural telephone company or if the cellular 
ownership interest is held by an entity with a non-controlling equity 
interest in a broadband PCS licensee or applicant that is a small 
business. Similarly, the Commission proposes, for purposes of the F 
block auction, that the 40 percent cellular attribution threshold of 
the CMRS spectrum aggregation limit will continue to apply if the CMRS 
ownership interest is held by a small business or a rural telephone 
company (including those owned by minorities or women). These proposed 
changes mirror modifications that were made to the C block rules in the 
Competitive Bidding Sixth Report and Order. The Commission seeks 
comment on this proposal.
    63. Finally, the Commission notes that the Court in Cincinnati Bell 
did not find Section 24.204(d)(2)(i) of the Commission's Rules to be 
arbitrary. Under this section, certain ownership interests of five 
percent or more in broadband PCS licensees and applicants are 
attributable for purposes of applying the 10 and 15 MHz spectrum 
limitations and the 40 MHz limit in the same geographic area, discussed 
above. The Commission does not propose to modify this rule.

C. Ownership Disclosure Provisions

    64. The rules provide ``short-form'' (FCC Form 175) and ``long-
form'' (FCC Form 600) application procedures for broadband PCS bidders. 
Short-form applications are submitted prior to the auction by entities 
seeking to qualify as bidders. Long-form applications are submitted by 
winning bidders in the auctions to obtain their licenses. The 
application procedures for broadband PCS require applicants to furnish 
detailed ownership information in both their short-form and long-form 
applications.
    65. In addition to this information required of all PCS applicants, 
specific rules require F block applicants to submit more detailed 
ownership and financial information. An F block applicant must identify 
its affiliates and provide its gross revenues and total assets. On 
their short-form applications, all other F block applicants must 
disclose: (1) the identity of each member of their control group, 
including the citizenship and gender or minority group classification 
for each member; (2) the status of each control group member that is an 
institutional investor and existing investor and/or a member of the 
applicant's management; (3) the identity of each affiliate of the 
applicant and each affiliate of individuals in applicant's control 
group; (4) their gross revenues and total assets. Applicants must 
demonstrate their gross revenues and total assets using audited 
financial statements for the most recently completed calendar or fiscal 
years. Each F block applicant must also certify on its short-form 
application that it is eligible to bid for and obtain licenses, 
consistent with the Commission's Rules and, if appropriate, that it is 
eligible to bid as a designated entity.
    66. Winning F block bidders' long-form applications must disclose, 
separately and in the aggregate, their gross revenues and total assets 
plus the gross revenues and total assets of their affiliates, their 
control group members, their attributable investors, and affiliates of 
their attributable investors. These applicants must also list and 
summarize all agreements that support their eligibility for an F block 
license and any investor protection agreements.
    67. During the course of previous broadband PCS auctions, it became 
evident that certain ownership disclosure requirements found in the 
general PCS competitive bidding rules were burdensome and difficult to 
administer both at the short-form and long-form stages. For many large 
corporations, especially investment firms with diverse holdings, the 
requirements were very burdensome, particularly when they involved 
calculating indirect ownership interests in outside firms using the 
multiplier. Moreover, while identifying all businesses in which an 
attributable stockholder of the applicant held a five percent (or 
greater) interest generated significant amounts of information, the 
disclosures identified businesses that had no relation to the services 
for which licenses were being auctioned. In addition, requiring the 
submission of partnership agreements proved sensitive because such 
agreements often contained strategic bidding information and other 
confidential data. These provisions were waived by the Wireless 
Telecommunications Bureau for the short-form and long-form filings for 
PCS blocks A and B and for the short-form application for the C block.
    68. In waiving ownership disclosure requirements for the A and B 
block short-form applications, the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau 
stated that the purpose of the disclosure rules contained in Section 
24.813(a) of the Commission's Rules is ``to allow the Commission to 
determine who is the real party in interest, to determine compliance 
with anti-collusion rules and ownership restrictions such as the 
multiple- and cross-ownership rules and the alien ownership 
restrictions.'' The Bureau noted that the short-form application 
requires applicants to certify that they are in compliance with these 
regulations. The Wireless Telecommunications Bureau concluded that 
requiring information about all attributable stockholders' other 
interests does not serve the stated purposes of ownership disclosure. 
The Bureau also concluded that because partnership agreements often 
discuss strategic business objectives, submission of them would be 
detrimental to partnerships. Following the same rationale, the Wireless 
Telecommunications Bureau waived Section 24.813(a)(1), 24.813(a)(2) and 
24.813(a)(4) of the rules for the A and B block long-form and the C 
block short-form applications.
    69. At the short-form application stage in the C block PCS auction, 
the Commission received 36 waiver petitions from applicants requesting 
that they be permitted to demonstrate their gross revenues and total 
assets using methods other than audited financial statements. These 
waiver requests indicate that many smaller businesses do not use 
audited financial statements

[[Page 13143]]
in the normal course of business. Applicants in the C block auction 
also requested, and were granted, a waiver of the requirement that when 
financial information is supported by audited financial statements 
based on fiscal years, statements for the three most recent years must 
be used. Applicants were permitted to file statements for fiscal years 
1991, 1992, and 1993, instead.
    70. In light of its experience to date, the Commission proposes to 
amend Section 24.813(a)(1) and Section 24.813(a)(2) of the rules to 
limit the information disclosure requirement with respect to outside 
ownership interests of applicants' attributable stockholders. More 
specifically, it proposes to require only the disclosure of 
attributable stockholders' direct, attributable ownership in other 
businesses holding or applying for CMRS or Private Mobile Radio 
Services (``PMRS'') licenses. Moreover, the Commission proposes to 
amend Section 24.813(a)(4) to delete the requirement that partnerships 
file a signed and dated copy of the partnership agreement with their 
short-form and long-form applications. The Commission requests comment 
on these proposed changes. The Commission also seeks comment on whether 
it should further reduce the scope of information required by the 
general PCS rules at either the short-form or long-form filing stages. 
In addition, it requests comment on the alternative approach of 
requiring applicants to make their ownership documentation available 
upon request to other applicants during or after the auction. The 
Commission also requests comment on whether the proposed changes would 
provide bidders with sufficient information on their competitors in the 
auction.
    71. The number of waivers requesting permission to demonstrate 
gross revenues and total assets without audited financial statements in 
the C block auction leads the Commission to propose changes to Section 
24.720(f) and Section 24.720(g) of its rules. The Commission proposes 
to permit each applicant that does not otherwise use audited financial 
statements to provide a certification from its chief financial officer 
that the gross revenue and total asset figures that it provides in its 
short-form and long-form applications are true, full, and accurate; and 
that the applicant does not have the audited financial statements that 
are otherwise required under the rules. The Commission believes that 
such a modification to the rules would be the most effective way to 
amend the rules so that small businesses are not overly burdened by 
auditing their finances when they would not otherwise do so. The 
Commission seeks comment on this proposal. It also asks interested 
parties to suggest other alternatives to the audited financial 
statement requirement, and it seeks comment on whether an alternative--
the one it proposes or any other--should be available to all F block 
applicants (or D and E block applicants if small business provisions 
are extended to these blocks), or only to applicants that do not 
otherwise use audited financial statements. The Commission also 
requests comment on whether applicants should continue to be allowed to 
rely on either fiscal years or calendar years in providing their gross 
revenues. Should they instead be required to base their size 
calculations on the most recent four quarters so that the Commission 
receives the most current information available?

D. Auction Schedule

    72. While the rules do not establish a specific schedule for 
awarding the D, E, and F block broadband PCS licenses by competitive 
bidding, the Commission's reasons for creating these 10 MHz licenses 
and the communications industry's plans for using them directly affect 
when they should be auctioned. The Commission created the 10 MHz 
licenses to promote the provision of services that might not require a 
full 30 MHz of spectrum, or for aggregation with a 30 MHz PCS license 
or an existing cellular license.
    73. On December 23, 1994, the Commission sought comment on whether 
to auction the 10 MHz F block licenses together with the other 10 MHz D 
and E block licenses. Of the six comments received, the majority 
favored a single auction for all three blocks. Arguments in favor of a 
single auction included efficiency advantages for bidders, 
administrative and cost savings, and an equal timeline for start-up and 
deployment of all 10 MHz licensees. Commenters also noted a substantial 
need in broadband PCS for licensees to aggregate spectrum up to the 
limits set by the Commission and observed that a single auction would 
allow bidders to obtain 20-MHz licenses to meet unique service needs. 
Arguments opposing a single auction were that separate auctions would 
expedite auction administration and promote opportunities for 
designated entities by awarding them the first 10 MHz licenses.
    74. The Commission tentatively concludes that it should auction the 
D, E, and F frequency blocks concurrently in simultaneous multiple 
round auctions. The comments in response to the initial inquiry into 
this issue indicate that simultaneous access to all the 10 MHz licenses 
is important to the plans of some prospective PCS providers, and the 
Commission finds their arguments persuasive. The Commission seeks 
comment on this tentative conclusion. It also seeks comment on specific 
services that are planned for the D, E, and F licenses and how, if at 
all, auctioning all the licenses simultaneously would affect those 
planned services. The Commission is also interested in other factors 
that commenters believe would justify combining the auction of the D, 
E, and F block licenses, or that would argue against doing so.
    75. If the Commission auctions the D, E, and F blocks concurrently, 
it also seeks comment on the option of auctioning the D and E licenses 
together in one auction and the F block licenses in a separate auction. 
This approach would accommodate the difference in eligibility 
requirements for the F block auction. The Commission seeks comment on 
whether it should adopt this approach. It also requests comment on 
whether the auction rules for these three blocks should be modified in 
any way if it implements this proposal.

III. Procedural Matters

A. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    76. As required by Section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 
the Commission has prepared an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 
(IRFA) of the expected impact on small entities of the proposals 
suggested in this document. The IRFA is set forth in Appendix A of the 
Notice. Written public comments are requested on the IRFA. These 
comments must be filed in accordance with the same filing deadlines as 
comments on the rest of the Notice, but they must have a separate and 
distinct heading designating them as responses to the Initial 
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis. The Secretary shall send a copy of 
this Notice, including the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to 
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in 
accordance with paragraph 603(a) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. 
Pub. L. No. 96-354, 94 Stat. 1164, 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq. (1981).

B. Ex Parte Rules--Non-Restricted Proceeding

    77. This is a non-restricted notice and comment rule making 
proceeding. Ex parte presentations are permitted except during the 
Sunshine Agenda period, provided they are disclosed as provided

[[Page 13144]]
in Commission Rules. See generally 47 CFR Secs. 1.1202, 1.1203, and 
1.1206(a).

C. Initial Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 Analysis

    78. This Notice contains either a proposed or modified information 
collection. As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork 
burdens, the Commission invites the general public and the Office of 
Management and Budget (``OMB'') to take this opportunity to comment on 
the information collections contained in this Notice as required by the 
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Pub. L. No. 104-13. Public and agency 
comments are due at the same time as other comments on this Notice; OMB 
comments are due 60 days from the date of publication of this Notice in 
the Federal Register. Comments should address: (a) whether the proposed 
collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of 
the functions of the Commission, including whether the information 
shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's 
burden estimates; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity 
of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of 
the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of 
automated collection techniques or other forms of information 
technology.

D. Comment Dates

    79. Pursuant to applicable procedures set forth in Sections 1.415 
and 1.419 of the Commission's Rules, 47 CFR Secs. 1.415 and 1.419, 
interested parties may file comments on or before April 15, 1996 and 
reply comments on or before April 25, 1996. To file formally in this 
proceeding you must file an original and four copies of all comments 
and supporting comments. If you want each Commissioner to receive a 
personal copy of your comments, you must file an original plus nine 
copies. You should send your comments to Office of the Secretary, 
Federal Communications Commission, 1919 M Street, N.W., Washington, 
D.C. 20554. Comments will be available for public inspection during 
regular business hours in the Reference Center of the Federal 
Communications Commission, 1919 M Street, N.W., Room 239, Washington, 
D.C. 20554.
    80. Written comments by the public on the proposed and/or modified 
information collections are due on or before April 15, 1996. Written 
comments must be submitted by the Office of Management and Budget on 
the proposed and/or modified information collections on or before 60 
days after the date of publication in the Federal Register. In addition 
to filing comments with the Secretary, a copy of any comments on the 
information collections contained herein should be submitted to Dorothy 
Conway, Federal Communications Commission, Room 234, 1919 M Street, 
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20554, or via the Internet to [email protected] 
and to Timothy Fain, OMB Desk Officer, 10236 NEOB, 725 17th Street, 
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20503 or via the Internet to [email protected].

E. Contact Persons

    81. For further information concerning this proceeding, contact 
Mark Bollinger at 418-0660 (Auctions Division, Wireless 
Telecommunications Bureau).

IV. Ordering Clauses

    82. Accordingly, it is ordered that, pursuant to Sections 1, 4(i), 
4(j), 7, 303(r), 308(b), and 309(j) of the Communications Act of 1934, 
as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 157, 303(r), 308(b), and 
309(j), notice is hereby given of the proposed amendments to Parts 20 
and 24 of the Commission's Rules, 47 CFR Parts 20 and 24, in accordance 
with the proposals in this Notice of Proposed Rule Making, and that 
COMMENT IS SOUGHT regarding such proposals.
    83. It is further ordered that the Secretary shall send a copy of 
this Notice of Proposed Rule Making, including the Initial Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small 
Business Administration in accordance with paragraph 603(a) of the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.

List of Subjects

47 CFR Part 20

    Commercial mobile radio services, Cellular/PCS cross-ownership.

47 CFR Part 24

    Broadband personal communications services.

Federal Communications Commission.
William F. Caton,
Acting Secretary.
[FR Doc. 96-7315 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7307 Special Local Regulations; Harborwalk Boat Race, Sampit River, Georgetown, SC
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13119-13120]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7307]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Coast Guard

33 CFR Part 100

[CGD07-96-015]
RIN 2115-AE46

Special Local Regulations; Harborwalk Boat Race, Sampit River, 
Georgetown, SC

AGENCY: Coast Guard, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Coast Guard proposes to establish permanent special local 
regulations for the Harborwalk Boat Race. This event held annually on 
the last Sunday of June, between 12 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. Eastern Daylight 
Time. Historically, there have been approximately sixty participants 
racing 14 to 20 foot outboard power boats on a prescribed course on a 
portion of the Sampit River, Georgetown, SC. The nature of the event 
and the closure of the Sampit River creates an extra or unusual hazard 
in the navigable waters. These proposed regulations are necessary to 
provide for the safety of life on navigable waters during the event. By 
establishing these proposed permanent regulations, the Coast Guard 
expects to give better notice of requirements related to marine events, 
and also avoid the recurring costs of publication related with 
temporary regulations. However, the establishment of these proposed 
permanent regulations would not relieve the event organizers from 
applying for an annual marine event permit.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be mailed to Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Group 
Charleston, 196 Tradd Street, Charleston, SC 29401, or may be delivered 
to operations office at the same address between 7:30 a.m. and 3:30 
p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. The telephone 
number is (803) 724-7621. Comments will become a part of the public 
docket and will be available for copying and inspection at the same 
address.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
ENS M. J. DaPonte, Coast Guard Group Charleston at (803) 724-7621.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Request for Comment

    The Coast Guard encourages interested persons to participate in 
this rulemaking by submitting written views, data, or arguments. 
Persons submitting comments should include their names,

[[Page 13120]]
addresses, identify the notice (CGD07-96-015) and the specific section 
of this proposal to which their comments apply, and give reasons for 
each comment. The Coast Guard will consider all comments received 
during the comment period. The regulations may be changed in view of 
the comments received. All comments received before the expiration of 
the comment period will be considered before final action is taken on 
this proposal.
    No public hearing is planned, but one may be held if the written 
requests for a hearing are received, and it is determined that the 
opportunity to make oral presentations will add to the rulemaking 
process.

Discussion of Proposed Regulations

    The proposed regulations are needed to provide for the safety of 
life during the Harborwalk Boat Race. These proposed rules are intended 
to promote safe navigation on the waters off East Bay Park on the 
Sampit River during the race by controlling the traffic entering, 
exiting, and traveling within these waters. Historically, the 
anticipated concentration of spectator and participant vessels 
associated with the Harborwalk Boat Race has posed a safety concern, 
which is addressed in these proposed special local regulations. The 
proposed regulations would not permit movement of spectator vessels and 
other nonparticipating vessel traffic within the regulated area, 
bounded by a line drawn from

33 deg.21.5' N, 079 deg.17.10' W, thence to
33 deg.21.7' N, 079 deg.16.8' W, thence along the shore to
33 deg.21.1' N, 079 deg.16.7' W, thence to
33 deg.21.1' N, 079 deg.16.9' W, thence back to
33 deg.21.5' N, 079 deg.17.10' W

from 7 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. annually during the last Sunday of June. All 
coordinates use Datum: NAD 83. The proposed regulations would permit 
the movement of spectator vessels and other nonparticipants after the 
termination of race, and during intervals between scheduled events at 
the discretion of the Captain of the Port.

Regulatory Evaluation

    This proposal is not a significant regulatory action under Section 
3(f) of the Executive Order 12866 and does not require an assessment of 
the potential costs and benefits under Section 6(a)(3) of that Order. 
It has been exempted from review by the Office of Management and Budget 
under that order. It is not significant under the regulatory policies 
and procedures of the Department of Transportation (DOT) (44 FR 11040; 
February 26, 1979). The Coast Guard expects the economic impact of this 
proposed rule to be so minimal that a full Regulatory Evaluation under 
paragraph 10e of the regulatory policies and procedures of DOT is 
unnecessary. The proposed regulation would last for only 5 and a half 
hours each day of the event.

Small Entities

    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), the 
Coast Guard must consider whether this proposal will have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. ``Small 
entities'' include independently owned and operated small businesses 
that are not dominant in their field and that otherwise qualify as 
``small business concerns'' under Section 3 of the Small Business Act 
(15 U.S.C. 632).
    For reasons set forth in the above Regulatory Evaluation, the Coast 
Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposal, if adopted, 
would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of 
small entities.

Collection of Information

    These proposed regulations contain no collection of information 
requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et 
seq.).

Federalism

    This action has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and 
criteria contained in Executive Order 12612, and it has been determined 
that the rulemaking does not have sufficient Federalism implication to 
warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.

Environmental Assessment

    The Coast Guard has considered the environmental impact of this 
proposal consistent with Section 2.B.2. of Commandant Instruction 
M16475.1B. In accordance with that section, this proposed action has 
been environmentally assessed (EA completed), and the Coast Guard has 
concluded that it will not significantly affect the quality of the 
human environment. An environmental assessment and a finding of no 
significant impact have been prepared and are available in the docket 
for inspection or copying where indicated under ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 100

    Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and record keeping 
requirements, Waterways.

Proposed Regulations

    In consideration of the foregoing, Part 100 of Title 33, Code of 
Federal Regulations, is proposed to be amended as follows:
    1. The authority citation for Part 100 continues to read as 
follows:

PART 100--[AMENDED]

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1233; 49 CFR 1.46 and 33 CFR 100.35.

    2. A new section 100.713 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 100.713  Harborwalk Boat Race, Sampit River, Georgetown, SC.

    (a) Regulated Area. The regulated area is formed by a line from:

33 deg. 21.5' N, 079 deg. 17.10' W; thence to
33 deg. 21.7' N, 079 deg. 16.8' W; thence along the shore to
33 deg. 21.1' N, 079 deg. 16.7' W; thence to
33 deg. 21.1' N, 079 deg. 16.9' W; thence back to
33 deg. 21.5' N, 079 deg. 17.10' W.

    All coordinates use datum: NAD 83.
    (b) Special local regulations. (1) Entry into the regulated area is 
prohibited to all nonparticipants.
    (2) After the termination of the Harborwalk Boat Race, and during 
intervals between scheduled events, at the discretion of the Captain of 
the Port, all vessels may resume normal operations.
    (c) Effective Dates. This section is effective at 12 p.m. and 
terminate at 5:30 p.m. annually during the last Sunday of June. 
However, the requirements of this section may be waived by a Coast 
Guard Notice to mariners.

    Dated: March 12, 1996.
Roger T. Rufe, Jr.,
Rear Admiral, U.S. Coast Guard, Commander, Seventh Coast Guard 
District.
[FR Doc. 96-7307 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7306 Special Local Regulations; River Race Augusta; Augusta, GA
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13120-13122]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7306]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
33 CFR Part 100

[CGD07-96-014]
RIN 2115-AE46

Special Local Regulations; River Race Augusta; Augusta, GA

AGENCY: Coast Guard, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Coast Guard proposes to establish permanent special local 
regulations for the River Race Augusta. This event will be held 
annually on Friday, Saturday and Sunday during the second week of June, 
between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time. Historically, there 
have been

[[Page 13121]]
approximately sixty participants racing 16 to 18 foot outboard power 
boats on that portion of the Savannah River at Augusta, GA, between 
U.S. Highway 1 (Fifth St) Bridge at mile marker 199.45 and Eliot's Fish 
Camp at mile marker 197. The boats would be competing at high speeds 
and at close range on a prescribed course. The nature of the event and 
the closure of the Savannah River creates an extra or unusual hazard in 
the navigable waters. These proposed regulations are necessary to 
provide for the safety of life on navigable waters during the event. By 
establishing these proposed permanent regulations, the Coast Guard 
expects to give better notice of requirements related to marine events, 
and also avoid the recurring costs of publication related with 
temporary regulations. However, the establishment of these proposed 
permanent regulations would not relieve the event organizers from 
applying for an annual marine event permit.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before May 15, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be mailed to Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Group 
Charleston, 196 Tradd Street, Charleston, SC 29401, or may be delivered 
to operations office at the same address between 7:30 a.m. and 3:30 
p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. The telephone 
number is (803) 724-7621. Comments will become a part of the public 
docket and will be available for copying and inspection at the same 
address.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
ENS M.J. DaPonte, Coast Guard Group Charleston at (803) 724-7621.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Request for Comments

    The Coast Guard encourages interested persons to participate in 
this rulemaking by submitting written views, data, or arguments. 
Persons submitting comments should include their names, addresses, 
identify the notice (CGD07-96-014) and the specific section of this 
proposal to which their comments apply, and give reasons for each 
comment. The Coast Guard will consider all comments received during the 
comment period. The regulations may be changed in view of the comments 
received. All comments received before the expiration of the comment 
period will be considered before final action is taken on this 
proposal.
    No public hearing is planned, but one may be held if the written 
requests for a hearing are received, and it is determined that the 
opportunity to make oral presentations will add to the rulemaking 
process.

Discussion of Proposed Regulations

    The proposed regulations are needed to provide for the safety of 
life during the River Race Augusta. These proposed regulations are 
intended to promote safe navigation on the waters off Augusta on the 
Savannah River during the races by controlling the traffic entering, 
exiting, and traveling within these waters. Historically, the 
anticipated concentration of spectator and participant vessels 
associated with the River Race has posed a safety concern, which is 
addressed in these proposed special local regulations. The proposed 
regulations would not permit the entry or movement of spectator vessels 
and other nonparticipating vessel traffic between the U.S. Highway 
Route 1 (Fifth Street) Bridge at mile marker 199.45 and Eliot's Fish 
Camp at mile marker 197 from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. annually, Friday, 
Saturday and Sunday of the second week of June. The proposed 
regulations would permit the movement of spectator vessels and other 
non-participants after the termination of race each day, and during 
intervals between scheduled events at the discretion of the Coast Guard 
Patrol Commander.

Regulatory Evaluation

    This proposal is not a significant regulatory action under Section 
3(f) of the Executive Order 12866 and does not require an assessment of 
the potential costs and benefits under Section 6(a)(3) of that Order. 
It has been exempted from review by the Office of Management and Budget 
under that order. It is not significant under the regulatory policies 
and procedures of the Department of Transportation (DOT) (44 FR 11040; 
February 26, 1979). The Coast Guard expects the economic impact of this 
proposed rule to be so minimal that a full Regulatory Evaluation under 
paragraph 10e of the regulatory policies and procedures of DOT is 
unnecessary. The proposed regulation would last for only 10 hours each 
day of the event.

Small Entities

    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), the 
Coast Guard must consider whether this proposal will have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. ``Small 
entities'' include independently owned and operated small businesses 
that are not dominant in their field and that otherwise qualify as 
``small business concerns'' under Section 3 of the Small Business Act 
(15 U.S.C. 632).
    For reasons set forth in the above Regulatory Evaluation, the Coast 
Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605 (b) that this proposal, if adopted, 
would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of 
small entities.

Collection of Information

    These proposed regulations contain no collection of information 
requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et 
seq.).

Federalism

    This action has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and 
criteria contained in Executive Order 12612, and it has been determined 
that the rulemaking does not have sufficient Federalism implications to 
warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.

Environmental Assessment

    The Coast Guard has considered the environmental impact on this 
proposal consistent with Section 2.B.2. of Commandant Instruction 
M16475.1B. In accordance with that section, this proposed action has 
been environmentally assessed (EA completed), and the Coast Guard has 
concluded that it will not significantly affect the quality of the 
human environment. An environmental assessment and a finding of no 
significant impact have been prepared and are available in the docket 
for inspection or copying where indicated under ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 100

    Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and record keeping 
requirements, Waterways.

Proposed Regulations

    In consideration of the foregoing, Part 100 of Title 33, Code of 
Federal Regulations, is proposed for amendment as follows:
    1. The authority citation for Part 100 continues to read as 
follows:

PART 100--[AMENDED]

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1233; 49 CFR 1.46 and 33 CFR 100.35

    2. A new section 100.712 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 100.712  Annual River Race Augusta; Savannah River, Augusta GA.

    (a) Definitions: (1) Regulated area. The regulated area is formed 
by a line drawn directly across the Savannah River at the U.S. Highway 
1 (Fifth Street) Bridge at mile marker 199.45 and directly across the 
Savannah River at Eliot's Fish Camp at mile marker 197. The regulated 
area would encompass

[[Page 13122]]
the width of the Savannah River between these two lines.
    (2) Coast Guard Patrol Commander. The Coast Guard Patrol Commander 
is a commissioned, warrant, or petty officer of the Coast Guard who has 
been designated by the Commander, Coast Guard Group Charleston, South 
Carolina.
    (b) Special local regulations. (1) Entry into regulated area is 
prohibited to all non-participants.
    (2) After termination of the River Race Augusta each day, and 
during intervals between scheduled events, at the discretion of the 
Coast Guard Patrol Commander, all vessels may resume normal operations.
    (c) Effective Dates. This section is effective at 7 a.m. and 
terminates at 5 p.m. annually on Friday, Saturday and Sunday of the 
second week of June. However, the requirements of this section may be 
waived by a Coast Guard Notice to mariners.

    Dated: March 13, 1996.
Roger T. Rufe, Jr.,
Rear Admiral, U.S. Coast Guard, Commander, Seventh Coast Guard 
District.
[FR Doc. 96-7306 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7304 Propeller Injury Prevention Aboard Rental Boats
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13123-13125]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7304]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
33 CFR Part 183

[CGD 95-041]

Propeller Injury Prevention Aboard Rental Boats

AGENCY: Coast Guard, DOT.

ACTION: Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The purpose of this Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
(ANPRM) is to gather current, specific, and accurate information about 
the injuries involving propeller strikes and rented boats. In a request 
for comments published May 11, 1995, the Coast Guard solicited comments 
from all segments of the marine community and other interested persons 
on various aspects of propeller accident avoidance aboard houseboats 
and other displacement type recreational vessels. The information 
received was voluminous, but was too general to be helpful. Consistent 
with the President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative, the Coast Guard 
is interested in obtaining maximum public involvement before it makes 
any decision that would impose a new burden on the regulated community. 
Information gathered in response to this ANPRM will supplement that 
which the Coast Guard received in response to the request for comments 
and will be used to determine the appropriate Federal and State roles 
in reducing propeller-strike incidents, whether governmental 
intervention is appropriate and, if so, whether it should be directed 
at the vessels, their manufacturers, their operators or owners, or the 
companies leasing such vessels. This ANPRM also announces one public 
meeting at Coast Guard Headquarters at which individuals and interested 
parties may make oral presentations about the propeller strike 
avoidance issue. The Coast Guard has also arranged four other 
opportunities, throughout the country, for those interested in this 
subject to express their views.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before September 1, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be mailed to the Executive Secretary, Marine 
Safety Council (G-LRA/3406)(CGD95-041),

[[Page 13124]]
U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 
20593-0001, or may be delivered to room 3406 at the above address 
between 8 a.m. and 3 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal 
holidays. The telephone number is (202) 267-1477.
    The Executive Secretary maintains the public docket for this 
notice. Comments will become a part of this docket and will be 
available for inspection or copying at room 3406, U.S. Coast Guard 
Headquarters.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mr. Randolph Doubt, Project Manager, Recreational Boating Product 
Assurance Division, (202) 267-0984.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Request for Comments

    The Coast Guard encourages interested persons to submit written 
data, views or arguments. Persons submitting comments should include 
their names and addresses and identify this notice (CGD 95-041). Please 
submit two copies of all comments and attachments in an unbound format, 
no larger than 8\1/2\ by 11 inches, suitable for copying and electronic 
filing. Persons wanting acknowledgment of receipt of comments should 
enclose a stamped, self-addressed postcard or envelope.
    The Coast Guard will consider all comments received during the 
comment period.

Background Information

    The Coast Guard published a request for comments on propeller 
accidents involving houseboats and other displacement type recreational 
vessels on May 11, 1995 [60 FR 25191]. In a second Federal Register 
notice published August 9, 1995, the Coast Guard reopened and extended 
the comment period until November 7, 1995. The Coast Guard received 
1,994 responses. More than 1,800 of these were form letters from 
individuals who support the development of regulations to require the 
use of propeller guard technology or pump jet propulsion on vessels 
used in the rental houseboat industry. An additional 69 comments 
supporting the development of regulations to prevent the incidence of 
propeller-strike accidents were received from accident victims and 
their relatives, attorneys, physicians, State law enforcement agencies, 
manufacturers of devices designed to prevent propeller-strike 
accidents, and other individuals. Comments opposing regulations were 
received from 57 boaters, nine houseboat livery operators and marinas, 
members of 10 associations, committees, or councils, 13 boat and engine 
manufacturers, and six naval architects or marine consultants.

Solicitation of Views

    While available data in the Coast Guard's regulatory docket on this 
subject does not fully support the costs or burdens that would be 
imposed by Federal regulation, the number of responses received to the 
request for comments indicates a great deal of public interest in 
whether and how the Federal Government should act to prevent propeller-
strike accidents.
    Persons submitting comments should do as directed under Request for 
comments above, and reply to the following specific questions. Form 
letters simply citing anecdotal evidence or stating support for, or 
opposition to regulations, without providing substantive data or 
arguments do not supply support for regulations.
    1. The Coast Guard is making an effort to improve its database of 
recreational boating accidents resulting in injuries which require 
medical treatment beyond first aid. Part of that effort consists in 
trying to determine the extent to which accidents involving propeller 
strikes by rented boats are a problem. What information is available 
regarding the incidence of propeller-strike injuries or fatalities 
involving individuals who rent boats, and what trends, if any, do the 
data indicate?
    2. To what extent are data available to indicate whether the type 
of propulsion (e.g., outboard motor, inboard engine or inboard-outboard 
engine) contributes to the incidence of propeller-strike accidents 
involving rental boats?
    3. In two fatal accidents during the last several years, one on 
Lake Shasta and one on Lake Havasu, the victim was in the water and was 
struck by the propeller when a rental houseboat was put in reverse and 
backed into them. Several other houseboat accidents have resulted in 
injuries. The Coast Guard is interested in determining whether 
accidents involving propeller strikes and rented houseboats occur 
nationwide, or are limited to a few States or bodies of water. If the 
latter is the case, do any particular hazardous local conditions 
contribute to the likelihood of such accidents? If so, the Coast Guard 
is interested in determining the nature and location of those 
conditions.
    4. To what extent are data available on the relationship between 
the consumption of alcohol or the use of controlled substances and 
propeller-strike accidents involving rental boats?
    5. Some States have laws requiring boat operators to complete a 
boating safety course.
    a. To what extent do available data indicate whether boater 
behavior patterns, a lack of boating education, or a lack of boating 
law enforcement contribute to the incidence of propeller-strike 
accidents involving rental boats?
    b. Do data indicate whether mandatory boating education for 
individuals renting boats with propellers significantly contribute to a 
reduction in the number of propeller-strike accidents?
    c. If so, do data indicate what type of boating education would be 
the most effective?
    d. What other vessel operator-oriented requirements might reduce 
the incidence of propeller-strike accidents involving rental boats?
    e. What economic or other burdens would be imposed on companies 
leasing recreational boats if either the Federal or State Government 
was to require education of individuals renting propeller-driven boats?
    6. The two fatal accidents mentioned above occurred when 
individuals were in the water astern of the vessels and the vessels 
were put in reverse. While limited operator visibility astern may have 
contributed to the accidents, the transom is also the usual location 
for swim platforms and boarding ladders for swimmers. Do available data 
indicate whether vessel design features contribute to the incidence of 
propeller-strike accidents involving rental boats? If so, what vessel 
design features might reduce the incidence of propeller-strike 
accidents involving rental boats?
    7. Are there any proven technologies that would help reduce the 
risk of propeller-strike accidents involving rented boats? What 
technologies are unacceptable, and for what reasons?
    8. The two fatal accidents mentioned above involved rental 
houseboats. If the Coast Guard developed regulations in this area, how 
should it define the term, ``houseboat?'' Are there any other vessel 
types the Coast Guard should consider regulating? If so, what vessels, 
if any, should be excepted from such regulations?
    9. What, if any, types of information should be displayed on boats 
and/or motors leased, rented or chartered for noncommercial use for the 
purpose of alerting operators or passengers to the dangers of a 
propeller strike?
    10. What are the economic and other impacts on companies renting 
boats or other entities if the Coast Guard were to require companies to 
retrofit such vessels with devices or methods of propulsion designed to 
reduce the

[[Page 13125]]
incidence of propeller-strike accidents? In considering regulations, 
the Coast Guard must assess the potential adverse impacts on small 
business entities. To what extent are small entities engaged in leasing 
recreational boats?
    11. a. How many companies are currently leasing propeller-driven 
boats for bareboat charters by the recreational boating public? How 
many vessels are involved and on which bodies of water?
    b. How many companies are currently offering propeller-driven 
uninspected boats for charter by the recreational boating public? How 
many vessels are involved and on which bodies of water?
    12. What adverse impacts might result from a regulation requiring 
livery companies to verbally brief individuals renting propeller-driven 
boats about the dangers of propeller-strike accidents, and requiring 
individuals chartering such vessels to acknowledge receiving the 
information?
    13. Under current Federal statutes (46 U.S.C. 4306), the States do 
not have the authority to establish carriage requirements for 
associated equipment, such as a mechanical means for preventing 
propeller strikes, on vessels operated on waters where both the Coast 
Guard and the State have jurisdiction. However, a State may impose more 
stringent requirements on vessels such as rental boats on waters 
subject to the State's exclusive jurisdiction, so long as such a 
requirement is not imposed upon vessel manufacturers. What is the 
proper role for the States in reducing propeller-strike accidents 
involving rented boats? If the Coast Guard allowed the States to 
regulate the equipment carried, or the use of rental boats, how would 
interstate commerce be affected?

Open Meetings

    A subcommittee of the National Boating Safety Advisory Council, and 
the National Association of State Boating Law Administrators are 
studying the propeller injury prevention issue. The Coast Guard invites 
interested parties and the public to make brief oral presentations 
about the propeller injury prevention issue during the following 
meetings or events:
    From 5 to 7 p.m., Monday, April 22, 1996 at the National Water 
Safety Congress Professional Development Seminar at the Boardwalk 
Resort in Panama City, FL, (April 23-25, 1996).
    From 3 to 5 p.m., Monday April 29, 1996 at the National Boating 
Safety Advisory Council Meeting at the Parc Fifty-Five Hotel in San 
Francisco, CA (April 27-29, 1996).
    From 8:30 to 10:30 a.m., Wednesday May 1, 1996 at the Northeastern 
States Boating Law Administrators Conference in the Camden Room at the 
Samoset Resort in Rockland, ME (April 29-30, 1996).
    From 1 to 4 p.m., Monday, May 6, 1996 in Room 2415 of Coast Guard 
Headquarters in Washington, DC.
    From 10 a.m. to 12 p.m., Sunday, May 19, 1996 at the Southern 
States Boating Law Administrator Conference at the Royal Sonesta Hotel 
in New Orleans, LA (May 18-22, 1996).
    Those wishing to give an oral presentation should submit their 
name, address, and organization represented (if any) at least seven 
days prior to the particular meeting or event, to COMMANDANT (G-NAB-6), 
room 1505, U.S. Coat Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20593-0001, Attn: Mr. Jay Doubt. Individuals wishing to 
give an oral presentation who fail to notify the Coast Guard within 
seven days of a particular meeting or event will be allowed to do so if 
time permits.
    Those giving oral presentations are reminded of the necessity to 
also furnish written comments, if those comments are intended for 
inclusion in the regulatory docket.
    The Coast Guard will consider all relevant comments in determining 
what action may be necessary to address propeller accidents involving 
rented propeller-driven vessels.

    Dated: March 15, 1996.
Rudy K. Peschel,
Rear Admiral, U.S. Coast Guard, Chief, Office of Navigation Safety and 
Waterway Services.
[FR Doc. 96-7304 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7303 Special Local Regulations; Miami Super Boat Race; Miami Beach, FL
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13122-13123]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7303]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
33 CFR Part 100

[CGD07-96-018]
RIN 2115-AE46

Special Local Regulations; Miami Super Boat Race; Miami Beach, FL

AGENCY: Coast Guard, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Coast Guard is proposing to establish permanent special 
local regulations for the Miami Super Boat Race. This event will be 
held annually on the second Sunday of June, between 12:30 p.m. and 3:30 
p.m. Eastern Daylight Time. Historically, there have been approximately 
35 participant and 200 spectator craft. The resulting congestion of 
navigable channels creates an extra or unusual hazard in the navigable 
waters. These proposed regulations are necessary to provide for the 
safety of life on navigable waters during the event. By establishing 
these proposed permanent regulations, the Coast Guard expects to give 
better notice of requirements related to marine events, and also avoid 
the recurring costs of publication related with temporary regulations. 
However, the establishment of these proposed permanent regulations 
would not relieve the event organizers from applying for an annual 
marine event permit.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before May 15, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be mailed to U.S. Coast Guard Group Miami, 100 
Macarthur Causeway, Miami Beach, FL 33139-5101 or may be delivered to 
operations office at the same address between 7 a.m. and 3 p.m., Monday 
through Friday, except Federal holidays. The telephone number is (305) 
535-4448. Comments will become a part of the public docket and will be 
available for copying and inspection at the same address.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
QMC T. E. Kjerulff, Coast Guard Group Miami, FL at (305) 535-4448.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Request for Comments

    The Coast Guard encourages interested persons to participate in 
this rulemaking by submitting written views, data, or arguments. 
Persons submitting comments should include their names, addresses, 
identify the notice (CGD07-96-018) and the specific section of this 
proposal to which their comments apply, and give reasons for each 
comment. The Coast Guard will consider all comments received during the 
comment period. The regulations may be changed in view of the comments 
received. All comments received before the expiration of the comment 
period will be considered before final action is taken on this 
proposal.
    No public hearing is planned, but one may be held if the written 
requests for a hearing are received, and it is determined that the 
opportunity to make oral presentations will add to the rulemaking 
process.

Discussion of Proposed Regulations

    The proposed regulations are needed to provide for the safety of 
life during the Miami Superboat Race. This event will be held annually 
on the second Sunday of June, between 12:30 p.m. and 3:30 p.m. Eastern 
Daylight Time. These regulations are intended to promote safe 
navigation on the waters off Miami Beach during the races by 
controlling the traffic entering, exiting, and traveling within these 
waters. Historically, there have been approximately 35 participant and 
200 spectator craft during the race. The anticipated concentration of 
spectator and participant vessels associated with the Miami Super Boat 
Race poses a safety concern, which is addressed in these proposed 
special local regulations. The resulting congestion of navigable 
channels creates an extra or unusual hazard in the navigable waters. 
These regulations are intended to promote safe navigation on the waters 
off Miami Beach during the race by restricting vessels from entering 
the race area described below and permit anchoring only in the 
designated spectator area.
    The proposed race area would be formed by a line joining the 
following points:

25 deg.46.3' N, 080 deg.07.85' W; thence to,
25 deg.46.3' N, 080 deg.06.82' W; thence to,
25 deg.51.3' N, 080 deg.06.2' W; thence to,
25 deg.51.3' N, 080 deg.07.18' W; thence along the shoreline to the 
starting point. All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 1983.

    A spectator area would be established in the regulated area for 
spectator traffic and would be defined by a line joining the 
following points, beginning from:

25 deg.51.3' N, 080 deg.06.15' W; thence to,
25 deg.51.3' N, 080 deg.05.85' W; thence to,
25 deg.46.3' N, 080 deg.06.55' W; thence to,
25 deg.46.3'N, 080 deg. 06.77' W; and back to the starting point.

    All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 1983. The proposed 
regulation would also include a buffer zone of 300 feet between the 
race course and the spectator area defined above.

    Entry into the proposed regulated area by other than event 
participants would be prohibited unless otherwise authorized by the 
Coast Guard Patrol Commander. However, the Coast Guard Patrol Commander 
could at his discretion permit traffic to resume normal operations 
between scheduled racing events.
    The proposed regulations would also establish safety measures of 5 
short whistle or horn blasts from a patrol vessel to signal any and all 
vessels to take immediate steps to avoid collision. The display of an 
orange distress smoke signal from a patrol vessel would be the signal 
for any and all vessels to stop immediately. All spectators not in the 
designated spectator areas above would be required to remain clear of 
the race area at all times.

Regulatory Evaluation

    This proposal is not a significant regulatory action under Section 
3(f) of the Executive Order 12866 and does not require an assessment of 
the potential costs and benefits under Section 6(a)(3) of that Order. 
It has been exempted from review by the Office of Management and Budget 
under that order. It is not significant under the regulatory policies 
and procedures of the Department of Transportation (DOT) (44 FR 11040; 
February 26, 1979). The Coast Guard expects the economic impact of this 
proposed rule to be so minimal that a

[[Page 13123]]
full Regulatory Evaluation under paragraph 10e of the regulatory 
policies and procedures of DOT is unnecessary. The proposed regulation 
would last for only 4 hours each day of the event.

Small Entities

    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), the 
Coast Guard must consider whether this proposal will have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. ``Small 
entities'' include independently owned and operated small businesses 
that are not dominant in their field and that otherwise qualify as 
``small business concerns'' under Section 3 of the Small Business Act 
(15 U.S.C. 632).
    For reasons set forth in the above Regulatory Evaluation, the Coast 
Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposal, if adopted, 
would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of 
small entities.

Collection of Information

    These proposed regulations contain no collection of information 
requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et 
seq.).

Federalism

    This action has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and 
criteria contained in Executive Order 12612, and it has been determined 
that the rulemaking does not have sufficient Federalism implications to 
warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.

Environmental Assessment

    The Coast Guard has considered the environmental impact of this 
proposal and has concluded that preparation of an Environmental Impact 
Statement is not necessary. An Environmental Assessment and Finding of 
No Significant Impact are available in the docket for inspection or 
copying where indicated under ADDRESSES. The Coast Guard has concluded 
that this proposed action would not significantly affect the quality of 
the human environment.

List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 100

    Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and record keeping 
requirements, Waterways.

Proposed Regulations

    in consideration of the foregoing, Part 100 of Title 33, Code of 
Federal Regulations, is proposed to be amended as follows:
    1. The authority citation for Part 100 continues to read as 
follows:

PART 100--[AMENDED]

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1233; 49 CFR 1.46 and 33 CFR 100.35.

    2. A new section 100.714 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 100.714  Annual Miami Super Boat Race; Miami Beach, FL.

    (a) Definitions: (1) Regulated Areas. The regulated area includes 
the race course area, the spectator area, and a buffer zone.
    (i) The race course area is formed by a line joining the following 
points:

25 deg.46.3' N, 080 deg.07.85' W; thence to,
25 deg.46.3' N, 080 deg.06.82' W; thence to,
25 deg.51.3' N, 080 deg.06.2' W; thence to,
25 deg.51.3' N, 080 deg.07.18' W; thence along the shoreline to the 
starting point.
    All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 1983.

    (ii) A spectator area is established in the regulated area for 
spectator traffic and is defined by a line joining the following 
points, beginning from:

25 deg. 51.3' N, 080 deg. 06.15' W; thence to,
25 deg. 51.3' N, 080 deg. 05.85' W; thence to,
25 deg. 46.3' N, 080 deg. 06.55' W; thence to,
25 deg. 46.3' N, 080 deg. 06.77' W; and back to the starting point.

    All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 1983.

    (iii) A buffer zone of 300 feet is established between the race 
course and the spectator area.
    (2) Coast Guard Patrol Commander. The Coast Guard Patrol Commander 
is a commissioned, warrant, or petty officer of the Coast Guard who has 
been designated by the Captain of the Port, Miami, Florida.
    (b) Special local regulations: (1) Entry into the race course area 
by other than event participants is prohibited unless otherwise 
authorized by the Coast Guard Patrol Commander. At the completion of 
scheduled races and departure of participants from the regulated area, 
traffic may resume normal operations. At the discretion of the Coast 
Guard Patrol Commander, between scheduled racing events, traffic may be 
permitted to resume normal operations.
    (2) A succession of not fewer than 5 short whistle or horn blasts 
from a patrol vessel will be the signal for any and all vessels to take 
immediate steps to avoid a collision. The display of an orange distress 
smoke signal from a patrol vessel will be the signal for any and all 
vessels to stop immediately.
    (3) Spectators not in the designated spectator areas, defined in 
paragraph (a) of the regulated area, are required to maintain clear of 
the race course area at all times.
    (c) Effective Dates: This section is effective at 12 p.m. and 
terminates at 4 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time annually during the second 
Sunday of June.

    Dated: March 14, 1996.
Roger T. Rufe, Jr.,
Rear Admiral, U.S. Coast Guard, Commander, Seventh Coast Guard 
District.
[FR Doc. 96-7303 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7296 Proposed Amendment to Class E Airspace; Kaiser, MO, Camdenton, MO, Sedalia, MO, West Plains, MO, Point Lookout, MO, St. Charles, MO, Monett, MO, Butler, MO, Monroe City, MO, Farmington, MO, Fort Leavenworth, Sherman Army Airfield, KS, and Dodge City, KS
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13115-13117]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7296]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 71

[Airspace Docket No. 96-ACE-02]

Proposed Amendment to Class E Airspace; Kaiser, MO, Camdenton, 
MO, Sedalia, MO, West Plains, MO, Point Lookout, MO, St. Charles, MO, 
Monett, MO, Butler, MO, Monroe City, MO, Farmington, MO, Fort 
Leavenworth, Sherman Army Airfield, KS, and Dodge City, KS

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This notice proposes to amend the Class E airspace area at 
Kaiser, Lee C. Fine Memorial Airport, MO, Camdenton Memorial Airport, 
Camdenton, MO, Sedalia Memorial Airport, Sedalia, MO, West Plains 
Municipal Airport, West Plains, MO, M. Graham Clark Airport, Point 
Lookout, MO, St. Charles Co. Smartt Airport, St. Charles, MO, Monett 
Municipal Airport, Monett, MO, Butler Memorial Airport, Butler, MO, 
Monroe City Regional Airport, Monroe City, MO, Farmington Regional 
Airport, Farmington, MO, Fort Leavenworth, Sherman AAF, KS, and Dodge 
City Regional Airport, Dodge City, KS. The development of new Standard 
Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAP) based on the Global Positioning 
System (GPS) at the above locations has made the proposal necessary. 
The intended effect of this proposal is to provide additional 
controlled airspace for aircraft executing the SIAP at the above listed 
airports.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before May 1, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Send comments on the proposal in triplicate to: Manager, Air 
Traffic Operations Branch, ACE-530, Federal Aviation Administration, 
Docket No. 96-ACE-02, 601 East 12th Street, Kansas City, MO 64106.
    The official docket may be examined in the Office of the Assistant 
Chief Counsel for the Central Region at the same address between 9:00 
a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
    An informal docket may also be examined during normal business 
hours in the office of the Manager, Air Traffic Operations Branch, Air 
Traffic Division, at the address listed above.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Kathy Randolph, Air Traffic Division, 
Air Traffic Operations Branch, ACE-530C, Federal Aviation 
Administration, 601 East 12th Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64106; 
telephone number (816) 426-3408.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested parties are invited to participate in this proposed 
rulemking by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as they 
may desire. Comments that provide the factual basis supporting the 
views and suggestions presented are particularly helpful in developing 
reasoned regulatory decisions on the proposal. Comments are 
specifically invited on the overall regulatory, economic, 
environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal. 
Communications should identify the airspace docket number and be 
submitted in triplicate to the address listed above. Commenters wishing 
the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments on this notice must 
submit with those comments as self-addressed, stamped postcard on which 
the following statement is made: ``Comments to Airspace Docket No. 96-
ACE-02.'' The postcard will be date/time stamped and returned to the 
commenter. All communications received on or before the closing date 
for comments will be considered before taking action on the proposed 
rule. The proposal contained in this notice may be changed in light of 
comments received. All comments submitted will be available for 
examination in the Rules Docket both before and after the closing date 
for comments. A report summarizing each substantive public contact with 
FAA personnel concerned with this rulemaking will be filed in the 
docket.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
(NPRM) by submitting a request to the Federal Aviation Administration, 
Office of Public Affairs, Attention: Public Inquiry Center, APA-230, 
800 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 
267-3484. Communications must identify the notice number of this NPRM. 
Persons interested in being placed on a mailing list for future NPRMs 
should also request a copy of Advisory Circular No. 11-2A, which 
describes the procedures.

The Proposal

    The FAA is considering an amendment to part 71 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 71) to provide additional controlled 
airspace for a new Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) procedure at the St. 
Charles Co. Smartt Airport, MO; Camdenton Memorial Airport, MO; Monett 
Municipal Airport, MO; West Plains Municipal Airport, MO; Butler 
Municipal Airport, MO; Point Lookout, M. Graham Clark Airport, MO; 
Sedalia Memorial Airport, MO; Monroe City Regional Airport, MO; 
Farmington Regional Airport, MO; Kaiser, Lee C. Fine Airport, MO; Fort 
Leavenworth, Sherman AAF, KS; and Dodge City Regional Airport, KS. The 
additional airspace would segregate aircraft operating under VFR 
conditions from aircraft operating under IFR procedures. The area would 
be depicted on appropriate aeronautical charts thereby enabling pilots 
to circumnavigate the area or otherwise comply with IFR procedures. 
Class E airspace designations for airspace areas extending upward from 
700 feet or more above the surface of the earth are published in 
paragraph 6005 of FAA Order 7400.9C, dated August 17, 1995, and 
effective September 16, 1995, which is incorporated by reference in 14 
CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designation listed in this document 
would be published subsequently in the Order.
    The FAA has determined that this proposed regulation only involves 
an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and 
routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. 
Therefore, this proposed regulation (1) is not a ``significant 
regulatory action'' under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a 
``significant rule'' under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 
FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a 
Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since 
this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures 
and air navigation, it is certified that this proposed rule will not 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.

[[Page 13116]]

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71

    Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, the Federal 
Aviation Administration proposes to amend part 71 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 71) as follows:

PART 71--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 71 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 
FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389; 14 CFR 11.69.

Sec. 71.1  [Amended]

    2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of Federal 
Aviation Administration Order 7400.9C, Airspace Designations and 
Reporting Points, dated August 17, 1995, and effective September 16, 
1995, is amended as follows:

Paragraph 6005  Class E airspace areas extending upward from 700 
feet or more above the surface of the earth.

* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Kaiser, MO

Kaiser, Lee E. Fine Memorial Airport, MO
    (lat. 38 deg.05'46'' N., long. 92 deg.32'59'' W.)
Camdenton Memorial Airport, MO
    (lat 37 deg.58'29'' N., long. 92 deg.41'30'' W.)
Osage Beach, Linn Creek-Grand Glaize Memorial Airport, MO
    (lat 38 deg.06'28'' N., long. 92 deg.40'50'' W.)
Kaiser NDB
    (lat. 38 deg.05'48'' N., long. 92 deg.33'11'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.5-mile radius of Lee C. Fine Memorial Airport and within 
2.6 miles each side of the 045 deg. bearing of the Kaiser NDB 
extending from the 6.5-mile radius of the Lee C. Fine Memorial 
Airport to 7.9 miles northeast of the airport and within a 6.3-mile 
radius of Camdenton Memorial Airport and within a 6.3-mile radius of 
Linn Creek-Grand Glaize Memorial Airport.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Sedalia, MO

Sedalia Memorial Airport, MO
    (lat 38 deg.42'25'' N., long. 93 deg.10'34'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.7-mile radius of Sedalia Memorial Airport and within 2.6 
miles each side of the 011 deg. bearing from Sedalia Memorial 
Airport extending from the 6.7-mile radius to 7 miles north of the 
airport and within 2.6 miles each side of the 178 deg. bearing from 
Sedalia Memorial Airport extending from the 6.7-mile radius to 7 
miles south of the airport.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 West Plains, MO

West Plains Municipal Airport, MO
    (lat. 36 deg.52'41'' N., long. 91 deg.54'10'' W.)
Pomona NDB
    (lat. 36 deg.52'42'' N, long. 91 deg.54'02'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.4-mile radius of West Plain Municipal Airport and within 
2.6 miles each side of the 185 deg. bearing from the Pomona NDB 
extending from the 6.4-mile radius of the West Plains Municipal 
Airport to 7.4 miles south of the NDB.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Point Lookout, MO

Point Lookout, M. Graham Clark Airport, MO
    (lat. 36 deg.37'33'' N., long. 93 deg.13'44'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.5-mile radius of M. Graham Clark Airport and within 2.6 
miles each side of the 123 deg. bearing from the M. Graham Clark 
Airport extending from the 6.5-mile radius to 7 miles southeast of 
the airport.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 St. Louis, MO

Lambert-St. Louis International Airport
(lat. 38 deg. 44'51'' N., long. 90 deg.21'36'' W.)
Spirit of St. Louis Airport, MO
    (lat. 38 deg.39'43'' N., long 90 deg.39'00'' W.)
St. Louis Regional Airport, Alton, IL
    (lat 38 deg.53'25'' N., long. 90 deg.02'45'' W.)
St. Charles County Smartt Airport, St. Charles, MO
    (lat. 38 deg.55'47'' N., long. 90 deg.25'47'' W.)
St. Louis VORTAC
    (lat. 38 deg.51'38'' N., long. 90 deg.28'57'' W.)
Foristell VORTAC
    (lat. 38 deg.41'40'' N., long. 90 deg.58'17'' W.)
ZUMAY LOM
    (lat. 38 deg.47'17'' N., long. 90 deg.16'44'' W.)
OBLIO LOM
    (lat. 38 deg.48'01'' N., long. 90 deg.28'29'' W.)
Civic Memorial NDB
    (lat. 38 deg.53'32'' N., long. 90 deg.03'23'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.9-mile radius of the Lambert-St. Louis International 
Airport, and within 4 miles southeast and 7 miles northwest of the 
Lambert-St. Louis International Airport Runway 24 ILS localizer 
course extending from the airport to 10.5 miles northeast of the 
ZUMAY LOM, and within 4 miles southwest and 7.9 miles northeast of 
the Lambert-St. Louis Airport Runway 12R ILS localizer course 
extending from the airport to 10.5 miles northwest of the OBLIO LOM, 
and within 4 miles southwest and 7.9 miles northeast of the Lambert-
St. Louis Airport Runway 30L ILS localizer southeast course 
extending from the airport to 8.7 miles southeast of the airport, 
and within a 6.6-mile radius of Spirit of St. Louis Airport and 
within 2.6 miles each side of the 098 deg. radial of the Foristell 
VORTAC extending from the 6.6-mile radius area to 8.3 miles west of 
the airport, and within a 6.4-mile radius of St. Charles County 
Smartt Airport, and within a 6.7-mile radius of St. Louis Regional 
Airport, and within 4 miles each side of the 014 deg. bearing from 
the Civic Memorial NDB extending from 6.7-mile radius to 7 miles 
north of the airport, and within 4.4 miles each side of the 190 deg. 
radial of the St. Louis VORTAC extending from 2 miles south of the 
VORTAC to 22.1 miles south of the VORTAC.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Monett, MO

Monett Municipal Airport, MO
    (lat. 36 deg.54'39'' N., long. 94 deg.00'46'' W.)
Neosho VORTAC
    (lat. 36 deg.50'33'' N., long. 94 deg. 26'08'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.5-mile radius of Monett Municipal Airport and within 1.8 
miles each side of the Neosho VORTAC 079 deg. radial extending from 
the 6.5-mile radius to 7 miles west of the airport.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Butler, MO

Butler Memorial Airport, MO
    (lat. 38 deg.17'23'' N, long. 94 deg.20'25'' W.)
Butler VORTAC
    (lat 38 deg.16''29'' N., long. 94 deg.29'18'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.4-mile radius of Butler Memorial Airport and within 1.8 
miles each side of the 082 deg. radial of the Butler VORTAC 
extending from the 6.4-mile radius to the VORTAC.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Monroe City, MO

Monroe City Regional Airport, MO
    (lat. 39 deg.38'04'' N., long. 91 deg.43'38'' W.)
Quincy VORTAC
    (lat. 39 deg.50'53'' N., long. 91 deg.16'44'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.2-mile radius of Monroe City Regional Airport and within 
3.5 miles each side of the Quincy VORTAC 239 deg. radial extending 
from the 6.2-mile radius to 7 miles northeast of the airport.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Farmington, MO

Farmington Regional Airport, MO
    (lat. 37 deg.45'42'' N., long. 90 deg.25'41'' W.)
Farmington VORTAC
    (lat. 37 deg.40'24'' N., long. 90 deg.14'03'' W.)
Perrine NDB
    (lat. 37 deg.45'54'' N., long. 90 deg.25'45'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.4-mile radius of Farmington Regional Airport and within 
2.6 miles each side of the 034 deg. bearing from the Perrine NDB 
extending from the 6.4 mile radius to 7.9 miles north of the 
airport, and within 2.6 miles each side of the 191 deg. bearing from 
the Perrine NDB extending from the 6.4 mile radius to 7.9 miles 
south of the airport, and within 1.3 miles each side of the 
Farmington VORTAC 300 deg. radial extending from the 6.4-mile radius 
to the VORTAC.
* * * * *

ACE MO E5 Kansas City International Airport, MO

Kansas City International Airport, MO
    (lat. 39 deg.17'57'' N., long. 94 deg.43'05'' W.)
Kansas City Downtown Airport, MO
    (lat. 39 deg.07'24'' N., long. 94 deg.35'34'' W.)
Fort Leavenworth, Sherman Army Airfield (AAF), KS
    (lat. 39 deg.22'06'' N., long. 94 deg.54'53'' W.)
Kansas City VORTAC

[[Page 13117]]

    (lat. 39 deg.16'46'' N., long. 94 deg.35'28'' W.)
DOTTE LOM
    (lat. 39 deg.13'15'' N., long. 94 deg.45'00'' W.)
Riverside VOR/DME
    (lat. 39 deg.07'14'' N., long. 94 deg.35'48'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6-mile radius of the Kansas City Downtown Airport and 
within 3 miles each side of the 210 deg. radial of the Riverside 
VOR/DME extending from the 6-mile radius to 12.6 miles southwest of 
the Downtown Airport, and within a 6.5-mile radius of the Sherman 
AAF and within a 6-mile radius of the Kansas City International 
Airport, and within 4.4 miles each side of the Kansas City 
International Runway 19 ILS localizer north course extending from 
the 6-mile radius to 21.7 miles north of the DOTTE LOM, and within 
4.4 miles each side of the 096 deg. radial of the Kansas City VORTAC 
extending from the Kansas City International Airport 6-mile radius 
to 5 miles east of the Kansas City VORTAC, and within 2.5 miles each 
side of the Kansas City International Runway 1 ILS localizer south 
course extending from the 6-mile radius to 9.3 miles south of the 
DOTTE LOM.
* * * * *

ACE KS E5 Dodge City, KS

Dodge City Regional Airport, KS
    (lat. 37 deg.45'44'' N., long. 99 deg.57'54'' W.)

    That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface 
within a 6.5-mile radius of Dodge City Regional Airport.
* * * * *
    Issued in Kansas City, MO, on March 1, 1996.
Christopher R. Blum,
Acting Manager, Air Traffic Division, Central Region.
[FR Doc. 96-7296 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7295 Areas Unusually Sensitive to Environmental Damage
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13144-13146]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7295]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Research and Special Programs Administration

49 CFR Part 195

[Docket PS-140(c), Notice 5]
RIN 2137-AC34

Areas Unusually Sensitive to Environmental Damage

AGENCY: Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), DOT.

ACTION: Public workshop.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: RSPA invites industry, government agencies, and the public to 
the fourth workshop on unusually sensitive areas (USAs). The purpose of 
this workshop is to openly discuss the terms to be used in describing 
USAs, and the scope and objectives of the additional USA workshops. 
This workshop is a continuation of the USA workshops held June 15-16, 
1995; October 17, 1995; and January 18, 1996.

DATES: The workshop will be held on April 10-11, 1996 from 8:30 a.m. to 
4:00 p.m. Persons who are unable to attend may submit written comments 
in duplicate by May 28, 1996. However, persons submitting comments to 
be considered at the April 10-11 workshop must do so by April 3, 1996. 
Interested persons should submit as part of their written comments all 
material that is relevant to a statement of fact or argument. Late 
filed comments will be considered so far as practicable.

ADDRESSES: The workshop will be held at the U.S. DOT, Nassif Building, 
400 Seventh Street SW., Room 8236-40, Washington, DC. Non-federal 
employee visitors are admitted into the DOT building through the 
southwest entrance at Seventh and E Streets, SW. Persons who want to 
participate in the workshop should call (202) 366-2392 or e-mail their 
name, affiliation, and phone number to [email protected] before close 
of business April 3, 1996.
    Send written comments in duplicate to the Dockets Unit, Room 8421, 
RSPA, U.S. DOT, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001. 
Identify the docket and notice numbers stated in the heading of this 
notice.
    All comments and docketed materials will be available for 
inspection and copying in Room 8421 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. 
each business day. A summary of the workshop will be available from the 
Dockets Unit about three weeks after the workshop.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Christina Sames, (202) 366-4561, about 
this document, or the Dockets Unit,

[[Page 13145]]
(202) 366-5046, for copies of this document or other material in the 
docket.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 
Sec. 60109) require the Secretary of Transportation to prescribe 
regulations that establish criteria for identifying each hazardous 
liquid pipeline facility and gathering line, whether otherwise subject 
to 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601, located in an area that the Secretary, in 
consultation with the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), describes 
as unusually sensitive to environmental damage if there is a hazardous 
liquid pipeline accident.
    Consistent with the President's regulatory policy (E.O. 12866), 
RSPA wants to accomplish this congressional mandate at the least cost 
to society. Toward this end, RSPA is seeking early public participation 
in the rulemaking process by holding public workshops at which 
participants, including RSPA staff, may exchange views on relevant 
issues. RSPA hopes these workshops will enable government and industry 
to reach a better understanding of the problem and the potential 
solutions before proposed rules are issued.
    On June 15 and 16, 1995, RSPA held the first public workshop to 
openly discuss the criteria being considered to determine USAs (60 FR 
27948; May 26, 1995). Participants included representatives from the 
hazardous liquid pipeline industry; the Departments of Interior, 
Agriculture, Transportation, and Commerce; EPA; non-government 
agencies; and the public. Participants requested that additional 
workshops be held to further discuss this complex topic .
    On October 17, 1995, RSPA held a second public workshop that 
focused on developing a process that could be used to determine if an 
area is a USA (60 FR 44824; August 29, 1995). Participants asked that 
the process include a series of workshops on topics such as guiding 
principles, the definition of terms that may be used when referring to 
USAs, drinking water source protection, biological resources, and human 
use resources.
    The American Petroleum Institute (API) provided information on its 
current USA research and suggested that any final definition consider 
the resource to be protected, the likelihood of a given pipeline 
impacting that resource, and what can be done to reduce the risk to the 
resource. Other participants suggested integrating factors on the 
likelihood of a rupture occurring and the severity of the consequence 
into the USA definition. Participants also brainstormed guiding 
principles that could be used when determining if a given area is a 
USA.
    RSPA held a third workshop on January 18, 1996, to further discuss 
the guiding principles for determining USAs (61 FR 342; January 4, 
1996). The primary concerns voiced in this workshop were that drinking 
water resources and significant ecological resources be considered USA 
but that economic or recreational areas not be intrinsically considered 
USAs. A secondary concern voiced by the participants was the need to 
consider cultural resources as USAs.
    Indian tribal concerns were also identified and participants 
requested that additional research be conducted in this area.
    Participants at the workshop also discussed the following guiding 
principles for the USA identification process and asked that the 
following be considered:
    1. A functional definition of significance must be developed to 
determine USAs.
    2. Human health and safety.
    3. Serious threat of contamination.
    4. Only areas in the trajectory of a potential spill, e.g. down 
gradient.
    5. Not all areas identified as USAs will require preventative 
measures but all candidates for USAs will require protection through 
response planning under 49 CFR part 194. The process should clarify how 
sensitive areas are protected under the Pipeline Safety Act separate 
and apart from protection under the 49 CFR part 194.
    6. Operators that have voluntarily taken measures that exceed the 
regulatory requirements to minimize the potential for spills in their 
operations should receive credit for these measures in other 
rulemakings, thereby resulting in exemptions from these additional 
rulemakings.
    7. It is expected that no pipeline operator will be required to 
collect natural field resource data to determine USAs.
    8. USAs should be subject to a systematic review process. USAs may 
change through time as species migrate, change location or for other 
reasons. The USA definition should be explicit and practical in 
application.
    9. All phases of the USA definition process should be pilot tested 
for validity, practicality, and workability, to the extent practical.
    10. The government agencies must describe and identify USAs so that 
the data will not be subject to various interpretations and will be 
applied consistently. The standards and criteria for resource 
sensitivity should be uniform on a national basis such that equivalent 
resources receive equivalent sensitivity assessments regardless of 
regionally based response priorities.
    11. Sources of USA data must be readily available to the public and 
uniform in criteria and standards. The standards and criteria for 
resource sensitivity should be uniform on a national basis such that 
equivalent resources receive equivalent sensitivity assessments 
regardless of regionally based priorities.
    The following diagram was created to display how the process could 
work:

BILLING CODE 4910-60-P

[[Page 13146]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.012

BILLING CODE 4910-60-C
    Finally, participants brain stormed and identified the USA terms 
that they thought needed to be clarified. The following list is the 
result of that discussion. The workshop on April 10 will focus on the 
criteria, components, and parameters of these terms. This list is not 
final and RSPA invites comments on these terms and submissions of 
additional terms. This list and any additional terms that are submitted 
to the docket before April 3 will be considered at the April 10 
workshop:

1. Serious threat
2. Contamination
3. Significant
4. Ecological
5. Economic areas
6. Recreational areas
7. Cultural areas
8. Readily available
9. Uniform

    The workshop on April 11 will focus on the scope and objectives of 
the additional USA workshops on drinking water sources, ecological 
resources, cultural resources, and Indian tribal concerns. RSPA invites 
comments on the scope and objectives of these additional workshops. 
Items that are submitted to the docket before April 3 will be 
considered at the April 11 workshop.
    Persons interested in receiving a transcript of the first or third 
workshop, the summary of the second workshop, material presented at the 
workshops, or comments submitted to the docket should contact the 
Dockets Unit at (202) 366-5046 and reference docket PS-140, PS-140(b), 
and PS-140(c).

    Issued in Washington, DC on March 21, 1996.
Richard B. Felder,
Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety.
[FR Doc. 96-7295 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-60-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7288 New Mexico Regulatory Program
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13117-13119]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7288]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement

30 CFR Part 931

[SPATS No. NM-037-FOR]

New Mexico Regulatory Program

AGENCY: Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior.

ACTION: Proposed rule; public comment period and opportunity for public 
hearing on proposed amendment.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM) is 
announcing receipt of a proposed amendment to the New Mexico regulatory 
program (hereinafter, the ``New Mexico program'') under the Surface 
Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA). The proposed 
amendment consists of revisions to or additions of rules pertaining to 
permit application contents for contour maps of the permit area and 
operations exclusively under reclamation, permit approval or denial, 
contents of bond release applications, timeliness of backfilling and 
grading, approval of small depressions, performance standards for all 
roads and primary roads, and blaster examination and certification 
requirements. The amendment is intended to revise the New Mexico 
program to incorporate the additional flexibility afforded by the 
revised Federal regulations, as

[[Page 13118]]
amended, and improve operational efficiency.

DATES: Written comments must be received by 4:00 p.m., m.d.t., April 
25, 1996. If requested, a public hearing on the proposed amendment will 
be held on April 22, 1996. Requests to present oral testimony at the 
hearing must be received by 4:00 p.m., m.d.t., on April 10, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Written comments should be mailed or hand delivered to Guy 
Padgett at the address listed below.
    Copies of the New Mexico program, the proposed amendment, and all 
written comments received in response to this document will be 
available for public review at the addresses listed below during normal 
business hours, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. Each 
requester may receive one free copy of the proposed amendment by 
contacting OSM's Albuquerque Field Office.

Guy Padgett, Director, Albuquerque Field Office, Office of Surface 
Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 505 Marquette Avenue, NW., Suite 
1200, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87102
Mining and Minerals Division, New Mexico Energy and Minerals 
Department, 2040 South Pacheco Street, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87505, 
Telephone: (505) 827-5970

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Guy Padgett, Telephone: (505) 248-
5081.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background on the New Mexico Program

    On December 31, 1980, the Secretary of the Interior conditionally 
approved the New Mexico program. General background information on the 
New Mexico program, including the Secretary's findings, the disposition 
of comments, and the conditions of approval of the New Mexico program 
can be found in the December 31, 1980, Federal Register (45 FR 86459). 
Subsequent actions concerning New Mexico's program and program 
amendments can be found at 30 CFR 931.11, 931,15, 931.16, and 931.30.

II. Proposed Amendment

    By letter dated March 11, 1996, New Mexico submitted a proposed 
amendment to its program pursuant to SMCRA (administrative record No. 
NM-773, 30 U.S.C. 1201 et seq.). New Mexico submitted the proposed 
amendment at its own initiative. The provisions of the Coal Surface 
Mining Commission (CSMC) rules that New Mexico proposes to revise or 
add are:
    CSMC Rule 80-1-5-23(a), concerning general requirements for permit 
applications, by adding a reference to Part 15 for mines exclusively 
under reclamation;
    CSMC Rule 80-1-8-25(k), concerning contour maps with a maximum of 5 
foot contour intervals in permit applications, by deleting specific 
requirements at CSMC Rule 80-1-8-25(k) (1) through (3) for showing the 
existing land surface configuration for the proposed affected areas and 
adding the requirement that the existing land surface configuration be 
shown for the proposed permit area;
    CSMC Rule 80-1-11-19(c), concerning criteria for permit approval or 
denial, by adding the word ``hydrological'' to the phrase ``probable 
cumulative hydrological impacts'' and the acronym ``(CHIA)'' following 
the phrase;
    CSMC Rule 80-1-14-40(a), concerning bond release applications, by 
adding a new paragraph (a)(2) which summarizes the minimum contents of 
an application for a bond release and revising recodified paragraph 
(a)(3) to delete a bond release application content requirement that is 
now part of new paragraph (a)(2);
    CSMC Rule 80-1-15, concerning minimum requirements for permit 
applications for coal mining operations exclusively under reclamation, 
by adding a new Part 15 which consists of requirements for: general 
information at 15-11, information concerning identification of 
interests at 15-12(a) through (j), compliance information at 15-13(a) 
through (d), right of entry and operation information at 15-14(a) and 
(b), permit term information at 15-15(a) and (b), personal injury and 
property damage insurance information at 15-16, identification of other 
licenses and permits at 15-17(a) through (d), identification of 
location of public office for filing of application at 15-18, newspaper 
advertisement and proof of publication at 15-19, general environmental 
resources information at 15-20(a) through (f), the operation plan at 
15-21(a) and (b), the fish and wildlife plan at 15-22(a) and (b), the 
reclamation plan including protection of the hydrologic balance, 
postmining land uses, and ponds, impoundments, banks, dams, and 
embankments, at respectively, 15-23(a) and (b), 15-24(a) through (e), 
15-25(a) and (b), and 15-26(a) through (e), and protection of public 
parks and historic places at 15-27;
    CSMC 80-1-20-101(a), concerning backfilling and grading 
requirements for contour mining, open pit mining, and strip mining, by 
deleting from 20-101(a)(1) through (3) all time limits by which 
backfilling and grading must commence so that the existing distance 
limits are the only measure of when backfilling and grading must 
commence, and replacing the term ``area strip mining'' with the term 
``strip mining'' at 20-101(a)(3);
    CSMC 80-1-20-102(c), concerning backfilling and grading to create 
small depressions, to add the allowance for New Mexico to approval 
small depressions if they create and enhance wildlife habitat;
    CSMC 80-1-20-150(b), concerning performance standards for all 
roads, to delete the requirement at 20-150(b)(9) that all roads have, 
at a minimum, a static safety factor of 1.3 for all embankments;
    CSMC 80-1-20-151(a), concerning performance standards for primary 
roads, to add at 20-151(a)(5) the requirement that all primary roads 
have a static factor of safety of 1.3, at a minimum, for all 
embankments; and
    CSMC 80-1-33-14 and 80-1-33-15, concerning examination and 
certification for blasters, by deleting the existing requirements and 
replacing them with new requirements for (1) examination at 33-14(a) 
and (b) that include a written exam to demonstrate competence and a 
minimum of one year of practical field experience and (2) certification 
at 33-15(a) through (e) that include requirements for certification 
every four years, suspension and revocation of certification, 
recertification (by reexamination, training, and demonstration), 
protection of certification, and conditions for maintaining 
certification.

III. Public Comment Procedures

    In accordance with the provisions of 30 CFR 732.17(h), OSM is 
seeking comments on whether the proposed amendment satisfies the 
applicable program approval criteria of 30 CFR 732.15. If the amendment 
is deemed adequate, it will become part of the New Mexico program.

1. Written Comments

    Written comments should be specific, pertain only to the issues 
proposed in this rulemaking, and include explanations in support of the 
commenter's recommendations. Comments received after the time indicated 
under DATES or at locations other than the Albuquerque Field Office 
will not necessarily be considered in the final rulemaking or included 
in the administrative record.

2. Public Hearing

    Persons wishing to testify at the public hearing should contact the 
person listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT by 4:00 p.m.,

[[Page 13119]]
m.d.t., on April 10, 1996. Any disabled individual who has need for a 
special accommodation to attend a public hearing should contact the 
individual listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT. The location 
and time of the hearing will be arranged with those persons requesting 
the hearing. If no one requests an opportunity to testify at the public 
hearing, the hearing will not be held.
    Filing of a written statement at the time of the hearing is 
requested as it will greatly assist the transcriber. Submission of 
written statements in advance of the hearing will allow OSM officials 
to prepare adequate responses and appropriate questions.
    The public hearing will continue on the specified date until all 
persons scheduled to testify have been heard. Persons in the audience 
who have not been scheduled to testify, and who wish to do so, will be 
heard following those who have been scheduled. The hearing will end 
after all persons scheduled to testify and persons present in the 
audience who wish to testify have been heard.

3. Public Meeting

    If only one person requests an opportunity to testify at a hearing, 
a public meeting, rather than a public hearing, may be held. Persons 
wishing to meet with OSM representatives to discuss the proposed 
amendment may request a meeting by contacting the person listed under 
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT. All such meetings will be open to the 
public and, if possible, notices of meetings will be posted at the 
locations listed under ADDRESSES. A written summary of each meeting 
will be made a part of the administrative record.

IV. Procedural Determinations

1. Executive Order 12866

    This rule is exempted from review by the Office of Management and 
Budget (OMB) under Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and 
Review).

2. Executive Order 12778

    The Department of the Interior has conducted the reviews required 
by section 2 of Executive Order 12778 (Civil Justice Reform) and has 
determined that this rule meets the applicable standards of subsections 
(a) and (b) of that section. However, these standards are not 
applicable to the actual language of State regulatory programs and 
program amendments since each such program is drafted and promulgated 
by a specific State, not by OSM. Under sections 503 and 505 of SMCRA 
(30 U.S.C. 1253 and 1255) and the Federal regulations at 30 CFR 730.11, 
732.15, and 732.17(h)(10), decisions on proposed State regulatory 
programs and program amendments submitted by the States must be based 
solely on a determination of whether the submittal is consistent with 
SMCRA and its implementing Federal regulations and whether the other 
requirements of 30 CFR Parts 730, 731, and 732 have been met.

3. National Environmental Policy Act

    No environmental impact statement is required for this rule since 
section 702(d) of SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1292(d)) provides that agency 
decisions on proposed State regulatory program provisions do not 
constitute major Federal actions within the meaning of section 
102(2)(C) of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 
4332(2)(C)).

4. Paperwork Reduction Act

    This rule does not contain information collection requirements that 
require approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 
3507 et seq.).

5. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Department of the Interior has determined that this rule will 
not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.). 
The State submittal that is the subject of this rule is based upon 
counterpart Federal regulations for which an economic analysis was 
prepared and certification made that such regulations would not have a 
significant economic effect upon a substantial number of small 
entities. Accordingly, this rule will ensure that existing requirements 
previously promulgated by OMS will be implemented by the State. In 
making the determination as to whether this rule would have a 
significant economic impact, the Department relied upon the data and 
assumptions for the counterpart Federal regulations.

List of Subjects in 30 CFR Part 931

    Intergovernmental relations, Surface mining, Underground mining.

    Dated: March 19, 1996.
Russell F. Price,
Acting Regional Director, Western Regional Coordinating Center.
[FR Doc. 96-7288 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4310-05-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7286 Salmon Fisheries Off the Coast of Alaska; Removal of Implementing Regulations
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13149-13150]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7286]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
50 CFR Part 674

[Docket No. 960314075-6083-04; I.D. 031196D]
RIN 0648-AI16

Salmon Fisheries Off the Coast of Alaska; Removal of Implementing 
Regulations

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS announces its initial determination to withdraw approval 
of the Fishery Management Plan for the Salmon Fisheries in the 
Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) off the Coast of Alaska East of 175 deg. 
E. Long. (FMP). NMFS proposes to remove the regulations implementing 
the FMP. This action is necessary, because NMFS has determined that the 
State of Alaska adequately manages the salmon fisheries in Federal 
waters, and, therefore, the need for a Federal FMP no longer exists. 
This action is in accordance with the President's Regulatory 
Reinvention Initiative.

DATES: Comments must be received at the following address by May 9, 
1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments must be sent to Ronald J. Berg, Chief, Fisheries 
Management Division, Alaska Region, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 
99802-1668, Attn: Lori Gravel. Individual copies of the Environmental 
Assessment/Regulatory Impact Review prepared for this action may be 
obtained from the same address.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Kaja Brix, 907-586-7228.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    The Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson Act) 
authorizes the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) to 
prepare and amend fishery management plans for any fishery in waters 
under its jurisdiction. In December 1978, the Council prepared the FMP 
and submitted it to the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) for approval. 
The Secretary approved the FMP, and it was implemented in May 1979 with 
Federal regulations at 50 CFR part 674.
    The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, submitted a 
letter, dated February 23, 1996, to the Council Chairman, expressing 
NMFS' intent to withdraw approval of the FMP and to remove its 
implementing regulations. The State of Alaska would retain its 
authority to manage State-permitted vessels in Federal waters. 
Currently, all vessels that fish for salmon in Federal waters are 
registered under the laws of the State of Alaska, and, therefore, are 
subject to the State laws governing the fishery. In the unlikely event 
that unregistered vessels were to conduct directed salmon fishing 
operations in the EEZ, NMFS could address the problem through 
regulatory action pursuant to the Pacific Salmon Treaty Act of 1985 or 
the Magnuson Act.
    The FMP originally established the Council's management authority 
over the salmon fisheries in the Federal waters off the coast of Alaska 
east of 175 deg. E. long., including parts of the Gulf of Alaska, 
Bering Sea, Chuckchi Sea, and Arctic Ocean. The International North 
Pacific Fisheries Commission, which is authorized by the International 
Convention for the High Seas Fisheries of the North Pacific Ocean, 
manages salmon fisheries west of 175 deg. E. long.
    The FMP management area is divided into two management units 
located east and west of the longitude of Cape Suckling 
(143 deg.53'35'' W. long.). The FMP has historically focused on the 
troll fishery in the eastern management

[[Page 13150]]
unit. Implementing regulations governing the troll fishery consisted of 
several management measures, including a fishing season, gear 
restrictions, a limit on the number of vessel troll permits, and a 
requirement for trollers to have either a State of Alaska or a Federal 
limited entry troll permit. The Council intended all of its management 
measures governing the sport fishery and the commercial troll fishery 
to complement State of Alaska regulations for the salmon fisheries in 
adjacent State waters. The FMP has been amended four times. Amendment 3 
deferred the management of the salmon fisheries to the State of Alaska.
    NMFS has considered the adequacy of State of Alaska management of 
salmon fisheries within waters of the Council's area of authority with 
respect to advisory guidelines at 50 CFR part 602, and has determined 
that State management is adequate. Therefore, NMFS has determined that 
Federal management is not necessary and proposes to withdraw 
Secretarial approval of the FMP and remove the implementing Federal 
regulations.

Classification

    The Assistant General Counsel for Legislation and Regulation of the 
Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of 
the Small Business Administration that this proposed rule, if adopted, 
would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of 
small entities because the State of Alaska is already managing the 
fishery with its regulations. Removal of Federal regulations eliminates 
duplication of effort but does not effect management of the fishery. As 
a result, a regulatory flexibility analysis was not prepared.
    Consultation pursuant to section 7 of the Endangered Species Act 
will be initiated for the 1996 fishery and for the withdrawal of the 
FMP.
    An RIR was prepared for this proposed rule that describes the 
management background, the purpose and need for action, and the 
management action alternatives. Copies of the RIR can be obtained from 
(see ADDRESSES).
    This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for 
purposes of E.O. 12866.

List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 674

    Fisheries, Fishing, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: March 21, 1996.
Gary Matlock,
Program Management Officer, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    For the reasons set out in the preamble, under the authority of 16 
U.S.C. 1801 et seq., part 674 is proposed to be removed.
[FR Doc. 96-7286 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7277 Proposed Requirements for Control Technology Determinations for Major Sources in Accordance With Clean Air Act (Act) Section 112(g)
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13125-13129]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7277]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 63

[FRL-5446-8]

Proposed Requirements for Control Technology Determinations for 
Major Sources in Accordance With Clean Air Act (Act) Section 112(g)

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Notice of reopening of comment period; notice of availability 
of draft rule.

SUMMARY: The EPA is reopening the comment period for the proposed rule 
implementing section 112(g) of the Act and is announcing the 
availability of a revised draft of the proposal. Section 112(g) 
establishes requirements for owners or operators who intend to 
construct, reconstruct, or modify a major source of hazardous air 
pollutants (HAP). When no emission standard has been promulgated under 
section 112(d) of the Act, determinations concerning such sources must 
be made on a case-by-case basis. Today's notice announces the 
availability of a revised draft of the proposed rule which implements 
section 112(g)(2)(B) of the Act with respect to constructed or 
reconstructed major sources, and requests comment on the revised draft. 
The EPA does not intend at this time to issue a rule implementing the 
provisions of section 112(g) which concern modifications.

DATES: The revised draft of the proposed rule will be available in the 
public docket and on the EPA electronic bulletin board on the date this 
document is signed. Comments concerning this document or the revised 
draft rule must be received by EPA on or before April 25, 1996.
ADDRESSES: The revised draft rule and other information pertaining to 
the proposed rule are contained in Docket Number A-91-64. The docket is 
available for public inspection and copying from 8:30 a.m. to 12:00 
p.m. and 1:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, at the EPA's 
Air Docket Section, Waterside Mall, Room M1500, EPA, 401 M Street, 
Southwest, Washington, DC 20460. A reasonable fee may be charged for 
copying. The draft rule is also available on the Office of Air Quality 
Planning and Standards (OAQPS) electronic bulletin board, the 
Technology Transfer Network (TTN), under Clean Air Act, Title III, 
Recently Signed Rules. For information on how to access the TTN, please 
call (919) 541-5384 between the hours of 1:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m. 
eastern standard time.
    Comments concerning this notice or the revised draft rule should be 
submitted (in duplicate if possible) to: Central Docket Section (6102), 
EPA, Attn: Air Docket No. A-91-64, Washington, DC 20460.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Gerri Pomerantz, telephone (919) 
541-2371, or Ms. Kathy Kaufman, telephone (919) 541-0102, Information 
Transfer and Program Integration Division (MD-12), OAQPS, EPA, Research 
Triangle Park, NC, 27711.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The information in this notice is organized 
as follows:

I. Background and Major Differences between the Proposed Rule and 
Draft Final Rule
II. Definition of ``Construct a Major Source''
III. Review of Applications for a maximum achievable control 
technology (MACT) Determination
IV. Extensions of Compliance Date for Subsequent Emission Standards

[[Page 13126]]

I. Background and Major Differences Between the Proposed Rule and 
Draft Final Rule

    In designing a program to implement MACT requirements under section 
112(g), the EPA is guided by the need to balance several, often 
competing, goals. Given a complex statutory mandate, the EPA has the 
difficult task of designing a rule that is simultaneously 
environmentally protective, maintains consistency across Agency 
programs, minimizes the administrative burden on sources and States, 
provides flexibility to sources, and maintains enforceability--yet is 
not overly complex. The EPA's task is to create a coherent regulatory 
whole that strikes the right balance among a broad set of goals.
    Section 112(g) is primarily a transitional program designed to 
operate until MACT standards issued under section 112(d) are in effect 
for all categories of major sources of HAP. To date, the EPA has issued 
17 MACT standards covering 29 categories of major sources of HAP 
emissions, and has proposed five additional MACT standards covering 18 
source categories. The EPA is currently developing all of the MACT 
standards that are due to be completed in 1997, as well as several of 
the standards due to be completed in 2000.
    The EPA has concluded that the greatest benefits to be derived from 
section 112(g) would be from the control of major source construction 
and reconstruction in the period before these MACT standards go into 
effect. Therefore the EPA has determined that today's draft rule should 
implement only that portion of section 112(g) which requires new source 
MACT determinations for constructed and reconstructed major sources, 
but not that portion which requires existing source MACT determinations 
for modifications of existing sources. The EPA requests comment on this 
approach.
    Under this approach, sources of toxic air pollution will be 
controlled at the time of construction or reconstruction, when controls 
are most cost-effective to install. This is a major streamlining and 
simplification step that will focus section 112(g) implementation where 
it will provide the greatest reduction in emissions to the environment, 
certainty to the regulated community, and reduce the overall 
administrative burden on both regulators and the regulated community.
    The EPA's decision to implement only the construction and 
reconstruction provisions of section 112(g) is premised in part on the 
Agency's ability to issue the remaining MACT standards under section 
112(d) in a timely way, and also in part on the assumption that where 
there are existing State air toxics programs that address 
modifications, they will continue to operate as they do currently. If 
there were substantial delays in issuance of MACT standards, or radical 
changes to existing State programs, increased exposure to emissions 
from unregulated sources of HAP could occur and threaten public health 
and the environment. If such delays were to occur, the EPA would 
reconsider whether to move forward to cover modifications under section 
112(g).
    The EPA believes that Congress's basic goal in adopting section 
112(g) of the Act was to make use of the opportunity for environmental 
protection that exists when major sources of HAP undergo changes that 
would lead to significant emission increases. The opportunity to 
evaluate emission control technologies, or other beneficial ways to 
bring about environmental improvements, generally exists because the 
environmental improvements are more efficient when built as part of the 
initial design.
    The EPA also recognizes that it is critical to the success of the 
program to ensure that its provisions are enforceable and provide the 
greatest possible incentive for compliance. At the same time, the EPA 
recognizes the need to minimize administrative delays and grant sources 
and permitting authorities the flexibility to seek environmentally 
beneficial alternative means of control.
    Finally, the program must be as consistent as possible with other 
Federal air pollution control programs, and must be simple enough to 
ensure smooth implementation. Today's draft rule eliminates much of the 
complexity inherent in the portion of section 112(g) which covers 
modifications to existing sources. Among other things, under this 
simpler approach, it will not be necessary to proceed with development 
of de minimis emission values or the hazard ranking system necessary to 
support offset determinations. It will also not be necessary to address 
the multitude of issues and concerns, raised in the proposed rule, 
associated with defining the types of operations that would be 
considered ``modifications.''

II. Definition of ``Construct a Major Source''

    Today's draft rule does require additional discussion to clarify 
the conditions under which a stationary source would require a new 
source MACT determination; i.e., what criteria must be met for new 
equipment to be considered construction or reconstruction of a major 
source. The new equipment which would meet these criteria is referred 
to as the ``affected source.'' The EPA intends that either a major 
source constructed on a greenfield site, or a new major-emitting 
stationary source with a discrete function at an existing plant site, 
such as a new discrete process or production unit, should be considered 
construction of a major source, and thus require a new source MACT 
determination. The stationary source must also itself be inherently 
major-emitting; the EPA does not intend that a new process unit causing 
increased emissions at another unit downstream should be covered by 
today's draft rule. The EPA requests comment on this overall approach.
    Figure (1) illustrates how the definition of ``construct a major 
source'' works.

BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

[[Page 13127]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.013

BILLING CODE 6560-50-C

[[Page 13128]]

    If the stationary source is constructed on a greenfield site and is 
major-emitting, then the stationary source is an affected source under 
section 112(g), and must apply new source MACT. If the stationary 
source is being constructed at an existing plant site, then several 
other criteria will determine whether it is to be considered an 
affected source under section 112(g), and must apply new source MACT.
    Box (i) (the box labels refer back to the sections of the 
``construct a major source'' definition in the draft rule) asks: Will 
the stationary source be controlled by existing emission control 
equipment which the permitting authority has determined represents one 
of the best technologies for control of HAP? If a new source can be 
incorporated into such existing control technology without any 
reduction in the degree of control of HAP, the new source would not be 
considered ``construction'' under section 112(g)(2)(B). The state 
permitting authority will be responsible for determining whether these 
criteria apply, using those procedures it deems most appropriate.
    The general purpose of this exclusion from the definition of 
``construct a major source'' is to assure that facilities which have 
previously installed good control equipment with presently unutilized 
capacity will not be precluded from fully utilizing such equipment by 
any marginal differences in control effectiveness between such 
equipment and that required by new source MACT. Existing controls 
should be deemed satisfactory only where they are representative of the 
best technologies presently in use and the addition of new sources to 
existing control equipment will not impair its overall effectiveness. 
The rule also explicitly recognizes that some facilities have 
previously installed such controls to comply with a best available 
control technology (BACT) determination (that controls the HAP emitted 
by the stationary source) under the prevention of significant 
deterioration (PSD) program, a lowest-achievable emission rate (LAER) 
determination under the new source review (NSR) program, or a toxics-
best available control technology (T-BACT) determination under a State 
or local air toxics control program. The EPA requests comment on this 
exclusion.
    The EPA notes that the definition of a ``green-field site'' in the 
draft rule includes developed sites which do not presently emit major 
source quantities of HAP. EPA therefore requests comment concerning 
whether the exclusion for new sources that use existing emission 
controls should be applied to area sources that are within the 
definition of a ``green-field site.''
    Box (ii) asks: Is the new stationary source an integral component 
of a larger process or production unit? If the source is a discrete 
process unit or production unit as defined in the rule, and emissions 
from the source exceed the major source threshold, it meets the 
definition of an ``affected source'' under section 112(g) and is 
subject to new source MACT control. The EPA requests comment on this 
exclusion.
    What does it mean to be an integral component of a larger process 
or production unit? Today's rule defines ``integral component of a 
larger process or production unit'' to be a stationary source or group 
of stationary sources whose function, and the function of the process 
unit or production unit, are interdependent. In other words, the 
stationary source is the kind of component upon which the functioning 
of the process or production unit relies, and vice versa. Equipment 
which is an integral component of a process or production unit is part 
of the functioning of the overall process or production unit. Under the 
proposed definition, equipment which is not an integral component 
itself comprises a process or production unit.
    The EPA acknowledges that there is some room for judgment in 
determining if a stationary source is an integral component of a larger 
unit. Each individual determination should be based on answers to the 
following questions: Is the new stationary source a component critical 
to the function of the larger process or production unit? Could the 
stationary source stand alone as an individually functioning unit if 
constructed elsewhere? Could the stationary source be reasonably 
controlled independently of the larger process? Reference documents 
such as AP-42 1 describe examples of different groupings of 
stationary sources that should be considered to be separately-
controlled processes, as well as those stationary sources, contained 
within such processes, which should be considered integral components. 
Examples in these reference documents, where relevant, should be used 
to define a process or production unit.

    \1\  U.S. EPA, AP-42, ``Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission 
Factors,'' 5. ed., January 1995.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The following examples should help illustrate where section 112(g) 
should and should not apply. The EPA requests comment on these 
examples.
    1. An electronics manufacturing facility replaces individual 
manufacturing equipment such as etching, plating, or photolithography 
equipment with next generation etching, plating or photolithography 
equipment. This equipment change would not trigger section 112(g), 
because the individual etching or plating or photolithography equipment 
is the kind of component upon which the functioning of the larger 
production process relies. Therefore the function of the new stationary 
source (the new etching, plating, or photolithography equipment) and 
the larger production process are interdependent.
    2. An aluminum reduction plant has several potlines. Each potline 
consists of many pots, which are controlled using a common dry 
scrubbing system. The company replaces a few pots on each line. This 
equipment change would not trigger section 112(g), because the 
individual pots are the kind of component upon which the functioning of 
the larger production process relies. Therefore the function of the new 
stationary source (the new pots) and the larger production process are 
interdependent.
    3. A chemical plant builds a new distillation column, to be added 
to a series of distillation columns, the emissions from which are 
collected at the end of the series and vented to a carbon absorber. 
This equipment change would not trigger section 112(g), because the 
individual distillation columns are the kind of component upon which 
the functioning of the larger production process relies. Therefore the 
function of the new stationary source (the new distillation column) and 
the larger production process are interdependent.
    4. A composites manufacturer adds additional vacuum and/or in-mold 
coating capability to an existing mold, in order to improve surface 
quality. This equipment change would not trigger section 112(g), 
because the additional components of the mold are the kind of 
components upon which the functioning of the larger production process 
relies. Therefore the function of the new stationary source (the new 
components of the mold) and the larger production process are 
interdependent.
    5. A glass manufacturer adds a new glass furnace and associated 
process line which will emit HAPs in amounts above the major source 
threshold. This is an example of a stationary source which is not an 
integral component of a process or production unit, because it is 
itself a production or process unit. Therefore the new furnace meets 
the definition of ``affected source'' under section 112(g) and should 
be controlled with new source MACT.
    6. A composites manufacturer adds a new large molding line which 
will emit

[[Page 13129]]
HAPs in amounts above the major source threshold. This is an example of 
a stationary source which is not an integral component of a process or 
production unit, because the molding line is itself a separately 
functioning process unit. Therefore the molding line meets the 
definition of ``affected source'' under section 112(g) and should be 
controlled with new source MACT.
    7. An auto parts manufacturer adds a new automobile surface coating 
line (i.e., from body shop to trim shop) which will emit HAPs in 
amounts above the major source threshold. This is an example of a 
stationary source which is not an integral component of a process or 
production unit, because the line is itself a separately functioning 
process unit, as described in AP-42. Therefore the coating line meets 
the definition of ``affected source'' under section 112(g) and should 
be controlled with new source MACT.
    8. An existing chemical plant builds a new nitric acid plant onsite 
which will emit HAPs in amounts above the major source threshold. This 
is an example of a stationary source or group of stationary sources 
which is not an integral component of a process or production unit. 
Therefore the nitric acid plant meets the definition of ``affected 
source'' under section 112(g) and should be controlled with new source 
MACT.
    9. A manufacturer replaces an entire process which is similar to an 
entire process as it is described in AP-42. This is an example of a 
stationary source or group of stationary sources which is not an 
integral component of a process or production unit. Therefore the 
process meets the definition of ``affected source'' under section 
112(g) and should be controlled with new source MACT, provided that it 
will emit HAPs in amounts above the major source threshold.

III. Review of Applications for a MACT Determination

    Today's draft rule contains three options for preconstruction 
review procedures for constructed and reconstructed major sources. The 
permitting authority has discretion to prescribe those procedures to be 
used in making a case-by-case MACT determination for constructed or 
reconstructed major sources (except that the owner or operator of the 
source may elect to use the part 70 or part 71 permitting process). The 
proposed rule allowed use of either the part 70 or 71 permitting 
process or a process, described in the proposed rule and in today's 
draft rule, culminating in issuance of a ``Notice of MACT Approval.'' 
Today's draft rule adds one more option, designed to provide 
flexibility to the permitting authority and the source. Proposed 
section 63.43(c)(2)(ii) provides that if a permitting authority 
establishes, or has already established, preconstruction review 
procedures for sources to follow, then these procedures may be used in 
lieu of any procedures prescribed by today's draft rule. The permitting 
authority's prescribed procedures may have been developed for other 
purposes beyond implementation of section 112(g), so long as they 
provide for public participation in the case-by-case MACT determination 
and ensure that a final MACT determination will be made prior to 
construction or reconstruction. The draft rule also provides that a 
final case-by-case MACT determination issued pursuant to any of these 
procedures will be deemed federally enforceable. The permitting 
authority need not obtain delegation under 40 CFR Part 63 subpart E in 
order to adopt its own review procedures for a case-by-case MACT 
determination. The EPA requests comment on this new provision.
    The EPA also requests comment specifically on the presumption, in 
section 63.43(d)(iv), that the constructed or reconstructed major 
source should comply with the emission limitation set out in a relevant 
proposed MACT standard or presumptive MACT determination made by the 
EPA. The EPA believes that sources would be well-advised to comply with 
such emission limitations, as those limitations would be most likely to 
be consistent with the requirements of the eventual MACT standard.

IV. Extensions of Compliance Date for Subsequent Emission Standards

    The EPA anticipates that new source MACT requirements adopted with 
respect to construction or reconstruction of a particular source under 
section 112(g)(2)(B) will normally be at least as stringent as any 
subsequent requirements for existing sources adopted as part of a MACT 
standard issued under section 112(d). However, should a subsequently 
promulgated MACT standard impose more stringent requirements, EPA 
believes that it may be appropriate in some instances for EPA to 
establish a later compliance date for those sources which have acted in 
reliance on a prior case-by-case MACT determination. The draft rule 
expressly provides that EPA may establish separate compliance dates for 
facilities which have notified EPA of such determinations in a timely 
manner. Specifically, EPA may establish, in the MACT standard, a later 
compliance date for those sources which have installed controls 
pursuant to section 112(g), and have provided the EPA with data on 
their section 112(g) control determination by the end of the public 
comment period on the subsequent Federal standard.
    The EPA requests comment on this approach, and on whether such 
sources should be required to inform EPA, before proposal of the 
subsequent MACT standard, that they have installed section 112(g) 
controls.
    In those instances where the subsequent MACT standard does not 
establish a compliance date for sources subject to a prior case-by-case 
MACT determination, the present draft rule retains the provision from 
the original proposal authorizing the permitting authority to grant up 
to eight years of additional time for the affected source to comply 
with the subsequent MACT standard. The EPA has previously explained 
that the structure of section 112 as a whole supports such a 
construction of section 112(g), and a source may also be afforded up to 
8 years to comply with a MACT standard in instances where a prior 
emission limitation has been established by permit under section 
112(j). The EPA requests comment on these provisions and this 
interpretation.

    Dated: March 18, 1996.
Mary D. Nichols,
Assistant Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-7277 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7276 Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Amendments to Definition of Solid Waste
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13129-13131]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7276]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 261

[FRL-5446-3]
RIN 2050-AE31

Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Amendments to 
Definition of Solid Waste

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: EPA is proposing to correct the text of a regulatory exclusion 
from the regulatory definition of solid waste for recovered oil which 
is inserted into the petroleum refining process. The current text of 
the exclusion contains a factual error inappropriately limiting the 
location in the refining process at which recovered oil can be 
inserted. The result of this error is to restrict legitimate recycling 
of recovered oil. The proposed correction also in fact reflects the 
result EPA initially intended, which was to condition the

[[Page 13130]]
exclusion of recovered oil on that oil being reinserted into the 
petroleum refining process at a point where that process removes or 
will remove contaminants.
    In the final rules Section of today's Federal Register, EPA is 
promulgating this amendment as a final rule without prior proposal 
because EPA views this as a noncontroversial action which corrects an 
unintended mistake, and so anticipates no adverse comments. A detailed 
rationale for the amendment is set forth in the final rule. If no 
adverse comments are received in response to this proposal, no further 
activity is contemplated in relation to this proposed rule. If EPA 
receives adverse comments, EPA will withdraw the final rule and all 
public comments received will be addressed in a subsequent final rule 
based on the proposed rule. EPA will not institute a second comment 
period on this action.

DATES: Comments on this proposed rule must be received on or before 
April 24, 1996, and notice of intent to file adverse comments must be 
received on or before April 9, 1996. An adverse comment will be 
considered to be any comment substantively criticizing the proposal on 
a basis not already provided to EPA in comment.

ADDRESSES: Comments and materials supporting this rulemaking are 
contained in Public Docket No. F-96-SW2P-FFFFF and are located in the 
EPA RCRA docket, Crystal Gateway #1, 1st Floor, 1235 Jefferson Davis 
Highway, Arlington, VA. The docket is open from 9:00 to 4:00, Monday 
through Friday, except for Federal holidays. The public must make an 
appointment to review docket materials by calling (703) 603-9230. The 
public may copy a maximum of 100 pages from any one regulatory docket 
at no cost. Additional copies cost Sec. .15 per page. Persons wishing 
to notify EPA of their intent to submit adverse comments on this action 
should contact Steven Silverman, Office of General Counsel (2366), 401 
M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Steven Silverman, (202) 260-7716, 
Office of General Counsel at the above address.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Outline of Today's Action

I. Authority
II. Background
III. Additional Information
IV. Regulatory Requirements
    A. Executive Order No. 12866
    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    C. Paperwork Reduction Act
    D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

I. Authority

    These regulations are being proposed under the authority of 
Sections 2002 and 3001 et seq. of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as 
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended by 
the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 U.S.C. 6912 and 
6921 et seq.

II. Background

    As set out in detail in the related direct final rule, EPA is 
proposing to correct an error in the text of a regulatory exclusion 
(found at 261.4(a)(12)), regarding the location in a petroleum refining 
process at which recovered oil can be inserted in order to be excluded 
from the authority of RCRA subtitle C. The test for point of insertion 
should be at or before any point in the process that removes 
contaminants from recovered oil.1 The current regulatory text 
limiting insertion to locations before distillation and catalytic 
cracking is too restrictive because there are points in the petroleum 
process downstream of these unit operations (such as fractionation) 
which remove contaminants. The current terms of the exclusion impede 
legitimate recycling of recovered oil without providing any 
corresponding environmental benefit, and moreover are based on a 
factual error. Accordingly, EPA believes the rule should be amended.

    \1\  The issue of whether this should include insertion into 
petroleum cokers is being addressed in a separate rulemaking 
proceeding. 60 FR 57747 (November 20, 1995).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. Additional Information

    For additional information, see the corresponding direct final rule 
published in the rules section of this Federal Register.

IV. Regulatory Requirements

A. Executive Order 12866

    Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the 
Agency must determine whether this regulatory action is ``significant'' 
and therefore subject to OMB review and the requirements of the 
Executive Order. The Order defines ``significant'' regulatory action as 
one that is likely to lead to a rule that may:
    (1) have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, 
or adversely and materially affect a sector of the economy, 
productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or 
safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
    (2) create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
action taken or planned by another agency;
    (3) materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlement, grants, 
user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
thereof; or
    (4) raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
the Executive Order.
    It has been determined that this amendment to the final rule is not 
a ``significant regulatory action'' under the terms of the Executive 
Order and is therefore not subject to OMB review.

B. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-602, requires that 
Federal agencies examine the impacts of their regulations on ``small 
entities''. If a rulemaking will have a significant impact on a 
substantial number of small entities, agencies must consider regulatory 
alternatives that minimize economic impact.
    EPA believes that this amendment will have negligible impact on any 
small entity because it expands the terms of an exclusion from 
regulation. In addition, the underlying rule itself was deregulatory 
and so did not have significant adverse economic impact on small 
entities. See 59 FR at 38545. Therefore, the Administrator certifies 
pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., that this rule will not have a 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities because 
this amendment reduces the scope of the RCRA subtitle C regulatory 
program.

C. Paperwork Reduction Act

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq., EPA must 
consider the paperwork burden imposed by any information collection 
request in a proposed or final rule. This rule will not impose any new 
information collection requirements.

D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), P.L. 
104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the 
effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal 
governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, EPA 
generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost-benefit 
analysis, for proposed and final rules with ``Federal mandates'' that 
may result in expenditures to State, local, and tribal governments, in 
the aggregate, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any 
one year. When a written statement is needed for an EPA rule, section 
205 of the UMRA generally requires EPA to identify and consider a 
reasonable number of regulatory

[[Page 13131]]
alternatives and adopt the least costly, most cost-effective or least 
burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule. The 
provisions of section 205 do not apply when they are inconsistent with 
applicable law. Moreover, section 205 allows EPA to adopt an 
alternative other than the least costly, most cost-effective or least 
burdensome alternative if the Administrator publishes with the final 
rule an explanation why that alternative was not adopted. Before EPA 
establishes any regulatory requirements that may significantly or 
uniquely affect small governments, including tribal governments, it 
must have developed under section 203 of the UMRA a small government 
agency plan. The plan must provide for notifying potentially affected 
small governments, giving them meaningful and timely input in the 
development of EPA regulatory proposals with significant Federal 
intergovernmental mandates, and informing, educating, and advising them 
on compliance with the regulatory requirements.
    Today's rule contains no Federal mandates (under the regulatory 
provisions of Title II of the UMRA) for State, local, or tribal 
governments or the private sector because it imposes no enforceable 
duties on any of these governmental entities or the private sector. The 
rule merely corrects a factual error in the regulatory text of the 
regulatory definition of solid waste. In any event, EPA has determined 
that this rule does not include a Federal mandate that may result in 
estimated costs of $100 million or more to either State, local, or 
tribal governments in the aggregate, or to the private sector in any 
one year. Thus, today's rule is not subject to the requirements of 
sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA. Similarly, EPA has determined that 
this rule contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly 
or uniquely affect small governments.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 261

    Environmental protection, Hazardous waste, Solid Waste, Petroleum, 
Recycling.

    Dated: March 19, 1996.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, chapter I of title 40 of 
the Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended as follows:

PART 261--IDENTIFICATION AND LISTING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

    1. The authority citation for part 261 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6905, 6912 (a), 6921, 6922 and 6938.

    2. Section 261.4 in amended by revising paragraph (a)(12) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 261.4  Exclusions.

    (a) * * *
    (12) Recovered oil from petroleum refining, exploration and 
production, and from transportation incident thereto, which is to be 
inserted into the petroleum refining process (SIC Code 2911) at or 
before a point (other than direct insertion into a coker) where 
contaminants are removed. This exclusion applies to recovered oil 
stored or transported prior to insertion, except that the oil must not 
be stored in a manner involving placement on the land, and must not be 
accumulated speculatively, before being so recycled. Recovered oil is 
oil that has been reclaimed from secondary materials (such as 
wastewater) generated from normal petroleum refining, exploration and 
production, and transportation practices. Recovered oil includes oil 
that is recovered from refinery wastewater collection and treatment 
systems, oil recovered from oil and gas drilling operations, and oil 
recovered from wastes removed from crude oil storage tanks. Recovered 
oil does not include (among other things) oil-bearing hazardous waste 
listed in 40 CFR part 261 D (e.g., K048-K052, F037, F038). However, oil 
recovered from such wastes may be considered recovered oil. Recovered 
oil also does not include used oil as defined in 40 CFR 279.1.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 96-7276 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7245 Airworthiness Directives; AlliedSignal, Inc. TSCP700-4B, -4E, and -5 Auxiliary Power Units
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13113-13115]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7245]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-ANE-68]

Airworthiness Directives; AlliedSignal, Inc. TSCP700-4B, -4E, and 
-5 Auxiliary Power Units

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the adoption of a new airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to AlliedSignal, Inc. (formerly 
Garrett) Models TSCP700-4B, -4E, and -5 auxiliary power units (APU's). 
This proposal would require removal from service of certain high 
pressure turbine (HPT) disks identified by serial number, and 
replacement with serviceable parts. This proposal is prompted by the 
discovery of a material defect in certain HPT disk forgings that may 
result in HPT disk rupture prior to reaching the disk cyclic life 
limit. The actions specified by the proposed AD are intended to prevent 
an HPT disk rupture.

DATES: Comments must be received by May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief 
Counsel, Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-ANE-68, 12 New England 
Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803-5299. Comments may be inspected at 
this location between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, 
except Federal holidays.
    The service information referenced in the proposed rule may be 
obtained from AlliedSignal Engines, P.O. Box 52181, Phoenix, AZ 85072-
2181; telephone (800) 338-3378, fax (602) 231-4402. This information 
may be examined at the FAA, New England Region, Office of the Assistant 
Chief Counsel, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert Baitoo, Aerospace Engineer, Los 
Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, Transport Airplane 
Directorate, 3960 Paramount Blvd., Lakewood, CA 90712-4137; telephone 
(310) 627-5245; fax (310) 627-5210.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications

[[Page 13114]]
should identify the Rules Docket number and be submitted in triplicate 
to the address specified above. All communications received on or 
before the closing date for comments, specified above, will be 
considered before taking action on the proposed rule. The proposals 
contained in this notice may be changed in light of the comments 
received.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-ANE-68.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-ANE-68, 12 New England Executive Park, 
Burlington, MA 01803-5299.

Discussion

    The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) received a report from 
the manufacturer that a material defect exists in certain forgings of 
high pressure turbine (HPT) disks installed on AlliedSignal, Inc. 
(formerly Garrett) Models TSCP700-4B, -4E, and -5 auxiliary power units 
(APU's). Analysis indicates that HPT disks forged from this material 
may rupture prior to reaching the disk cyclic life limit of 30,000 
cycles since new (CSN). This condition, if not corrected, could result 
in an HPT disk rupture.
    The FAA has reviewed and approved the technical contents of 
AlliedSignal Aerospace Service Bulletin (SB) No. TSCP700-49-A7168, 
dated November 7, 1995, that identifies by serial number HPT disks that 
may have been forged with a material defect.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other products of this same type design, the 
proposed AD would require removal from service of certain HPT disks 
identified by serial number, and replacement with serviceable parts, 
prior to accumulating 7,500 CSN, or 3 years after the effective date of 
this AD, whichever occurs first. The FAA determined this calendar end-
date based upon the effect of the material defect on the HPT disks' 
cyclic life. In addition, the FAA considered the rate of cyclic 
accumulation on disks in service. The actions would be required to be 
accomplished in accordance with the SB described previously.
    There are approximately 31 APU's of the affected design in the 
worldwide fleet. The FAA estimates that 20 APU's installed on aircraft 
of U.S. registry would be affected by this proposed AD, and that no 
additional work hours would be required if the disk is replaced during 
overhaul. The manufacturer has advised the FAA that they will supply 
required parts at no charge to the operator. The FAA has therefore 
determined that this AD would impose no additional cost on U.S. 
operators.
    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1) is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); 
and (3) if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact, 
positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under 
the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft 
regulatory evaluation prepared for this action is contained in the 
Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained by contacting the Rules 
Docket at the location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 USC 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

AlliedSignal, Inc.: Docket No. 95-ANE-68.

    Applicability: AlliedSignal, Inc. (formerly Garrett) Models 
TSCP700-4B, -4E, and -5 auxiliary power units (APU's), with high 
pressure turbine (HPT) disks identified by serial number in 
AlliedSignal Aerospace Service Bulletin (SB) No. TSCP700-49-A7168, 
dated November 7, 1995. These APU's are installed on, but not 
limited to, McDonnell Douglas DC-10, KC-10 (military), and MD-11 
series, and Airbus A300 series aircraft.

    Note: This airworthiness directive (AD) applies to each APU 
identified in the preceding applicability provision, regardless of 
whether it has been modified, altered, or repaired in the area 
subject to the requirements of this AD. For APU's that have been 
modified, altered, or repaired so that the performance of the 
requirements of this AD is affected, the owner/operator must use the 
authority provided in paragraph (d) to request approval from the 
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). This approval may address 
either no action, if the current configuration eliminates the unsafe 
condition, or different actions necessary to address the unsafe 
condition described in this AD. Such a request should include an 
assessment of the effect of the changed configuration on the unsafe 
condition addressed by this AD. In no case does the presence of any 
modification, alteration, or repair remove any APU from the 
applicability of this AD.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent an HPT disk rupture, accomplish the following:
    (a) Prior to accumulating 7,500 cycles since new (CSN), or 3 
years after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first, 
remove from service affected HPT disks and replace with a 
serviceable part.
    (b) The definition of a disk cycle may be found in the 
applicable AlliedSignal, Inc. APU Component Maintenance Manual.
    (c) Auxiliary Power Unit maintenance records may be used to 
determine if the HPT disk installed in the APU has a serial number 
listed in AlliedSignal Aerospace SB No. TSCP700-49-A7168, dated 
November 7, 1995.
    (d) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification 
Office. The request should be forwarded through an appropriate FAA 
Principal Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send 
it to the Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office.

[[Page 13115]]

    Note: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this airworthiness directive, 
if any, may be obtained from the Los Angeles Aircraft Certification 
Office.

    (e) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the aircraft to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on March 12, 1996.
James C. Jones,
Acting Manager, Engine and Propeller Directorate, Aircraft 
Certification Service.
[FR Doc. 96-7245 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7244 Airworthiness Directives; AlliedSignal, Inc. AL5512 Series Turboshaft Engines
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13111-13113]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7244]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-ANE-01]

Airworthiness Directives; AlliedSignal, Inc. AL5512 Series 
Turboshaft Engines

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the adoption of a new airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to AlliedSignal, Inc. (formerly 
Textron Lycoming) AL5512 series turboshaft engines. This proposal would 
require a one-time eddy current inspection of the second stage turbine 
disk, reduced service lives for the second, third, and fourth stage 
turbine disks, reduced service lives for the first and third through 
seventh stage compressor rotor disks, and a reduced service life for 
the gas producer turbine spacer. This proposal would also require a 
new, more conservative minor cycle counting factors table for 
repetitive heavy lift operations, and provides a method for prorating 
past utilization for all gas producer and compressor components based 
on the new cycle counting factors. For those components that exceed 
their new published life limits, this proposal would implement a 
drawdown for safe removal of time-expired components. This proposal is 
prompted by reports of cracks in certain AlliedSignal, Inc. ALF502R 
series turbofan engine disks, which are identical in design and 
construction to those within the AlliedSignal, Inc. AL5512 series 
turboshaft engines. The actions specified by the proposed AD are 
intended to prevent disk failure, which could result in an uncontained 
engine failure, inflight shutdown, or possible damage to the 
rotorcraft.

DATES: Comments must be received by May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief 
Counsel, Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-ANE-01, 12 New England 
Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803-5299. Comments may be inspected at 
this location between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, 
except Federal holidays.
    The service information referenced in the proposed rule may be 
obtained from AlliedSignal, Inc., 550 Main St., Stratford, CT 06497-
7593. This information may be examined at the FAA, New England Region, 
Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 12 New England Executive Park, 
Burlington, MA.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Daniel Kerman, Aerospace Engineer, 
Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine and Propeller Directorate, 12 
New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA

[[Page 13112]]
01803-5299; telephone (617) 238-7130, fax (617) 238-7199.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications should identify the Rules Docket number 
and be submitted in triplicate to the address specified above. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments, 
specified above, will be considered before taking action on the 
proposed rule. The proposals contained in this notice may be changed in 
light of the comments received.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-ANE-01.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-ANE-01, 12 New England Executive Park, 
Burlington, MA 01803-5299.

Discussion

    The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has received reports of 
cracks found in certain disks returned from service to the manufacturer 
and in certain factory tested disks installed on AlliedSignal, Inc. 
(formerly Textron Lycoming) ALF502R series turbofan engines. While no 
cracks have been found in AlliedSignal, Inc. AL5512 series turboshaft 
engine components, certain disks are identical in design and 
construction to those utilized in the ALF502R engine. The cracks in the 
ALF502R engines have been found in the bolt hole area of several second 
stage turbine disks. Cracks have also been discovered in the rim 
dovetail area of several first and third through seventh stage 
compressor rotor disks in the ALF502R engines. Subsequent analysis and 
testing of the current design of first and third through seventh stage 
compressor rotor disks; second, third, and fourth stage turbine disks; 
and the gas producer spacer have revealed a lower fatigue life than 
originally calculated. In addition, the FAA has determined the need to 
require a special, one-time eddy current inspection of the second stage 
turbine disk to discover possible bolt hole cracking. This condition, 
if not corrected, could result in disk failure, which could result in 
an uncontained engine failure, inflight shutdown, or possible damage to 
the rotorcraft.
    The FAA has reviewed and approved the technical contents of Textron 
Lycoming Service Bulletin (SB) No. AL5512-0002, Revision 5, dated 
December 16, 1993, that describes reduced service lives for first and 
third through seventh stage compressor rotor disks; second, third, and 
fourth stage turbine disks; and the gas producer spacer. In addition 
this SB describes factors to be used for cyclic computation of 
components utilized in repetitive heavy lift (RHL) operation, and 
provides a method for prorating past component utilization based on the 
new cycle counting factors.
    The FAA has also reviewed and approved the technical contents of 
the following SB's: Textron Lycoming SB No. AL5512-0041, dated December 
16, 1993, and Textron Lycoming SB No. AL5512-0046, dated April 4, 1994. 
These SB's describe drawdown schedules for those components that exceed 
their new life limits.
    In addition, the FAA has reviewed and approved the technical 
contents of Textron Lycoming SB No. AL5512-0042, dated December 16, 
1993, that describes procedures for a one-time eddy current inspection 
of the second stage turbine disk bolt holes.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other engines of this same type design, the 
proposed AD would require a one-time eddy current inspection of the 
second stage turbine disk, reduced service lives for the second, third, 
and fourth stage turbine disks, reduced service lives for the first and 
third through seventh stage compressor rotor disks, and a reduced 
service life for the gas producer turbine spacer. This proposal would 
also require a new, more conservative minor cycle counting factors 
table for RHL operation and provides a method for prorating past 
utilization for all gas producer and compressor components based on the 
new cycle counting factors. For those components that exceed their new 
published life limits, this proposal would implement a drawdown for 
safe removal of time-expired components. The actions would be required 
to be accomplished in accordance with the service bulletins described 
previously.
    There are approximately 33 engines of the affected design in the 
worldwide fleet. The FAA estimates that 20 engines installed on 
aircraft of U.S. registry would be affected by this proposed AD, that 
it would take approximately 60 work hours per engine to disassemble, 
assemble, and test each engine, that each engine would consume $2,000 
per engine of fuel and disposable hardware, and that the average labor 
rate is $60 per work hour. The prorated life-expired components 
replacement cost would be approximately $74,530 per engine. Based on 
these figures, the cost impact of performing the actions described in 
Textron Lycoming SB No. AL5512-0002, Revision 5, dated December 16, 
1993, is estimated to be $1,602,600.
    In addition, the FAA also estimates that it would take 
approximately 16 work hours to perform a one-time eddy current 
inspection of the second stage turbine disk. The cost impact of 
performing the actions described in Textron Lycoming SB No. AL5512-
0042, dated December 16, 1993, is estimated to be $19,200. Therefore, 
the total cost impact of the proposed AD on U.S. operators is estimated 
to be $1,621,800.
    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1) is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); 
and (3) if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact, 
positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under 
the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft 
regulatory evaluation prepared for this action is contained in the 
Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained by contacting the Rules 
Docket at the location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

[[Page 13113]]

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 USC 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

AlliedSignal, Inc.: Docket No. 95-ANE-01.

    Applicability: AlliedSignal, Inc. (formerly Textron Lycoming) 
AL5512 series turboshaft engines, installed on but not limited to 
Boeing Helicopter Model 234 rotorcraft.

    Note: This AD applies to each engine identified in the preceding 
applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been modified, 
altered, or repaired in the area subject to the requirements of this 
AD. For engines that have been modified, altered, or repaired so 
that the performance of the requirements of this AD is affected, the 
owner/operator must use the authority provided in paragraph (g) to 
request approval from the FAA. This approval may address either no 
action, if the current configuration eliminates the unsafe 
condition, or different actions necessary to address the unsafe 
condition described in this AD. Such a request should include an 
assessment of the effect of the changed configuration on the unsafe 
condition addressed by this AD. In no case does the presence of any 
modification, alteration, or repair remove any engine from the 
applicability of this AD.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent disk failure, which could result in an uncontained 
engine failure, inflight shutdown, or possible damage to the 
rotorcraft, accomplish the following:
    (a) Within 30 days after the effective date of this 
airworthiness directive (AD), conduct a revised operating cycle 
count (prorate) of all gas producer and compressor components in 
accordance with paragraph 2.D of Textron Lycoming Service Bulletin 
(SB) No. AL5512-0002, Revision 5, dated December 16, 1993.
    (b) After the effective date of this AD, utilize the new, more 
conservative minor cycle counting methodology for repetitive heavy 
lift operation described in Textron Lycoming SB No. AL5512-0002, 
Revision 5, dated December 16, 1993
    (c) Following implementation of the revised operating cycle 
count methodology (prorate) specified in paragraph (a) of this AD, 
replace those components that exceed their new life limits in 
accordance with the component removal schedules defined in Textron 
Lycoming SB No. AL5512-0041, dated December 16, 1993, and SB No. 
AL5512-0046, dated April 4, 1994, as applicable. Replacement 
components must have cyclic accumulation no greater than the reduced 
life limits as defined in Textron Lycoming SB AL5512-0002, Revision 
5, dated December 16, 1993.
    (d) Following implementation of the revised operating cycle 
count methodology (prorate) specified in paragraph (a) of this AD, 
installation of those components that exceed their life limit on the 
effective date of this AD is prohibited.
    (e) Perform a one-time eddy current inspection of installed 
second stage turbine rotor disk, part number 2-121-058-18, bolt 
holes at the next shop visit that the disk assembly is removed from 
the engine or module after the effective date of this AD and after 
the part has accrued a minimum of 5,000 cycles in service, in 
accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Textron Lycoming 
SB No. AL5512-0042, dated December 16, 1993. Prior to further 
flight, remove from service disks that do not meet the return to 
service limits defined in the SB, and replace with serviceable 
parts.
    (f) Prior to installation, but after accruing a minimum of 5,000 
cycles in service, perform a one-time eddy current inspection of 
uninstalled second stage turbine rotor disk, part number 2-121-058-
18, bolt holes in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of 
Textron Lycoming SB No. AL5512-0042, dated December 16, 1993. 
Installation of disks that do not meet the return to service limits 
defined in the SB is prohibited.
    (g) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Engine Certification Office. The 
request should be forwarded through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Engine Certification Office.

    Note: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this airworthiness directive, 
if any, may be obtained from the Engine Certification Office.
    (h) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the aircraft to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on March 11, 1996.
James C. Jones,
Acting Manager, Engine and Propeller Directorate, Aircraft 
Certification Service.
[FR Doc. 96-7244 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7243 Airworthiness Directives; CFM International CFM56-5C Series Turbofan Engines
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13110-13111]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7243]

========================================================================
Proposed Rules
                                                Federal Register
________________________________________________________________________

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER contains notices to the public of 
the proposed issuance of rules and regulations. The purpose of these 
notices is to give interested persons an opportunity to participate in 
the rule making prior to the adoption of the final rules.

========================================================================

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 59 / Tuesday, March 26, 1996 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 13110]]

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Federal Aviation Administration

14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-ANE-64]

Airworthiness Directives; CFM International CFM56-5C Series 
Turbofan Engines

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the adoption of a new airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to CFM International (CFMI) CFM56-
5C2/G, -5C3/G, and -5C4 series turbofan engines. This proposal would 
require a reduction of the low cycle fatigue (LCF) retirement lives for 
certain high pressure turbine rotor (HPTR) front shafts, HPTR front air 
seals, HPTR disks, booster spools, and low pressure turbine rotor 
(LPTR) stage 3 disks. This proposal is prompted by the results of a 
refined life analysis performed by the manufacturer which revealed 
minimum calculated LCF lives lower than published LCF retirement lives. 
The actions specified by the proposed AD are intended to prevent an LCF 
failure of the HPTR front shaft, HPTR front air seal, HPTR disk, 
booster spool, and LPTR stage 3 disk, which could result in an 
uncontained engine failure and damage to the aircraft.

DATES: Comments must be received by May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief 
Counsel, Attention: Rules Docket No. 95- ANE-64, 12 New England 
Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803-5299. Comments may be inspected at 
this location between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, 
except Federal holidays.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert J. Ganley, Aerospace Engineer, 
Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine and Propeller Directorate, 12 
New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803-5299; telephone (617) 
238-7138, fax (617) 238-7199.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications should identify the Rules Docket number 
and be submitted in triplicate to the address specified above. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments, 
specified above, will be considered before taking action on the 
proposed rule. The proposals contained in this notice may be changed in 
light of the comments received.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-ANE-64.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-ANE-64, 12 New England Executive Park, 
Burlington, MA 01803-5299.

Discussion

    This proposed airworthiness directive (AD) is applicable to CFM 
International (CFMI) CFM56-5C2/G, -5C3/G, and -5C4 series turbofan 
engines. The manufacturer performed a study using updated lifing 
analyses that revealed certain high pressure turbine rotor (HPTR) front 
shafts, HPTR front air seals, HPTR disks, booster spools, and low 
pressure turbine rotor (LPTR) stage 3 disks have minimum calculated low 
cycle fatigue (LCF) lives which are lower than published LCF retirement 
lives. These reduced LCF lives are due to changes in component 
operating environments, which are associated with the incorporation of 
the takeoff mach bump in the analysis. This condition, if not 
corrected, could result in an LCF failure of the HPTR front shaft, HPTR 
front air seal, HPTR disk, booster spool, and LPTR stage 3 disk, which 
could result in an uncontained engine failure and damage to the 
aircraft..
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other products of this same type design, the 
proposed AD would require a reduction of the LCF retirement lives for 
certain HPTR front shafts, HPTR front air seals, HPTR disks, booster 
spools, and LPTR stage 3 disks.
    There are approximately 10 engines of the affected design in the 
worldwide fleet. The manufacturer has advised the FAA that there are no 
engines installed on U.S. registered aircraft that would be affected by 
this AD. Therefore, there is no associated cost impact on U.S. 
operators as a result of this AD. However, should an affected engine be 
imported on an aircraft and placed on the U.S. registry in the future, 
it would not take any additional work hours per engine to accomplish 
the proposed actions. Assuming that the parts cost is proportional to 
the reduction of the LCF retirement lives, the required parts would 
cost approximately $25,736 per engine. Based on these figures, the 
total cost impact of the AD is estimated to be $25,736 per engine.

    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1)

[[Page 13111]]
is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under Executive Order 12866; 
(2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT Regulatory Policies and 
Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and (3) if promulgated, 
will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a 
substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft regulatory evaluation 
prepared for this action is contained in the Rules Docket. A copy of it 
may be obtained by contacting the Rules Docket at the location provided 
under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

CFM International: Docket No. 95-ANE-64.

    Applicability: CFM International (CFMI) CFM56-5C2/G, -5C3/G, and 
-5C4 series turbofan engines, installed on but not limited to Airbus 
A340 series aircraft.

    Note: This airworthiness directive (AD) applies to each engine 
identified in the preceding applicability provision, regardless of 
whether it has been modified, altered, or repaired in the area 
subject to the requirements of this AD. For engines that have been 
modified, altered, or repaired so that the performance of the 
requirements of this AD is affected, the owner/operator must use the 
authority provided in paragraph (h) to request approval from the 
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). This approval may address 
either no action, if the current configuration eliminates the unsafe 
condition, or different actions necessary to address the unsafe 
condition described in this AD. Such a request should include an 
assessment of the effect of the changed configuration on the unsafe 
condition addressed by this AD. In no case does the presence of any 
modification, alteration, or repair remove any engine from the 
applicability of this AD.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent a low cycle fatigue (LCF) failure of the high 
pressure turbine rotor (HPTR) front shaft, HPTR front air seal, HPTR 
disk, booster spool, and low pressure turbine rotor (LPTR) stage 3 
disk, which could result in an uncontained engine failure and damage 
to the aircraft, accomplish the following:
    (a) Remove from service HPTR front shafts, Part Numbers (P/N's) 
1498M40P03, 1498M40P05, and 1498M40P06, prior to accumulating 8,400 
cycles since new (CSN), and replace with a serviceable part.
    (b) Remove from service HPTR front air seals, P/N's 1523M34P02 
and 1523M34P03, prior to accumulating 4,000 CSN, and replace with a 
serviceable part.
    (c) Remove from service HPTR disks, P/N 1498M43P04, prior to 
accumulating 6,200 CSN, and replace with a serviceable part.
    (d) Remove from service booster spools, P/N 337-005-210-0, prior 
to accumulating 13,800 CSN, and replace with a serviceable part.
    (e) Remove from service LPTR stage 3 disks, P/N's 337-001-602-0 
and 337-001-605-0, prior to accumulating 8,630 CSN, and replace with 
a serviceable part.
    (f) This action establishes the new LCF retirement lives stated 
in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this AD, which are published in 
Chapter 05 of the CFM56 Engine Shop Manual, CFMI-TP.SM.8.
    (g) For the purpose of this AD, a ``serviceable part'' is one 
that has not exceeded its respective new life limit as set out in 
this AD.
    (h) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Engine Certification Office. The 
request should be forwarded through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Engine Certification Office.

    Note: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this airworthiness directive, 
if any, may be obtained from the Engine Certification Office.

    (i) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the aircraft to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on March 12, 1996.

Jay J. Pardee,

Manager, Engine and Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.

[FR Doc. 96-7243 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]

BILLING CODE 4910-13-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7239 Exemption From RegulationBoxcar Traffic
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13146-13147]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7239]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Surface Transportation Board

49 CFR Part 1039

[Ex Parte No. 346 (Sub-No. 8)]

Exemption From Regulation--Boxcar Traffic

AGENCY: Surface Transportation Board.

ACTION: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Surface Transportation Board (the Board) is proposing to 
eliminate an obsolete regulation pertaining to recyclable rates.

DATES: Comments are due on April 25, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Send comments (an original and 10 copies) referring to Ex 
Parte No. 346 (Sub-No. 8) to: Surface Transportation Board, Office of 
the Secretary, Case Control Branch, 1201 Constitution Avenue NW., 
Washington, DC 20423.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Beryl Gordon, (202) 927-5610. [TDD for 
the hearing impaired: (202) 927-5721.]

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Effective January 1, 1996, the ICC 
Termination Act of 1995, Pub. L. No. 104-88, 109 Stat. 803 (ICCTA) 
abolished the Interstate Commerce Commission (ICC) and established the 
Board. Section 204 of the ICCTA provides that ``[t]he Board shall 
promptly rescind all regulations established by the [ICC] that are 
based on provisions of law repealed and not substantively reenacted by 
this Act.'' In Removal of Obsolete Recyclables Regulations, 1 S.T.B. 7 
(1996) (Obsolete Regulations), the Board removed, inter alia, obsolete 
recyclable regulations at 49 CFR 1134, pertaining to discrimination 
against recyclables, and at 49 CFR 1145, concerning rail rates on 
recyclables, because Congress repealed former 49 U.S.C. 10710 and 
10731, the statutory bases for these regulations. We stated that we 
would separately consider the disposition of 49 CFR 1039.14(b)(5), 
which excludes rates on nonferrous recyclable commodities from the 
boxcar exemption.
    In Exemption from Regulation --Boxcar Traffic, 367 I.C.C. 424 
(1983), the ICC exempted the rail transportation of all commodities 
transported in boxcars from rate and certain car hire regulations. The 
ICC, however, excluded nonferrous recyclables from this exemption 
``only because Congress itself has singled them out for the application 
of special standards.'' 367 I.C.C. at 440. The ICC noted the reference 
to recyclable rates at former 49 U.S.C. 10731(e).
    Although the statutory basis given by the agency for excluding 
recyclable commodities from the boxcar exemption has been repealed, and 
we do not believe there are other valid reasons to maintain the 
exception, we will not follow the procedure in Obsolete Regulations by 
issuing a final rule now.

[[Page 13147]]
Instead, we will issue a notice proposing to remove 49 CFR 
1039.14(b)(5) from the regulations and redesignate paragraphs (6) and 
(7) to allow the public the opportunity to address whether there is any 
good reason to maintain the exception for recyclables. Comments (an 
original and 10 copies) are due on April 25, 1996.
    The Board certifies that this rule, if adopted, would not have a 
significant economic effect on a substantial number of small entities. 
This proposed rule will reduce regulation; it imposes no new reporting 
or other requirements directly or indirectly on small entities. 
Although we are proposing that recyclables no longer be excepted from 
the boxcar exemption, it appears that the impact, if any, on small 
entities would not be significant, nor would it likely affect a 
significant number of small entities. The Board, however, seeks 
comments on whether there would be effects on small entities that 
should be considered.
    This action will not significantly affect either the quality of the 
human environment or the conservation of energy resources.

List of Subjects in 49 CFR Part 1039

    Agricultural commodities, Intermodal transportation, Manufactured 
commodities, Railroads.

    Decided: March 12, 1996.

    By the Board, Chairman Morgan, Vice Chairman Simmons and 
Commissioner Owen.
Vernon A. Williams,
Secretary.

    For the reasons set forth in the preamble and under the authority 
of 49 U.S.C. 721(a), the Board proposes to amend title 49, chapter X, 
part 1039 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:

PART 1039--EXEMPTIONS

    1. The authority citation for part 1039 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 5 U.S.C. 553 and 49 U.S.C. 721 and 10502.

Sec. 1039.14  [Amended]

    2. Section 1039.14 is amended by removing paragraph (b)(5) and 
redesignating paragraphs (b)(6) and (7) as paragraphs (b)(5) and (6).

[FR Doc. 96-7239 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4915-00-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7238 Railroad Contracts
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13147-13148]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7238]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
49 CFR Part 1313

[STB Ex Parte No. 541]

Railroad Contracts

AGENCY: Surface Transportation Board.

ACTION: Advance Notice Of Proposed Rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: Because the ICC Termination Act of 1995 (ICCTA) abolished the 
Interstate Commerce Commission (ICC) and revised the law respecting 
transportation contracts entered into by rail carriers to provide 
specified rail services under specified rates and conditions, the 
contract regulations formerly issued by the ICC are no longer in 
complete harmony with the applicable law. The Surface Transportation 
Board (Board) is issuing this advance notice of proposed rulemaking to 
solicit suggestions from the transportation community for appropriate 
regulations. Following the receipt of comments, the Board will issue a 
notice of proposed rulemaking.

DATES: Comments are due on April 25, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Send comments (an original and 10 copies) referring to STB 
Ex Parte No. 541 to: Surface Transportation Board, Office of the 
Secretary, Case Control Branch, 1201 Constitution Avenue NW., 
Washington, DC 20423.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Beryl Gordon, (202) 927-5610. [TDD for 
the hearing impaired: (202) 927-5721.]

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The ICC Termination Act of 1995, Pub. L. No. 
104-88, 109 Stat. 803 (ICCTA), enacted on December 29, 1995, abolished 
the ICC and transferred the responsibility for regulating rail 
transportation to the Board. See ICCTA Section 101 (abolition of the 
ICC). See also new 49 U.S.C. 701(a) (establishment of the Board), as 
enacted by ICCTA Section 201(a). The transfer took effect on January 1, 
1996. See ICCTA Section 2 (effective date).
    The new law (i.e., the law in effect on and after January 1, 1996) 
differs in several important respects from the former law (i.e., the 
law in effect prior to January 1, 1996). This notice concerns the 
differences between new 49 U.S.C. 10709 and former 49 U.S.C. 10713 as 
respects contracts entered into by rail carriers to provide specified 
rail services under specified rates and conditions.
    New Sec. 10709(a) provides that rail carriers may enter into 
contracts to provide specified rail services under specified rates and 
conditions. This is a reenactment of former Sec. 10713(a).
    New Sec. 10709(b) relieves a party to such a contract from any 
duties other than those specified by the contract. This is a 
reenactment of former Sec. 10713(h).
    New Sec. 10709(c) relieves transportation provided under such 
contract from the regulatory provisions of new 49 U.S.C. 10101-11908, 
and makes the exclusive remedy for any alleged breach of such a 
contract an action in an appropriate state court or United States 
district court, unless the parties agree otherwise. This is a 
reenactment of former Sec. 10713(i). New Sec. 10709(c)(2) adds a 
clarification that this provision does not, in and of itself, confer 
original jurisdiction on the United States district courts.
    New Sec. 10709(d)(1) requires that a summary of each contract for 
the transportation of fertilizer and agricultural products, including 
grain as defined in 7 U.S.C. 75 1 and products thereof, be filed 
with the Board, containing such nonconfidential information as the 
Board prescribes. This represents a substantial narrowing from the 
prior filing requirement. Under former Sec. 10713(b)(1), the filing 
requirement applied to all rail transportation contracts (not just 
contracts to transport agricultural products), and carriers were 
required to file the complete contract with the ICC (in addition to the 
summary of nonconfidential information).

    \1\ 7 U.S.C. 75 is the codification of section 3 of the United 
States Grain Standards Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    New Sec. 10709(d)(1) directs the Board to establish rules for such 
contracts for agricultural products, to ensure that the essential terms 
of such contracts are available to the general public. But, unlike 
former Sec. 10713(b)(2)(A), the new statute does not list the minimum 
essential terms; it leaves that matter for Board implementation. 
Similarly, unlike former Sec. 10713(b)(2)(B), the new statute does not 
address whether a new filing is required for amendments, supplements, 
or changes to such contracts; that too is a matter left to the Board.
    New Sec. 10709(d)(2) provides that documents, papers, and records 
relating to a rail transportation contract are not subject to 
disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (FOIA). 
This is a new provision, with no analogue in former Sec. 10713.
    New Sec. 10709(e) reenacts the ``grandfathering'' provision of 
former Sec. 10713(j) for rail transportation contracts that predate the 
Staggers Rail Act of 1980.
    New Sec. 10709(f) specifies that a rail carrier that enters into a 
transportation contract remains subject to the common carrier 
obligation, as set forth in new

[[Page 13148]]
Sec. 11101, with respect to rail transportation not provided under such 
a contract. This is a new provision that clarifies prior law.
    New Sec. 10709(g) reenacts the complaint provisions of former 
Sec. 10713(d), but limits their applicability. Under new Sec. 10709(g), 
complaints may only be filed against contracts for the transportation 
of agricultural products. As to such contracts, four grounds of 
complaint are available. They are: (1) a complaint by any shipper 
alleging that it will be harmed because the contract will unduly impair 
the ability of the contracting carrier to meet its common carrier 
obligations to the complainant under new Sec. 11101 (new 
Sec. 10709(g)(2)(A)(i)); (2) a complaint by a port alleging that it 
will be harmed because the contract will result in unreasonable 
discrimination against it (new Sec. 10709(g)(2)(A)(ii)); (3) a 
complaint by an agricultural shipper seeking matching terms (new 
Sec. 10709(g)(2)(B)(i)); and (4) a complaint by an agricultural shipper 
alleging that the contract constitutes a destructive competitive 
practice (new Sec. 10709(g)(2)(B)(ii)).
    Such complaints must be filed within 30 days after the contract 
summary is filed (new Sec. 10709(g)(1)), and the Board has 30 days to 
resolve complaints (new Sec. 10709(g)(3)). It should be noted that, in 
contrast to former Sec. 10713(b)(2)(A), new Sec. 10709(g) does not 
address discovery by agricultural shippers seeking remedies. This is a 
matter left to the Board's discretion.
    New Sec. 10709(h) retains the fleetwide equipment limitation of 
former Sec. 10713(k), which prohibits a carrier from committing more 
than 40 percent of its equipment capacity (by car type) in contracts 
for the transportation of agricultural commodities (including forest 
products, but not including wood pulp, wood chips, pulpwood or paper), 
without special permission from the Board. However, that limitation is 
set to expire on September 30, 1998. (A further limitation in former 
Sec. 10713(k), on the amount of equipment that could be committed by 
contract to an individual shipper, was not reenacted.)
    It is important to note that a rail carrier may enter into 
transportation contracts only to the extent that such contracts do not 
impair that carrier's ability to meet its common carrier obligations. 
New Sec. 11101(a) provides that a rail carrier does not violate its 
common carrier obligations merely because it fulfills reasonable 
contractual commitments before responding to reasonable requests for 
common carrier service. New Sec. 11101(a) further provides, however, 
that contractual commitments which deprive a carrier of its ability to 
respond to reasonable requests for common carrier service are not 
reasonable.
    New Sec. 10709 does not retain the railroad contract rate advisory 
service of former Sec. 10713(m).

Request for Comments

    The ICC's regulations implementing former Sec. 10713, set forth at 
49 CFR Part 1313, are not appropriate for implementing new Sec. 10709. 
Therefore, we invite all interested persons to submit suggestions for 
regulations that would be appropriate to implement new Sec. 10709. We 
encourage the various sectors of the transportation community to 
discuss these matters and present a proposal for the Board's 
consideration.
    Comments (an original and 10 copies) must be in writing, and are 
due on April 25, 1996.
    We encourage any commenter that has the necessary technical 
wherewithal to submit its comments as computer data on a 3.5-inch 
floppy diskette formatted for WordPerfect 5.1, or formatted so that it 
can be readily converted into WordPerfect 5.1. Any such diskette 
submission (one diskette will be sufficient) should be in addition to 
the written submission (an original and 10 copies).

Small Entities

    Because this is not a notice of proposed rulemaking within the 
meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), we 
need not conduct at this point an examination of impacts on small 
entities. We will certainly welcome, of course, any comments respecting 
whether any regulations that commenters may suggest would have 
significant economic effects on any substantial number of small 
entities.

Environment

    The issuance of this advance notice of proposed rulemaking will not 
significantly affect either the quality of the human environment or the 
conservation of energy resources. Furthermore, we would not expect that 
regulations suggested for implementing new 49 U.S.C. 10709 would 
significantly affect either the quality of the human environment or the 
conservation of energy resources. We certainly welcome, of course, any 
comments respecting whether any suggested regulations would have any 
such effects.

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 721(a) and 10709.

    Decided: March 12, 1996.

    By the Board, Chairman Morgan, Vice Chairman Simmons, and 
Commissioner Owen.
Vernon A. Williams,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 96-7238 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4915-00-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7185 Northern Anchovy Fishery; Removal of Regulations
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13148-13149]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7185]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

50 CFR Part 662

[Docket No. 960314075-6077-03; I.D. 031196F]
RIN 0648-AI16

Northern Anchovy Fishery; Removal of Regulations

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Initial decision to withdraw plan approval, proposed rule to 
remove regulations, and request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS announces its initial determination to withdraw 
Secretarial approval of the Northern Anchovy Fishery Management Plan 
(FMP), and proposes to remove the regulations implementing the FMP. The 
anchovy fishery would continue to be regulated by the State of 
California. This action is being proposed because conditions have 
changed significantly since approval of the FMP. Harvests of northern 
anchovy have greatly declined since 1982 and this is unlikely to change 
in the foreseeable future. The intent of this rulemaking is to remove 
regulations that duplicate state management and are no longer 
necessary. This rulemaking is in accordance with the President's 
Regulatory Reinvention Initiative.

DATES: Comments on the proposed rule must be received on or before May 
9, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Send comments on the proposed withdrawal and removal, and on 
the Environmental Assessment/Regulatory Impact Review (EA/RIR) to Ms. 
Hilda Diaz-Soltero, Director, Southwest Region, NMFS, 501 West Ocean 
Blvd., Suite 4200, Long Beach, CA 90802-4213. A copy of the EA/RIR may 
be obtained from the same address.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Rodney McInnis or Mr. James Morgan 
at (310) 980-4030.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The FMP to manage the central subpopulation 
of northern anchovy was implemented on September 13, 1978 (43 FR 
40868). The

[[Page 13149]]
anchovy resource is a major forage species for marine mammals, other 
fish, and birds such as the California brown pelican, which is listed 
as endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA). There have been 
six amendments to the FMP.
    The FMP was one of the first fishery management plans developed by 
the Pacific Fishery Management Council, under the authority of the 
Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act. At the time, 
substantial reduction fisheries existed in the United States and 
Mexico. (Reduction fisheries processed anchovy into fish flour/meal, 
oil, fertilizer, or other products not intended for human consumption). 
Further, recreational fisheries for kelp/sand bass, white seabass, 
bonito, barracuda, yellowtail, and tunas depended on northern anchovy 
as live bait for its livelihood, as it still does today. The FMP was 
designed to resolve difficult allocation issues. There was, and still 
is, no agreement with Mexico on how to manage the fishery.
    With the decline in U.S. harvests and little prospect for growth in 
the fishery, interjurisdictional and allocation issues, which might 
require Federal intervention, no longer exist. In recent years, 
virtually the entire fishery has occurred in California waters, and 
nearly all harvesters and processors are California citizens utilizing 
vessels registered in California. The condition of the fishery is such 
that no management authority over this fishery is exercised through 
Federal regulations that are beyond those available to the State.
    California has management measures in place for anchovy and other 
components of the coastal pelagic species complex. Should this proposed 
removal of Federal regulations be finalized, NMFS anticipates that 
California will broaden its management to include the anchovy fishery 
with substantially the same controls as were provided by Federal 
regulations. This would also unify management of the coastal species 
complex fisheries.
    Therefore, Federal management is neither necessary nor appropriate 
for this fishery and unnecessarily duplicates the State of California's 
management. For these reasons, NMFS proposes to withdraw approval for 
the FMP and remove the FMP's implementing regulations (50 CFR part 
662), leaving management of the anchovy resource to the State of 
California.

Classification

    This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for 
purposes of E.O. 12866.
    The Assistant General Counsel for Legislation and Regulation of the 
Department of Commerce has certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy 
of the Small Business Administration that this proposed rule, if 
adopted, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities. We expect that California will regulate 
fishing in the same manner that we currently do. Because virtually the 
entire anchovy fishery takes place in California waters, conditions in 
the fishery should not change.
    NMFS is conducting an ESA consultation with the U.S. Fish and 
Wildlife Service regarding the effects of this proposed action on the 
endangered brown pelican.

List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 662

    Fisheries.

    Dated: March 20, 1996.
Gary Matlock,
Program Management Officer, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    For the reasons set out in the preamble, under the authority of 16 
U.S.C. 1801 et seq., 50 CFR part 662 is proposed to be removed.
[FR Doc. 96-7185 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7173 Food Labeling; Nutrient Content Claims and Health Claims; Special Requirements; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Page 13117]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7173]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Food and Drug Administration

21 CFR Part 101

[Docket No. 95N-0103]

Food Labeling; Nutrient Content Claims and Health Claims; Special 
Requirements; Correction

AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

ACTION: Proposed rule; correction.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA), is correcting a 
proposed rule that appeared in the Federal Register of February 2, 1996 
(61 FR 3885). The document proposed to require that, in certain 
circumstances, persons responsible for the labeling of foods with 
nutrient content and health claims maintain records that support the 
claims, and that they make those records available to appropriate 
regulatory officials upon request. The document was published with some 
errors. This document corrects those errors.

DATES: Written comments by April 17, 1996; except that comments 
regarding information collection requirements by March 4, 1996, but not 
later than April 2, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: F. Edward Scarbrough, Center for Food 
Safety and Applied Nutrition (HFS-150), Food and Drug Administration, 
200 C St. SW., Washington, DC 20204, 202-205-4561.
    In FR Doc. 96-2153, appearing on page 3885 in the Federal Register 
of Friday, February 2, 1996, the following corrections are made: On 
page 3888, in the third column, in footnote 1, in line 3, the second 
comma after ``7'' is removed; in the fourth line from the bottom, 
``FTS'' is corrected to read ``FTC''; and in the third line from the 
bottom, the phrase ``F.2d 189, 193 (D.C. Cir. 1986), cert. denied, 479 
U.S. 1086'' is added after ``791''.

    Dated: March 18, 1996.
William K. Hubbard,
Associate Commissioner for Policy Coordination.
[FR Doc. 96-7173 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4160-01-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7163 National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; National Priorities List
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13131-13133]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7163]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 300

[FRL-5445-8]

National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; 
National Priorities List

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency.

ACTION: Notice of intent to delete the Waste Disposal Engineering Inc. 
site from the national priorities list; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) 
Region 5 announces its intent to delete the Waste Disposal Engineering 
Inc. (Site) from the National Priorities List (NPL) and requests public 
comment on this action. The NPL constitutes Appendix B of 40 CFR part 
300 which is the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution 
Contingency Plan (NCP), which U.S. EPA promulgated pursuant to Section 
105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and 
Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA) as amended. This action is being taken 
by U.S. EPA because it has been determined that Responsible Parties and 
the State of Minnesota have implemented all appropriate response 
actions required. U.S. EPA, in consultation with the State of 
Minnesota, have also determined that no further response is 
appropriate. Although full compliance with off-site surface water and 
ground water standards has not been demonstrated as yet due to past 
interruptions in ground water remediation, the State of Minnesota has 
assumed the legal obligation to carry out the response action duties, 
including but not limited to operation and maintenance of the remedy 
and attaining the response action objectives and cleanup standards. A 
determination of compliance with the off-site surface water and ground 
water standards will be demonstrated by the State after a longer period 
of operation and maintenance of the remedy. Moreover, U.S. EPA and the 
State have determined that remedial activities conducted at the Site to 
date are and will continue to be protective of public health, welfare, 
and the environment.

DATES: Comments concerning the proposed deletion of the Site from the 
NPL may be submitted on or before April 25, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be mailed to Gladys Beard, Associate Remedial 
Project Manager, Office of Superfund, U.S. EPA, Region 5, 77 W. Jackson 
Blvd. (SR-6J), Chicago, IL 60604. Comprehensive information on the site 
is available at U.S. EPA's Region 5 office and at the local information 
repository located at: Anoka County Community Health and Environmental 
Service, Anoka County Government Center, Rm. 360, 2100 3th Ave., Anoka, 
MN 55303 and Andover City Hall, 1685 Crosstown Blvd. Andover, MN 55304. 
Requests for comprehensive copies of documents should be directed 
formally to the Region 5 Docket Office. The address and phone number 
for the Regional Docket Officer is Jan Pfundheller (H-7J), U.S. EPA, 
Region 5, 77 W. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604, (312) 353-5821.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Lawrence Schmitt, Remedial Project 
Manager at (312) 353-6565, Gladys Beard (SR-6J), Associate Remedial 
Project Manager, Office of Superfund, U.S. EPA, Region 5, 77 W. Jackson 
Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604, (312) 886-7253 or Susan Pastor (P-19J), 
Office of

[[Page 13132]]
Public Affairs, U.S. EPA, Region V, 77 W. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 
60604, (312) 353-1325.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Table of Contents
I. Introduction
II. NPL Deletion Criteria
III. Deletion Procedures
IV. Basis for Intended Site Deletion

I. Introduction

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region 5 announces 
its intent to delete the Waste Disposal Engineering Inc. Site from the 
National Priorities List (NPL), which constitutes Appendix B of the 
National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), 
and requests comments on the proposed deletion. The EPA identifies 
sites that appear to present a significant risk to public health, 
welfare or the environment, and maintains the NPL as the list of those 
sites. Sites on the NPL may be the subject of remedial actions financed 
by the Hazardous Substance Superfund Response Trust Fund (Fund). 
Pursuant to Section 300.425(e)(3) of the NCP, any site deleted from the 
NPL remains eligible for Fund-financed remedial actions if the 
conditions at the site warrant such action.
    The U.S. EPA will accept comments on this proposal for thirty (30) 
days after publication of this notice in the Federal Register.
    Section II of this notice explains the criteria for deleting sites 
from the NPL. Section III discusses procedures that EPA is using for 
this action. Section IV discusses the history of this site and explains 
how the site meets the deletion criteria.
    Deletion of sites from the NPL does not itself create, alter, or 
revoke any individual's rights or obligations. Furthermore, deletion 
from the NPL does not in any way alter U.S. EPA's right to take 
enforcement actions, as appropriate. The NPL is designed primarily for 
informational purposes and to assist in Agency management.

II. NPL Deletion Criteria

    The NCP establishes the criteria the Agency uses to delete Sites 
from the NPL. In accordance with 40 CFR 300.425(e), sites may be 
deleted from the NPL where no further response is appropriate. In 
making this determination, U.S. EPA will consider, in consultation with 
the State, whether any of the following criteria have been met:
    (i) Responsible parties or other persons have implemented all 
appropriate response actions required; or
    (ii) All appropriate Fund-financed responses under CERCLA have been 
implemented, and no further response action by responsible parties is 
appropriate; or
    (iii) The Remedial investigation has shown that the release poses 
no significant threat to public health or the environment and, 
therefore, remedial measures are not appropriate.

III. Deletion Procedures

    Upon determination that at least one of the criteria described in 
300.425(e) has been met, U.S. EPA may formally begin deletion 
procedures once the State has concurred. This Federal Register notice, 
and a concurrent notice in the local newspaper in the vicinity of the 
Site, announce the initiation of a 30-day comment period. The public is 
asked to comment on U.S. EPA's intention to delete the Site from the 
NPL. All critical documents needed to evaluate U.S. EPA's decision are 
included in the information repository and the deletion docket.
    Upon completion of the public comment period, if necessary, the 
U.S. EPA Regional Office will prepare a Responsiveness Summary to 
evaluate and address comments that were received. The public is welcome 
to contact the U.S. EPA Region 5 Office to obtain a copy of this 
responsiveness summary, if one is prepared. If U.S. EPA then determines 
the deletion from the NPL is appropriate, final notice of deletion will 
be published in the Federal Register.

IV. Basis for Intended Site Deletion

    The Waste Disposal Engineering, Inc., Site occupies approximately 
114 acres in the City of Andover, Minnesota. Andover has a population 
of approximately 9000 and is located 20 miles north of Minneapolis/St. 
Paul. Land uses in the vicinity of the site include agricultural, 
commercial, and residential, with several subdivisions and a stream 
bordering directly on the site. Some area residents rely on local 
ground water as a drinking water supply.
    The site operated as an open dump from 1963 to 1971, and as a 
landfill from 1971 until 1983. Approximately 2.5 million cubic yards of 
solid municipal and industrial wastes and 3 million gallons of liquid 
industrial wastes were deposited at the site during this time. The site 
was proposed for the NPL July 16, 1982. The listing was finalized on 
September 8, 1983, Federal Register number 175, volume number 48 and 
Page number 40658-40682.
    A Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study was conducted at the 
site from 1984 through 1987. Contaminants of concern identified at the 
site include a number of volatile organic compounds in ground water, 
including 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethene, and vinyl chloride, 
at concentrations well above Maximum Contaminant Levels. The site posed 
potential threats to human health and the environment through direct 
contact with wastes, soils, and leachate seeps; ingestion of ground or 
surface water impacted by the site; and possible off-site migration of 
landfill gas containing hazardous constituents.
    On December 31, 1987, the Regional Administrator signed a Record of 
Decision (ROD) selecting the following remedy:
    1. A multilayer soil cap;
    2. A ground water containment (extraction and treatment) system;
    3. A slurry wall/non-aqueous phase layer control system for a 
portion of the site;
    4. Wetlands replacement;
    5. A monitoring program for ground water, surface water, and 
landfill gas;
    6. An operation and maintenance program; and
    7. Institutional controls.
    After attempts at negotiating a consent decree with the PRPs 
failed, U.S. EPA issued a CERCLA Section 106 Unilateral Administrative 
Order for Remedial Design/Remedial Action (RD/RA) to 28 PRPs on August 
23, 1991. The PRPs agreed to implement the Order and completed the RD 
for Operable Unit (OU) 1, the ground water containment system, in 
October 1992. OU1 Construction was initiated in October 1992 and 
completed in September 1993. The RD for OU2, the multilayer cap, was 
completed in December 1992, with construction completed in August 1994. 
The State provided oversight of all RD/RA activities under a 
cooperative agreement with U.S. EPA. U.S. EPA and the State conducted a 
final inspection of the site on August 9, 1994.
    After the final inspection was completed, the PRPs were required to 
discontinue operation of the ground water containment system for 
several months due to difficulties in meeting permit requirements for 
the discharge of the ground water to a sanitary sewer. The ground water 
exhibited a low flash point, creating the hazard of fire or explosion 
in the sewer, and the PRPs concluded that the presence of landfill gas 
in the ground water was responsible. U.S. EPA approved the PRP's 
proposal to construct an air stripping system for the extracted ground 
water in March 1995 and the system was completed in June 1995.

[[Page 13133]]

    The ground water containment system has operated without 
interruption since June 1995, and no further construction is 
anticipated. U.S. EPA approved the Remedial Action Report submitted by 
the PRPs and issued the Certification of Completion of Remedial 
Construction required under the Order to the PRPs on August 10, 1995. 
U.S. EPA has also approved the Operation and Maintenance Plan and, as a 
result, only routine operating, maintenance, and monitoring are 
presently required.
    Activities at the site were consistent with the ROD, and work plans 
were issued to contractors for design and construction of the RA, 
including sampling and analysis. The RD Report, including a Quality 
Assurance Project Plan, incorporated all U.S. EPA and State quality 
assurance and quality control (QA/QC) procedures and protocol. U.S. EPA 
analytical methods were used for all validation and monitoring samples 
during remedial action activities.
    The QA/QC program utilized throughout this remedial action was 
rigorous and in conformance with U.S. EPA and State standards; 
therefore U.S. EPA and the State determined that all analytical results 
are accurate to the degree needed to assure satisfactory execution of 
the remedial action, and consistent with the ROD and RD plans and 
specifications.
    Since 1983 the MPCA and the U.S. EPA have been involved in numerous 
community relations activities associated with the Waste Disposal 
Engineering Site. Numerous fact sheets and news releases were issued 
throughout the remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS). Public 
meetings were held at the beginning of the project on the remedial 
investigation report and on the proposed remedy. The City of Andover 
and Anoka County officials were invited to participate in the 
discussions.
    On September 3, 1987, the MPCA issued a news release on the 
proposed remedy and the public meeting. On September 8, 1987, U.S. EPA 
sponsored an ad in the Minneapolis daily paper announcing the beginning 
of the public comment period. On September 14, 1987, a public meeting 
was held in the Andover City Hall. On September 29, 1987, the public 
comment period was closed. On March 17, 1993, an Environmental News 
Release announced the operation schedule of the cleanup at the site.
    All the components of the remedy have been fully implemented. On 
November 27, 1995, the site was issued a Notice of Compliance (NOC) 
from the State under the Minnesota Landfill Cleanup Law. The State has 
now assumed full responsibility for the remedy at this site, including 
achieving all cleanup levels for the remedy. Compliance with off-site 
surface water and ground water cleanup levels must still be 
demonstrated. U.S. EPA will proceed in deleting the site from the NPL.

    EPA, with concurrence from the State of Minnesota, has determined 
that Responsible Parties and the State of Minnesota have implemented 
all appropriate response actions required at the Waste Disposal 
Engineering Inc. Superfund Site, and that no further CERCLA response is 
appropriate in order to provide protection of human health and the 
environment. Therefore, EPA proposes to delete the site from the NPL.
    Dated: March 11, 1996.
David A. Ullrich,
Acting Regional Administrator, U.S. EPA, Region V.
[FR Doc. 96-7163 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7098 General Provisions, Elementary and Secondary Education Act
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13324-13329]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7098]

[[Page 13323]]

_______________________________________________________________________

Part IX

Department of Education

_______________________________________________________________________

34 CFR Part 299

General Provisions, Elementary and Secondary Education Act; Proposed 
Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 59 / Tuesday, March 26, 1996 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 13324]]

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

34 Part 299

RIN 1810-AA82

General Provisions, Elementary and Secondary Education Act

AGENCY: Department of Education.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The U.S. Secretary of Education (the Secretary) proposes to 
issue general regulations governing programs under the Elementary and 
Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Improving America's 
Schools Act of 1994 (the ``Elementary and Secondary Education Act'', 
``ESEA'' or the ``Act''). These proposed regulations would implement 
several provisions in Title XIV, General Provisions, of the Act. These 
proposed regulations would generally govern all programs under the Act, 
and would establish uniform provisions that would minimize burdensome 
differences in implementing these provisions in individual programs.
    The areas that would be covered by these proposed regulations for 
ESEA programs include: other regulations that would apply; priorities 
for empowerment zones or enterprise communities in discretionary 
grants; the consolidation of State and local administrative funds; 
maintenance of effort; services to private school children and 
teachers; and complaint procedures. In addition, the proposed 
regulations would provide further flexibility to States under Title III 
of the Goals 2000: Educate America Act.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before May 10, 1996.

ADDRESSES: All comments concerning these proposed regulations should be 
addressed to Delores Warner, U.S. Department of Education, Portals 
Building, 1250 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 4000, Washington, DC 20202-
6110. The fax number for submitting comments is (202) 260-0310. 
Comments may also be sent through the Internet to 
General__P[email protected].
    To ensure that public comments have maximum effect in developing 
the final regulations, the Department urges that each comment clearly 
identify the specific section or sections of the regulations that the 
comment addresses and that comments be in the same order as the 
regulations.
    A copy of any comments that concern information collection 
requirements should also be sent to the Office of Management and Budget 
at the address listed in the Paperwork Reduction Act section of this 
preamble.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For further information on this part, 
please contact Delores Warner. Telephone: (202) 260-1941. Individuals 
who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the 
Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 
a.m. and 8 p.m., Eastern time, Monday through Friday.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On October 20, 1994, the President signed 
into law the Improving America's Schools Act of 1994 (IASA) (Pub. L. 
103-382). The IASA reauthorizes and fundamentally changes the ESEA, 
redesigning its programs so that they work together to support high-
quality teaching and learning to help all children learn challenging 
material in academic areas and acquire the knowledge and skills they 
will need to succeed in the 21st century.
    Throughout the reauthorized Elementary and Secondary Education Act, 
including Title XIV of the Act, provisions are designed to make it 
easier for programs to work together with, rather than separately from, 
one another. In addition, the Act fosters the operation of ESEA 
programs in unison with the broader education that children receive. 
For example, the reauthorized Act supports State and community reform 
efforts geared to challenging State academic standards, particularly 
those initiated or supported by the Goals 2000: Educate America Act.
    Unlike the reauthorized ESEA programs, earlier ESEA programs often 
were not coordinated with each other and with other educational 
programs in the schools. The previous programs often were not designed 
to target funds to areas, schools or students with the greatest needs 
for assistance, nor were they designed to support State and local 
efforts at broader educational reform. They were often burdensome 
without adequate provisions for needed flexibility.
    Virtually all of the major ESEA programs have been redesigned to 
include greater flexibility at the State and local levels, to support 
directly comprehensive State and local reforms of teaching and 
learning, and to ensure that all children--regardless of background and 
whatever school they attend--can achieve at high levels.
    In implementing the Act, the Department, is issuing regulations 
only where absolutely necessary, and is providing flexibility to the 
maximum extent permitted by statute. The regulations proposed in Part 
299 are consistent with this approach and are intended to provide 
support to educators at the State and local levels for the appropriate 
implementation of provisions in Title XIV and of the Act as a whole. 
Title XIV contains provisions that allow: flexibility, promote 
coordinated program services and allow waivers of certain provisions to 
increase the quality of instruction or improve academic performance, 
consolidated State and local plans and applications, consolidation of 
State and local administrative funds, and uniform provisions that apply 
to programs authorized in the ESEA. Most of the provisions of Title XIV 
are not the subject of regulations. The Department has issued, 
separately from this notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM), non-binding 
guidance on a number of Title XIV provisions such as State consolidated 
plans (sections 14302 of the Act), waivers (section 14401 of the Act), 
and the Gun-Free Schools Act (sections 14601-03 of the Act). Copies of 
this guidance are available from Delores Warner, U.S. Department of 
Education, 1250 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 4000, Portals Building, 
Washington, DC 20202-6110.

Summary of Provisions

    Section 299.1 of these proposed regulations would provide general 
information about the scope of these regulations and the laws and 
regulations that would apply to ESEA programs. Further guidance about 
which general administrative regulations would apply is provided in the 
discussion of Sec. 299.2 in the next paragraph of this summary.
    Section 299.2 of these proposed regulations would provide 
flexibility by permitting a State to formally adopt its own general 
provisions, in lieu of 34 CFR Part 80 (Uniform Administrative 
Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local 
Governments) of the Education Department General Provisions Regulations 
for most ESEA programs if the State meets several minimal requirements. 
This flexibility is similar to flexibility that was previously included 
in regulations for Chapters 1 and 2 of ESEA before the 1994 amendments.
    Section 299.2 would also indicate that 34 CFR Part 80 would apply 
to direct grant programs under ESEA and to Title XI. While this would 
provide States in ESEA State-administered programs the option of 
adopting and using their own procedures as an alternative to Part 80, 
the Department believes that the application of Part 80 to direct grant 
programs and to Title XI provides the appropriate balance of 
flexibility and accountability for results in those programs. As the 
Department continues to look for other ways to simplify the

[[Page 13325]]
direct grant process, the Department particularly invites comments on 
the appropriate balance of flexibility and accountability in direct 
grant and Title XI programs.
    Section 299.2 would indicate that 34 CFR Part 80 applies to State, 
local, and Indian tribal governments under direct grant programs, and 
programs under Title XI of ESEA (Coordinated Services). 34 CFR Part 80 
also applies to other programs under the ESEA unless a State formally 
adopts its own written fiscal and administrative requirements for 
expending and accounting for all funds received by State educational 
agencies (SEA) and local educational agencies (LEAs) under this part 
that meet certain minimal requirements contained in Sec. 299.2. This 
flexibility would also apply to Title III of the Goals 2000: Educate 
America Act.
    Section 299.2 would not affect the applicability of the 
Department's other general administrative regulations to ESEA programs. 
Therefore, unless a particular regulatory provision is inconsistent 
with a statutory provision (in which case the statute controls), the 
Department's general administrative regulations apply to ESEA programs 
as follows:
    (a) 34 CFR Part 74 (Administration of Grants to Institutions of 
Higher Education, Hospitals and Nonprofit Organizations) applies to 
grantees other than State and local governments and Indian tribal 
organizations.
    (b) 34 CFR Part 75 (Direct Grant Programs), except for Sec. 75.650 
(participation of students enrolled in private schools), applies to all 
direct grant programs.
    (c) 34 CFR Part 76 (State-Administered Programs), except for 
Secs. 76.650 through 76.662 (participation of students enrolled in 
private schools), applies to State administered grant programs.
    (d) 34 CFR Part 77 (Definitions that Apply to Department 
Regulations).
    (e) 34 CFR Part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of 
Education Programs and Activities) applies to some of the ESEA 
programs.
    (f) 34 CFR Part 80 (Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants 
and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments), as 
discussed in this preamble.
    (g) 34 CFR Part 81 (General Education Provisions Act--Enforcement) 
applies to all ESEA programs except for Title VIII (Impact Aid) of 
ESEA.
    (h) 34 CFR Part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying) applies to all 
ESEA programs.
    (i) 34 CFR Part 85 (Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension 
(Nonprocurement) and Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free 
Workplace (Grants)) applies to all ESEA programs.
    (j) 34 CFR Part 86 (Drug-Free Schools and Campuses) applies to 
institutions of higher education.
    Guidance on which of these provisions apply to Title VIII (Impact 
Aid) will be issued separately.
    Section 299.3 of these proposed regulations would authorize the 
Secretary to coordinate discretionary grants under the ESEA with the 
Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Community initiative, a critical 
community revitalization strategy. Under this initiative, the United 
States Department of Housing and Urban Development or the United States 
Department of Agriculture has designated certain urban and rural areas 
as Empowerment Zones, including Supplemental Empowerment Zones, or 
Enterprise Communities. These selected areas, which are characterized 
by pervasive poverty, unemployment, and general distress, are 
implementing locally designed strategies for building healthy, safe, 
and economically vibrant communities. Interested individuals may 
contact the Department of Housing and Urban Development at 1-800-998-
9999 for additional information on the Empowerment Zone and Enterprise 
Community initiative.
    The discretionary grants under the ESEA can play a key role in 
helping Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities address key 
educational needs as part of a community revitalization strategy. 
Therefore, to encourage grantees to concentrate resources to address 
multi-faceted problems, under the proposed Sec. 299.3, the Secretary 
would be able to give priority to applications that propose projects 
that serve these zones and communities.
    In Sec. 299.4, the Secretary proposes to authorize each SEA to 
adopt and use its own reasonable standards in determining whether the 
majority of its resources for administrative purposes come from non-
Federal sources, a prerequisite for the consolidation of State 
administrative funds as authorized by section 14201 of the ESEA. Under 
this section, SEAs would also be permitted to adopt reasonable 
standards for determining when to allow the consolidation of local 
administrative funds. This section would provide flexibility for SEAs 
in these State-administered programs and fulfill the Secretary's 
obligation to issue regulations under section 14203.
    Sections 299.5-299.12 of these proposed regulations would contain 
uniform provisions regarding maintaining fiscal effort, serving private 
school children and teachers, and for filing and resolving complaints 
from the public. In the past, these requirements have varied program-
by-program. The revised provisions discussed as follows are designed to 
reduce burden for grantees by making their implementation uniform among 
ESEA programs.
    The proposed regulations in Sec. 299.5 for maintenance of effort 
would, for the first time, provide uniform provisions to reduce the 
burden of requiring different recordkeeping for several programs. It 
would also provide more flexibility than in previous regulations by 
excluding all Federal funds and supplemental funds spent as a result of 
a Presidentially declared disaster. The exclusion of Federal funds from 
maintenance of effort calculations is consistent with the purposes of 
the statutory provision. The Secretary interprets the maintenance of 
effort provision in section 14501 of Title XIV not to apply to Title VI 
programs, because of the specific maintenance of effort provision in 
section 6401 of Title VI. Therefore, Sec. 299.5 also does not apply to 
Title VI programs.
    The proposed regulations governing participation of private schools 
students, teachers and other personnel in Secs. 299.6-299.9 are similar 
to the regulations for Title I of the Act (34 CFR Secs. 200.10-200.14 
(published on July 3, 1995 (60 FR 34800)). For example, Sec. 299.7 on 
equitable participation includes the same provisions on ``equal 
expenditures'' and ``equitable basis'' as in 34 CFR Sec. 200.11, except 
that Sec. 299.7 does not include provisions relating to the specific 
distribution of Title I funds. Instead of simply cross-referencing the 
Title I regulations, however, for the convenience of the reader, full 
provisions are included in this notice.
    Sections 299.6-299.9 also provide for more flexibility than in 
general regulations on participation of students enrolled in private 
schools currently in 34 CFR Secs. 76.650-76.662 that would otherwise 
apply. Sections 299.6-299.9 would supersede the provisions of 34 CFR 
Secs. 76.650-76.662 for the programs listed in Sec. 299.6.
    Sections 299.10-299.12 require States to establish complaint 
procedures in State-administered programs, so that the public is 
provided an opportunity to bring complaints to the attention of State 
program administrators. The provisions are similar to those previously 
included in the regulations for Chapter 1 of ESEA before the 1994 
amendments, but the new regulations would provide the SEA with 
considerably more flexibility in

[[Page 13326]]
establishing reasonable procedures for resolving these complaints by 
authorizing SEAs to adopt their own reasonable time limits for 
resolving a complaint.

Executive Order 12866

1. Assessment of Costs and Benefits

    These proposed regulations have been reviewed in accordance with 
Executive Order 12866. Under the terms of the order, the Secretary has 
assessed the potential costs and benefits of this regulatory action. 
The potential costs and benefits associated with the proposed 
regulations are minimal and to the extent there are costs, the costs 
result from the statutory requirements and regulations determined by 
the Secretary to be necessary for administering these programs 
effectively and efficiently. To the extent there are burdens 
specifically associated with information collection requirements, they 
are identified and explained elsewhere in this preamble under the 
heading ``Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.''
    Thus, in assessing the potential costs and benefits--both 
quantitative and qualitative--of these proposed regulations, the 
Secretary has determined that the benefits of the proposed regulations 
justify the costs. The Secretary has also determined that this 
regulatory action does not interfere unduly with State and local 
governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
    To assist the Department in complying with the specific 
requirements of Executive Order 12866, the Secretary invites comments 
on whether there may be further opportunities to reduce any potential 
costs or increase potential benefits resulting from these proposed 
regulations without impeding the effective and efficient administration 
of the program.

2. Clarity of the Regulations

    Executive Order 12866 requires each Federal agency to write 
regulations that are easy to understand.
    The Secretary invites comment on how to make these regulations 
easier to understand, including answers to questions such as the 
following: (1) Are the requirements in the regulations clearly stated? 
(2) Do the regulations contain technical terms or other wording that 
interferes with the clarity? (3) Does the format of the regulations 
(grouping and order of sections, use of headings, paragraphing, etc.) 
aid or reduce their clarity? Would the regulations be easier to 
understand if they were divided into more (but shorter) sections? (A 
``section'' is preceded by the symbol ``Sec. '' and a numbered heading; 
for example ``Sec. 299.1 What are the purpose and scope of the 
regulations?'') (4) Is the description of the proposed regulations in 
the ``Supplementary Information'' section of this preamble helpful in 
understanding the proposed regulations? How could this description be 
more helpful in making the proposed regulations easier to understand? 
(5) What else could the Department do to make the regulations easier to 
understand?
    A copy of any comments that concern whether these proposed 
regulations are easy to understand should also be sent to Stanley M. 
Cohen, Regulations Quality Officer, U.S. Department of Education, 600 
Independence Avenue, S.W. (room 5121, FOB-10), Washington, DC, 20202-
2241.

Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification

    The Secretary certifies that these proposed regulations would not 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities.
    The small entities that would be affected by these proposed 
regulations are small local educational agencies (LEAs), and public or 
nonprofit private agencies receiving Federal funds under the ESEA 
programs. The proposed regulations would not have a significant 
economic impact on the small entities affected because the proposed 
regulations would not impose excessive regulatory burdens or require 
unnecessary Federal supervision. The proposed regulations would impose 
minimal requirements to ensure the proper expenditure of program funds.

Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995

    Collection of Information: General Provisions, Elementary and 
Secondary Education Act: Complaint Process: Sections 299.10-299.12 
contain information collection requirements. As required by the 
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)), the Department of 
Education has submitted a copy of these sections to the Office of 
Management and Budget (OMB) for its review under that Act.
    Under sections 299.10-299.12, an SEA is required to adopt written 
procedures for receiving and resolving on a timely basis complaints 
from an organization or individual that the SEA or an agency or 
consortium of agencies is violating a Federal statute or regulations 
that apply to a covered program listed in Sec. 299.10(b). The 
resolution of a complaint by the SEA may be reviewed by the Secretary, 
at the Secretary's discretion.
    The likely respondents to the collection of information in the 
complaint process are individuals and organizations that submit 
complaints. The information submitted is used to resolve complaints and 
will be collected as complaints are submitted.
    We estimate that each State will receive, an average of twenty 
complaints each year, and that each complaint will take an average of 
four burden hours to prepare. Therefore, the total annual reporting and 
recordkeeping burden that will result from the collection of this 
information is 4560 burden hours (fifty-seven State entities, 
multiplied by twenty complaints, multiplied by four burden hours for 
preparing each complaint).
    Organizations and individuals desiring to submit comments on the 
information collection requirements should direct them to the Office of 
Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Room 10235, New Executive 
Office Building, Washington, D.C. 20503; Attention: Desk Officer for 
U.S. Department of Education.
    The Department considers comments by the public on these proposed 
collections of information in:
     Evaluating whether the proposed collections of information 
are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the 
Department, including whether the information will have practical 
utility;
     Evaluating the accuracy of the Department's estimate of 
the burden of the proposed collections of information, including the 
validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
     Enhancing the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the 
information to be collected; and
     Minimizing the burden of the collection of information on 
those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate 
automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection 
techniques or other forms of information technology; e.g., permitting 
electronic submission of responses.
    OMB is required to make a decision concerning the collection of 
information contained in these proposed regulations between 30 and 60 
days after publication of this document in the Federal Register. 
Therefore, a comment to OMB is best assured of having its full effect 
if OMB receives it within 30 days of publication. This does not affect 
the deadline for the public to comment to the Department on the 
proposed regulations.

[[Page 13327]]

Intergovernmental Review

    Some of the programs that would be affected by these regulations 
are subject to the requirements of Executive Order 12372 and the 
regulations in 34 CFR Part 79. The objective of the Executive order is 
to foster an inter-governmental partnership and a strengthened 
federalism by relying on processes developed by State and local 
governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal financial 
assistance. In accordance with the order, this document is intended to 
provide early notification of the Department's specific plans and 
actions for these programs.

Invitation to Comment

    Interested persons are invited to submit comments and 
recommendations regarding these proposed regulations.
    All comments submitted in response to these proposed regulations 
will be available for public inspection during and after the comment 
period, in rooms 4400 and 4100, respectively, Portals Building, 1250 
Maryland Avenue, S.W., Washington, DC., between the hours of 8:30 a.m. 
and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday of each week except Federal holidays.

List of Subjects in 34 CFR Part 299

    Administrative practice and procedure, Education, Elementary and 
secondary education, Grant programs--education, Private schools, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number does not apply)

    Dated: March 20, 1996.
Richard W. Riley,
Secretary of Education.

    The Secretary proposes to amend Title 34 of the Code of Federal 
Regulations by adding a new Part 299 to read as follows:

PART 299--GENERAL PROVISIONS

Subpart A--Purpose and Applicability

Sec.
299.1  What are the purpose and scope of these regulations?
299.2  What regulations apply to ESEA programs?

Subpart B--Selection Criteria

299.3  What priority may the Secretary establish for activities in 
an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community?

Subpart C--Consolidation of State and Local Administrative Funds

299.4  What requirements apply to the consolidation of state and 
local administrative funds?

Subpart D--Fiscal Requirements

299.5  What maintenance of effort requirements apply to ESEA 
programs?

Subpart E--Services to Private School Students and Teachers

299.6  What are the responsibilities for providing services to 
children and teachers in private schools?
299.7  What are the factors for determining equitable participation 
of children and teachers in private schools?
299.8  What are the requirements to ensure that funds do not benefit 
a private school?
299.9  What are the requirements concerning property, equipment, and 
supplies for the benefit of private school children and teachers?

Subpart F--Complaint Procedures

299.10  What complaint procedures shall an SEA adopt?
299.11  What are included in the complaint procedures?
299.12  How does an organization or individual file a complaint?

    Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart A--Purpose and Applicability

Sec. 299.1  What are the purpose and scope of these regulations?

    (a) This part establishes uniform administrative rules for programs 
in Titles I through XIII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
of 1965, as amended (ESEA), except where otherwise indicated. As 
indicated in particular sections of this part, certain provisions apply 
only to a specific group of programs.
    (b) If an ESEA program does not have implementing regulations, the 
Secretary implements the program under the authorizing statute, and, to 
the extent applicable, Title XIV of ESEA, the General Education 
Provisions Act, the regulations in this part, and the Education 
Department General Administrative Regulations (34 CFR Parts 74 through 
86) that are not inconsistent with specific statutory provisions of 
this Act.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))

Sec. 299.2  What regulations apply to ESEA programs?

    With regard to the applicability of Education Department General 
Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) to the ESEA programs (in addition to 
any other specific implementing regulations):
    (a) 34 CFR Part 80 (Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants 
and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments) applies to 
State, local, and Indian tribal governments under direct grant programs 
(as defined in 34 CFR 75.1(b)), and programs under Title XI of ESEA.
    (b) 34 CFR Part 80 also applies to all other programs under the 
ESEA and to programs under Title III of the Goals 2000: Educate America 
Act (Title III of Goals 2000), unless a State formally adopts its own 
written fiscal and administrative requirements for expending and 
accounting for all funds received by State educational agencies (SEAs) 
and local educational agencies (LEAs) under the ESEA and Title III of 
Goals 2000. If a State adopts its own alternative requirements, the 
requirements must be available for inspection upon the request of the 
Secretary or the Secretary's representatives and must--
    (1) Be sufficiently specific to ensure that funds received under 
ESEA and Title III of Goals 2000 are used in compliance with all 
applicable statutory and regulatory provisions;
    (2) Ensure that funds received under ESEA and Title III of Goals 
2000 are spent only for reasonable and necessary costs of operating 
programs under this part; and
    (3) Ensure that funds received under ESEA and Title III of Goals 
2000 are not used for general expenses required to carry out other 
responsibilities of State or local governments.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))

Subpart B--Selection Criteria

Sec. 299.3  What priority may the Secretary establish for activities in 
an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community?

    For any ESEA discretionary grant program, the Secretary may 
establish a priority, as authorized by 34 CFR 75.105(b), for projects 
that will--
    (a) Use a significant portion of the program funds to address 
substantial problems in an Empowerment Zone, including a Supplemental 
Empowerment Zone, or an Enterprise Community designated by the United 
States Department of Housing and Urban Development or the United States 
Department of Agriculture; and
    (b) Contribute to systemic educational reform in an Empowerment 
Zone, including a Supplemental Empowerment Zone, or an Enterprise 
Community, and are made an integral

[[Page 13328]]
part of the Zone or Community's comprehensive community revitalization 
strategies.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 2831(a))

Subpart C--Consolidation of State and Local Administrative Funds

Sec. 299.4  What requirements apply to the consolidation of state and 
local administrative funds?

    An SEA may adopt and use its own reasonable standards in 
determining whether--
    (a) The majority of its resources for administrative purposes come 
from non-Federal sources to permit the consolidation of State 
administrative funds in accordance with section 14201 of the Act; and
    (b) To approve an LEA's consolidation of its administrative funds 
in accordance with section 14203 of the Act.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 8821 and 8823)

Subpart D--Fiscal Requirements

Sec. 299.5  What maintenance of effort requirements apply to ESEA 
programs?

    (a) General. An LEA receiving funds under a covered program listed 
in subsection (b) may receive its full allocation of funds if the SEA 
finds that either the combined fiscal effort per student or the 
aggregate expenditures of State and local funds with respect to the 
provision of free public education in the LEA for the preceding fiscal 
year was not less than 90 percent of combined fiscal effort per student 
or the aggregate expenditures for the second preceding fiscal year.
    (b) Covered programs. Programs covered by this subpart are the 
following:
    (1) Part A of Title I (Improving Basic Programs Operated by Local 
Educational Agencies).
    (2) Title II (Eisenhower Professional Development Program) (other 
than section 2103 and part C of this title).
    (3) Subpart 2 of Part A of Title III (State and Local Programs for 
School Technology Resources).
    (4) Part A of Title IV (Safe and Drug-Free Schools and Communities) 
(other than section 4114).
    (c) Meaning of ``preceding fiscal year.'' For purposes of 
determining if the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section is met, 
the ``preceding fiscal year'' means the Federal fiscal year, or the 12-
month fiscal period most commonly used in a State for official 
reporting purposes, prior to the beginning of the Federal fiscal year 
in which funds are available for obligation by the Department.

    Example: For fiscal year 1995 funds, that are first made 
available on July 1, 1995, if a State is using the Federal fiscal 
year, the ``preceding fiscal year'' is Federal fiscal year 1994 
(which began on October 1, 1993 and ended September 30, 1994) and 
the ``second preceding fiscal year'' is Federal fiscal year 1993 
(which began on October 1, 1992). If a State is using a fiscal year 
that begins on July 1, 1995, the ``preceding fiscal year'' is the 
12-month period ending on June 30, 1994, and the ``second preceding 
fiscal year,'' is the period ending on June 30, 1993.

    (d) Expenditures. (1) In determining an LEA's compliance with 
paragraph (a) of this section, the SEA shall consider only the LEA's 
expenditures from State and local funds for free public education. 
These include expenditures for administration, instruction, attendance 
and health services, pupil transportation services, operation and 
maintenance of plant, fixed charges, and net expenditures to cover 
deficits for food services and student body activities.
    (2) The SEA may not consider the following expenditures in 
determining an LEA's compliance with the requirement in paragraph (a) 
of this section:
    (i) Any expenditures for community services, capital outlay, debt 
service or supplemental expenses made as a result of a Presidentially 
declared disaster.
    (ii) Any expenditures made from funds provided by the Federal 
Government.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 8891)

Subpart E--Services to Private School Students and Teachers

Sec. 299.6  What are the responsibilities for providing services to 
children and teachers in private schools?

    (a) General. An agency or consortium of agencies receiving funds 
under a program listed in subsection (b) of this section shall, after 
timely and meaningful consultation with appropriate private school 
officials, in accordance with that section, provide special educational 
services or other benefits under this part, on an equitable basis, to 
children who are enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools, 
and are eligible for that program, and to their teachers or other 
educational personnel.
    (b) Covered programs. In accordance with section 14503(b) of ESEA, 
programs covered by this subpart are the following:
    (1) Part C of Title I (Migrant Education).
    (2) Title II (Professional Development) (other than section 2103 
and part C of this title).
    (3) Title III (other than Part B of the Title) (Star Schools).
    (4) Part A of Title IV (Safe and Drug-Free Schools and Communities) 
(other than section 4114).
    (5) Title VI (Innovative Education Program Strategies).
    (6) Title VII (Bilingual Education).
    (c) Provisions not applicable. Sections 75.650 and 76.650 through 
76.662 of Part 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations (participation of 
students enrolled in private schools) do not apply to covered programs.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 8893)

Sec. 299.7  What are the factors for determining equitable 
participation of children and teachers in private schools?

    (a) Equal expenditures. (1) Expenditures of funds made by an agency 
or consortium of agencies under a covered program for services for 
eligible private school children and their teachers and other 
educational personnel must be equal on a per-pupil basis to the amount 
of funds expended for participating public school children and their 
teachers and other educational personnel taking into account the number 
and educational needs of those children and their teachers or other 
educational personnel.
    (2) Before determining equal expenditures under paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section, an agency or consortium of agencies shall pay for the 
reasonable and necessary administrative costs of providing services to 
public and private school children and their teachers or other 
educational personnel, from the agency's or consortium of agencies' 
total allocation of funds under the applicable ESEA program.
    (b) Services on an equitable basis. (1) The services that an agency 
or consortium of agencies provides to eligible private school children 
and their teachers and other educational personnel must also be 
equitable in comparison to the services and other benefits provided to 
public school children and their teachers or other educational 
personnel participating in a program under this subpart.
    (2) Services are equitable if the agency or consortium of these 
agencies--
    (i) Addresses and assesses the specific needs and educational 
progress of eligible private school children and their teachers or 
other educational personnel on a comparable basis as public school 
children and their teachers or other educational personnel;
    (ii) Determines the number of students to be served on an equitable 
basis;

[[Page 13329]]

    (ii) Meets the equal expenditure requirements under paragraph (a) 
of this section; and
    (iii) Provides private school children and their teachers or other 
educational personnel with an opportunity to participate that--
    (A) Is equitable to the opportunity and the benefits provided to 
public school children and their teachers or other educational 
personnel; and
    (B) Provides reasonable promise of those children meeting 
challenging academic standards as called for by the State's student 
performance standards and has their teachers or other educational 
personnel assisting these students in meeting high standards.
    (3) The agency or consortium of these agencies shall make the final 
decisions with respect to the services to be provided to eligible 
private school children and their teachers or other educational 
personnel.
    (c) If the needs of private school students, their teachers or 
other educational personnel are different from the needs of students, 
teachers or other educational personnel in the public schools, the 
agency or consortium of these agencies shall provide program benefits 
for the private school students, teachers, or other educational 
personnel that are different from the benefits the subgrantee provides 
for the public school children and their teachers or other educational 
personnel.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 8893)

Sec. 299.8  What are the requirements to ensure that funds do not 
benefit a private school?

    (a) An agency or consortium of these agencies shall use funds under 
a covered program to provide services that supplement, and in no case 
supplant, the level of services that would, in the absence of services 
under that ESEA program, be available to participating children and 
their teachers or other educational personnel in private schools.
    (b) An agency or consortium of those agencies shall use funds under 
a listed program to meet the special educational needs of participating 
children who attend a private school and their teachers or other 
educational personnel, but may not use those funds for--
    (1) The needs of the private school; or
    (2) The general needs of children and their teachers or other 
educational personnel in the private school.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 8893)

Sec. 299.9  What are the requirements concerning property, equipment, 
and supplies for the benefit of private school children and teachers?

    (a) A public agency must keep title to, and exercise continuing 
administrative control of, all property, equipment, and supplies that 
the public agency acquires with funds under a covered program for the 
benefit of eligible private school children and their teachers or other 
educational personnel.
    (b) The public agency may place equipment and supplies in a private 
school for the period of time needed for the program.
    (c) The public agency shall ensure that the equipment and supplies 
placed in a private school--
    (1) Are used only for proper ESEA program purposes; and
    (2) Can be removed from the private school without remodeling the 
private school facility.
    (d) The public agency must remove equipment and supplies from a 
private school if--
    (1) The equipment and supplies are no longer needed for ESEA 
program purposes; or
    (2) Removal is necessary to avoid unauthorized use of the equipment 
or supplies for other than ESEA program purposes.
    (e) No funds may be used for repairs, minor remodeling, or 
construction of private school facilities.
    (f) For the purpose of this section, the term public agency 
includes the agency or consortium of these agencies.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 8893)

Subpart F--Complaint Procedures

Sec. 299.10  What complaint procedures shall an SEA adopt?

    (a) General. An SEA shall adopt written procedures, consistent with 
State law, for--
    (1) Receiving and resolving any complaint from an organization or 
individual that the SEA or an agency or consortium of agencies is 
violating a Federal statute or regulations that apply to a covered 
program listed in subsection (b) of this section.
    (2) Reviewing an appeal from a decision of an agency or consortium 
of agencies with respect to a complaint; and
    (3) Conducting an independent on-site investigation of a complaint 
if the SEA determines that an on-site investigation is necessary.
    (b) Covered programs. Programs covered by this subpart are the 
following:
    (1) Part A of Title I (Improving Basic Programs Operated by Local 
Educational Agencies).
    (2) Part B of Title I (Even Start Family Literacy Programs).
    (3) Part C of Title I (Migrant Education).
    (4) Part D of Title I (Children and Youth Who Are Neglected, 
Delinquent, or At Risk of Dropping Out).
    (5) Title II (Eisenhower Professional Development Program) (other 
than section 2103 and part C of this title).
    (6) Subpart 2 of Part A of Title III (State and Local Programs for 
School Technology Resources).
    (7) Part A of Title IV (Safe and Drug-Free Schools and Communities) 
(other than section 4114).
    (8) Title VI (Innovative Education Program Strategies).

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))

Sec. 299.11  What are included in the complaint procedures?

    An SEA shall include the following in its complaint procedures--
    (a) A reasonable time limit after the SEA receives a complaint for 
resolving the complaint, including a provision for carrying out an 
independent on-site investigation, if necessary.
    (b) An extension of the time limit under paragraph (a) of this 
section only if exceptional circumstances exist with respect to a 
particular complaint.
    (c) The right for the complainant to request the Secretary to 
review the final decision of the SEA, at the Secretary's discretion.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))

Sec. 299.12  How does an organization or individual file a complaint?

    An organization or individual may file a written signed complaint 
with an SEA. The complaint must include--
    (a) A statement that the SEA or an agency or consortium of these 
agencies has violated a requirement of a Federal statute or regulations 
that apply to the ESEA program; and
    (b) The facts on which the statement is based, and the specific 
requirement violated.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))

[FR Doc. 96-7098 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4000-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-7019 Implementation of the 1995 Amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 (STCW)
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 59 (Tuesday, March 26, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13284-13320]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-7019]

[[Page 13283]]

_______________________________________________________________________

Part VII

Department of Transportation

_______________________________________________________________________

Coast Guard

_______________________________________________________________________

46 CFR Parts 10, 12, and 15

International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and 
Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 (STCW): Implementation of 1995 
Amendments; Proposed Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 59 / Tuesday, March 26, 1996 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 13284]]

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Coast Guard

46 CFR Parts 10, 12, and 15

[CGD 95-062]
RIN 2115-AF26

Implementation of the 1995 Amendments to the International 
Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for 
Seafarers, 1978 (STCW)

AGENCY: Coast Guard, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Coast Guard proposes changes to the current domestic rules 
on licensing, documentation, and manning in compliance with recent 
amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training, 
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 (STCW). The 
amendments were adopted by a Conference of Parties to STCW in July 
1995, and will come into force on February 1, 1997, though some changes 
to domestic rules must come into force before then to ensure these 
rules conform with international requirements, and other changes may 
come into force after then to allow a more gradual shift in practice. 
The proposed changes would affect the full range of activities 
associated with determining that an individual is competent for service 
in certain shipboard capacities.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before July 24, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be mailed to the Executive Secretary, Marine 
Safety Council (G-LRA, room 3406) [CGD 95-062], U.S. Coast Guard 
Headquarters, 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, or may 
be delivered to room 3406 at the same address between 8 a.m. and 3 
p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The telephone 
number is (202) 267-1477. Comments on collection-of-information 
requirements must be mailed also to the Office of Information and 
Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street 
NW., Washington, DC 20503, Attn: Desk Officer, U.S. Coast Guard.
    The Executive Secretary maintains the public docket for this 
rulemaking. Comments will become part of this docket and will be 
available for inspection or copying at room 3406, U.S. Coast Guard 
Headquarters, between 8 a.m. and 3 p.m., Monday through Friday, except 
Federal holidays.
    A copy of the material listed in Incorporation by Reference of this 
preamble is available for inspection at room 3406, U.S. Coast Guard 
Headquarters.
    A copy of the 1995 Amendments to STCW may be obtained by writing 
Commandant (G-MOS), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20593-0001, or by calling (202) 267-0229, between 8 a.m. 
and 3 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Requests may 
also be submitted by facsimile at (202) 267-4570.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Christopher Young, Project 
Manager, Operating and Environmental Standards Division (G-MOS), U.S. 
Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-
0001, telephone (202) 267-0216.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Request for Comments

    The Coast Guard encourages interested persons to participate in 
this rulemaking by submitting written data, views, or arguments. 
Persons submitting comments should include their names and addresses, 
identify this rulemaking [CGD 95-062] and the specific section of this 
proposal to which each comment applies, and give the reason for each 
comment. Please submit two copies of all comments and attachments in an 
unbound format, no larger than 8\1/2\ by 11 inches, suitable for 
copying and electronic filing. Persons wanting acknowledgment of 
receipt of comments should enclose stamped, self-addressed postcards or 
envelopes.
    The Coast Guard will consider all comments received during the 
comment period. It may change this proposal in view of the comments.

Hearings

    The Coast Guard has determined that the opportunity for oral 
presentations will aid in this rulemaking, and will hold at least one 
public hearing during the comment period. The Coast Guard solicits 
recommendations on dates and locations for a public meeting. Requests 
for a public meeting should be addressed to the Marine Safety Council 
at the address under ADDRESSES. The Coast Guard will provide more 
information about public hearings by a later document in the Federal 
Register.

Background and Purpose

    On July 7, 1995, a Conference of Parties to the International 
Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for 
Seafarers, 1978 (STCW), meeting at the Headquarters of the 
International Maritime Organization (IMO) in London, adopted a package 
of Amendments to STCW. The amendments will enter into force on February 
1, 1997, unless a third of the parties to the Convention, or parties 
representing over 50 percent of the world's hipping tons, object to 
them by August 1, 1996. Because they were adopted unanimously by the 
Conference, no objections are expected. Consequently, the Coast Guard 
is taking the steps necessary to implement the revised requirements to 
ensure that U.S. documents and licenses are issued in compliance with 
the 1995 Amendments to STCW.
    The Convention sets qualifications for masters, officers, and 
watchkeeping personnel on seagoing merchant ships. It was adopted in 
1978 by a conference at IMO Headquarters in London and it entered into 
force in 1984. Currently, there are 114 State-Parties, representing 
almost 95 percent of the world's merchant-ship tons. The United States 
became a party in 1991. Over 90 percent of ships visiting U.S. waters 
are foreign-flag. Approximately 350 large U.S. merchant ships that 
routinely visit foreign ports, as well as thousands of smaller U.S. 
documented commercial vessels that operate on ocean or near-coastal 
voyages, are subject to STCW.
    In 1993, IMO embarked on a comprehensive revision of STCW to 
establish the highest practicable standards of competence and to 
address human error as a major cause of maritime casualties. By 1993, 
significant limitations to the existing Convention had become apparent. 
They included requirements that were too vague and left too much to the 
discretion of Parties; the absence of clear, uniform standards of 
competence; ineffective international superintendent to verify that 
Parties were in fact complying with Convention requirements; limited 
provisions for port-State control; and outdated technical references 
that failed to address modern shipboard systems, job descriptions, and 
approaches to maritime training such as the use of simulation 
technology.
    The amendments adopted by the Conference in July 1995 were 
comprehensive and detailed. They concern port-State control, 
communication of information to IMO to allow for mutual oversight, and 
responsibility of all State-Parties to ensure that seafarers meet 
objective standards of competence. They also require candidates for 
certificates (licenses and document endorsements) to establish 
competence through both subject-area examinations and practical 
demonstrations of skills. Training, assessment, and certification of 
competence are all to be managed

[[Page 13285]]
within a quality-standards system to ensure that stated objectives are 
being achieved.
    The Coast Guard published a notice of inquiry in the Federal 
Register [60 FR 56970 (November 13, 1995)] to solicit information on 
the costs that may be associated with implementation of the 1995 
Amendments to STCW. This notice is discussed in more detail under the 
heading ``Regulatory Evaluation.''
    The Coast Guard held a public meeting on August 31, 1995, to 
discuss the outcome of the Conference and seek public comment on how 
the 1995 Amendments to STCW should be implemented by the United States. 
Comments received at the meeting and in response to the notice of 
inquiry have been taken into consideration in the development of 
implementing regulations. Three written comments were submitted to the 
docket, and they will be discussed in the appropriate sections of this 
preamble.
    Additionally, the Coast Guard had sought comment from the public 
during the period leading up to the Conference that adopted the 1995 
Amendments to STCW. The Coast Guard had held seven public meetings to 
determine what positions U.S. delegations should advocate at meetings 
held by IMO, and to exchange views about Amendments to STCW that were 
under discussion.
    The Coast Guard has also taken advantage of the meetings of its 
advisory panels, particularly the Merchant Marine Personnel Advisory 
Committee (MERPAC), the Towing Safety Advisory Committee (TSAC), and 
the Navigational Safety Advisory Council (NAVSAC), to discuss 
developments relating to the amendment of STCW and the domestic 
implementation of these amendments.

Related Rulemakings

    This proposed rulemaking has been prepared in anticipation that 
several other rulemakings will revise Parts 10, 12, and 15 or address 
related subjects.
    First, in docket number CGD 95-072 [60 FR 50455 (September 29, 
1995)], the Coast Guard has made technical and editorial corrections to 
its current rules, removing outdated references and reflecting current 
organizational structures.
    Second, in CGD 91-045, the Coast Guard published a supplemental 
notice of proposed rulemaking (SNPRM) [60 FR 55904 (November 3, 1995)] 
that proposed operational measures to reduce spills from existing tank 
vessels without double hulls. This too involves subjects addressed here 
to implement the STCW Amendments, such as rest-period requirements and 
training in bridge-team procedures and bridge-resource management.
    Third, in CGD 94-029, a proposed rule for modernizing examination 
methods was published [60 FR 10053 (February 23, 1995)]. Essentially, 
it would allow for the use of testing services from the private and 
public sectors to confirm the competency of candidates for Coast Guard 
licenses.
    Fourth, in CGD 94-055, there is under development a proposal that 
concerns licensing requirements for officers of towing vessels. It 
stems from investigations into the Sunset Limited tragedy, when a tug 
and barge damaged a railroad bridge in September 1993. It may introduce 
into 46 CFR Part 10 new terms and concepts, such as the designated 
examiner, practical demonstration, and standard of competence, and the 
use of training-record books. The Coast Guard has been working with 
TSAC on CGD 94-055.
    The Coast Guard will make every effort to coordinate these projects 
with a view to establishing uniform requirements except where there is 
a compelling need to maintain a difference in respect of a particular 
activity or class of vessel.
    In keeping with other recent Coast Guard initiatives, this proposed 
rule tries to avoid unnecessary additional requirements when 
international standards are being implemented. Specifically, the Coast 
Guard has compared the rules to the international standard and has 
determined that it would not unnecessarily establish a requirement in 
excess of that standard. With this objective, the rule makes direct 
reference to international standards where possible. Where there is a 
difference in substance between the rule and the international 
requirement, this is noted and discussed in the section-by-section 
analysis. In most cases, the difference involves an exercise of 
discretion to address a specific class of vessel rather than an 
additional requirement. In some cases, clear differences with the 
international scheme are retained to preserve continuity in the U.S. 
licensing system. The Coast Guard requests comments on these 
differences, and the advantages that might be derived from removing 
them from current domestic rules.
    The Coast Guard has attempted to develop a rule that would be self-
implementing. In other words, it has tried to minimize the direct role 
the Coast Guard would need to play in overseeing routine compliance 
with the requirements. Ideally, it would like to minimize its direct 
involvement and limit its role to the following: (a) performing 
functions governmental in nature such as issuing certificates of 
competency; (b) setting standards for such certificates; (c) addressing 
special circumstances or exceptions to the general case clearly covered 
by the regulations; (d) monitoring training and assessment by spot-
checks or by review of random samples to ensure that the new ``quality-
standards system'' requirements are being maintained; and (e) keeping 
some necessary records.

Discussion of Proposed Rule

General

    The following discussion proceeds in the order in which the 
proposed revisions to current domestic rules are presented. However, a 
few general comments may assist the reader and reduce repetition of a 
point common to many parts of the revisions.
    1. Approach. The approach taken in this proposed rule is to retain 
the existing structure of the current domestic rules on licensing (46 
CFR Part 10), certification of seamen (46 CFR Part 12), and manning (46 
CFR Part 15), and incorporate specific requirements of the 1995 
Amendments to STCW. Where possible, this Convention and its associated 
Seafarers' Training, Certification and Watchkeeping Code (STCW Code) 
have been incorporated by reference to avoid unnecessary duplication 
and to ensure compatibility between international and domestic 
requirements.
    The 1995 Amendment to STCW essentially replace the current Annex to 
the 1978 Convention with a new Annex and an associated STCW Code. The 
STCW Code is divided into two separate parts (A and B), that are both 
is organized to parallel, exactly, the STCW Regulations in the Annex. 
Part A provides mandatory standards that are directly referred to in 
the relevant STCW Regulations in the Annex. Part B is non-mandatory 
guidance to assist in implementation of the requirements of Part A, and 
to promote uniform interpretation of the STCW Regulations. Not all of 
the STCW Regulations have explanatory material in both parts of the 
STCW Code.
    Chapter I of the new Annex is expanded to include new STCW 
Regulations on matters such as the use of simulators in training and 
assessment, the qualifications of persons responsible for the training 
and assessment of seafarers, the establishment of a quality-standards 
system to ensure achievement of defined objectives, the establishment 
of medical-fitness standards for seafarers, and the responsibilities of 
companies.

[[Page 13286]]

    The remaining part of the new Annex is enlarged from six to eight 
chapters. Chapters II, III, and IV have retained their application to 
the master and deck department, the engine department, and 
radiocommunications, respectively. However, material that was 
previously presented as appendices to the original STCW regulations is 
now contained in the STCW Code, and detailed standards of competence 
are set out in the corresponding sections of the Code. Additionally, 
the standards of competence are organized along functional lines, with 
three levels of responsibility. The amendments establish requirements 
for certification for the following seven functions: navigation; 
handling and stowage of cargo; controlling the operation of the ship 
and care for persons on board; marine engineering; electronic and 
control engineering; maintenance and repair; and radiocommunications. 
Three levels of responsibility are associated with each function under 
STCW--management level, operational level, and support level.
    Chapter V, which was previously amended in 1994 and which addressed 
only tanker personnel, is not expanded to address personnel on roll-on/
roll-off(ro-ro) passenger ships.
    Chapter VI, which currently addresses only proficiency in survival 
craft and rescue boats, is expanded to require familiarization training 
or instruction for all seafarers, and basic safety-training for those 
who have safety or pollution-prevention duties.
    Chapter VII allows for alternative-certification systems under 
which certificates could be issued on the basis of functions combined 
in ways that differ from those associated with traditional shipboard 
capacities under Chapters II, III, and IV. This flexibility is subject 
to a number of restrictions under the STCW Regulations in Chapter VII. 
The Coast Guard is not planning, at this time, to incorporate 
provisions for alternative certification without further evaluation and 
industry support. The Coast Guard requests comments on the application 
of Chapter VII to U.S. licensing and documentation.
    In the 1995 Amendments to STCW, all watchkeeping provisions are 
consolidated under new Chapter VIII and the associated sections of the 
STCW Code. New STCW Regulation VIII/1 requires Administrations to 
establish and enforce rest-hour requirements for watchkeeping personnel 
to prevent fatigue.
    2. Scope of application. STCW applies to seagong ships (except 
pleasure craft, fishing vessels, and ships entitled to sovereign 
immunity such as warships). Article II defines a seagoing ship as a 
ship other than one that ``navigate[s] exclusively in inland waters or 
in waters within, or closely adjacent to, sheltered waters or areas 
where port regulations apply.'' This proposed rule, which implements 
STCW, applies to any commercial vessel that operates seaward of the 
boundary lines established by 46 CFR part 7.
    The Coast Guard does not intend to apply the requirements of STCW 
to vessels that operate exclusively on the inland waters of the United 
States. However, some of the proposals would have the effect of 
modifying how the Coast Guard does business and the conditions under 
which it would consider approving a program of training and assessment 
for qualifying an individual for a license, document, or endorsement. 
It does not intend to restrict, to ocean and near-coastal licenses and 
documents, procedures that may also be suitable to training for inland 
licenses. The Coast Guard solicits comments on the potential effects on 
candidates for inland licenses and documents, and on the enterprises 
that offer training to such candidates.
    The Coast Guard does not consider STCW to apply directly to 
personal serving on ships that operate exclusively on the Great Lakes. 
However, individuals using time served on such vessels toward an ocean 
or near-coastal license, and those who are being trained at training 
institutions that serve mariners in the Great Lakes region, need to be 
aware of the requirements that mariners must meet to hold STCW 
Certificates if those mariners will be serving on ships in ocean 
service.
    One comment submitted in response to the request for comments 
published in the Federal Register on August 2, 1995 [60 FR 39306], 
requested that the Coast Guard consider deferring implementation of the 
1995 Amendments to STCW in respect of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units 
(MODUs). The comment pointed out a resolution adopted by the 1995 
Conference of Parties to STCW, noting that time constraints had not 
allowed full consideration to the possibility of including provisions 
on the training and certification of maritime personnel employed on 
board MODUs. The resolution invites IMO to consider developing 
provisions addressing this matter under STCW, or in such other 
instrument as may be appropriate.
    The resolution referred to in the comment recommends special 
training and certification for industrial personnel serving on MODUs 
because of the specialized nature of MODUs' operations. To the extent a 
MODU is a seagoing ship under STCW, this proposed rule would apply to 
seafarers serving on one. On the other hand, in approving specific 
training programs, the Coast Guard would take into consideration, and 
would use as the basis for its evaluation of training programs, any IMO 
resolutions that provide special guidance relating to the training of 
personnel on MODUs.
    In this regard, the following three IMO resolutions are 
particularly relevant: A.538(13), ``Maritime Safety Training of 
Personnel on Mobile Offshore Units''; A.712(17), ``Recommended 
Standards of Specialized Training, Qualifications and Certification of 
Key Personnel Assigned Responsibility for Essential Marine Functions of 
Mobile Offshore Units''; and A.828(19), ``Recommendation on Maritime 
Safety and Emergency Preparedness Training for all Personnel on Moble 
Offshore Units''.
    The comment also suggested that the Coast Guard accept or recognize 
certificates issued by another Party to STCW for service on MODUs. The 
Coast Guard does not consider this request to be viable at this time. 
The issue of recognition is complicated by citizenship requirements 
that apply to the following: (a) candidates for U.S. licenses and 
certificates of registry under 46 U.S.C. 7102, (b) crewmembers on 
documented vessels of the United States under 46 U.S.C. 8103, and (c) 
MODUs operating on the U.S. outer continental shelf under 43 U.S.C. 
1356. Another issue would be the principle of reciprocity or mutual 
recognition between U.S. and non-U.S. certificates.
    3. License structure. The Coast Guard would not, by this proposed 
rule, replace the existing license structure with the license structure 
presented in STCW. The 4-level license structure in Part 10 would 
persist (e.g., chief engineer, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd assistant engineer 
officer, and 3 levels of mate under the master). Although the STCW 
structure is less complicated than the U.S. structure, the Coast Guard 
does not consider it appropriate or expedient to propose a 
comprehensive change in this rulemaking.
    Some of the STCW terms must be introduced into U.S. regulations to 
ensure that holders of U.S. licenses would be entitled to hold the 
appropriate STCW certificate. The Coast Guard is concerned, however, 
that the elimination of the existing categories of license might create 
difficulties for certain segments of the industry, or could have 
unintended impacts on established career patterns in the maritime 
industry. In addition, it may

[[Page 13287]]
necessitate changes in the terms used in the manning-complement section 
of the U.S. Certificate of Inspection.
    Trying to anticipate and address all of these possibilities could 
unnecessarily complicate promulgation of a rule intended only to 
implement new STCW requirements. The requirement for promulgating a 
rule by February 1, 1997, has precluded the opportunity for assessing 
the implications at this time. However, the Coast Guard is interested 
in comments on adjustments to the current U.S. licensing structure, to 
bring it into closer alignment with the STCW structure.
    4. Documentation. Although the 1995 Amendments to STCW will permit 
the use of an STCW document to serve as both an individual's 
certificate of competency and an endorsement that the candidate meets 
STCW requirements, the Coast Guard plans to retain a distinction 
between the U.S. license and the STCW endorsement for the time being. 
In other words, each licensed officer who will be serving on a seagoing 
vessel will be issued both a U.S. license and a separate STCW 
endorsement. Of course, an STCW endorsement will have no validity 
unless accompanied by its holder's license.
    5. Communication to IMO. In proposing this rule, the Coast Guard 
has been cognizant of its future obligation to submit to IMO a detailed 
description of how the United States complies with the 1995 Amendments 
to STCW. Under new STCW Regulation I/7, each Party must prepare a 
report on the steps it has taken to give the Convention ``full and 
complete effect.''
    When complete information has been provided to IMO, and the 
Secretary-General of IMO has confirmed that in fact full effect has 
been given to STCW, the Maritime Safety Committee will be invited to 
formally confirm and identify the Party as having done so, and other 
Parties will be entitled to accept certificates issued by that Party as 
being in compliance with Convention requirements.
    It will be important for the United States to be able to satisfy 
the requirements that earn this international recognition. This 
rulemaking is an essential step toward meeting that objective.
    6. Tonnage. Both the U.S. licensing structure and the STCW 
structure employ tonnage thresholds in establishing requirements for 
training and certification. However, the U.S. structure includes 
several tonnage divisions not used in STCW, particularly in respect of 
lower-tonnage licenses. Also, these tonnage divisions are keyed to the 
tonnage of ships as determined under the regulatory tonnage-measurement 
system, which exempts certain spaces in calculating gross register tons 
(GRT) and therefore can result in lower tonnage values than 
calculations based on the International Convention on Tonnage 
Measurement of Ships, 1969 (ITC).
    The 1995 Amendments to STCW include adjustments in the tonnage 
thresholds from 200 GRT to 500 gross tons (GT); and from 1,600 GRT to 
3,000 GT that reflect a relatively close alignment between the various 
domestic tonnage systems used around the world and the ITC tonnage-
measurement system. The new STCW Regulation I/15, on Transitional 
Provisions, allows Parties to reissue or revalidate certificates 
(licenses) based on the lower tonnage values by substituting 500 GT for 
200 GRT, and 3,000 GT for 1,600 GRT, at their discretion.
    A number of alternatives are available for addressing tonnage in 
the implementation of the 1995 Amendments to STCW. A threshold of 3,000 
GT can be added as a new category of licensing without deleting any 
existing category. Under this alternative, the requirements for the 
3,000-GT license would be identical to the requirements for a 1,600-GRT 
license; and anyone holding a 1,600-GRT license for service on a ship 
on near-coastal or ocean service would be entitled to hold an STCW 
endorsement for service on seagoing ships of 3,000 GT. Similarly, an 
individual holding a 200-GRT license would be entitled to hold an STCW 
endorsement for service on seagoing ships of 500 GT.
    Another alternative would be to add a threshold of 3,000 GT as a 
new category of license, and delete the threshold of 1,600 GRT. Under 
this alternative a transition mechanism would be implemented by 
regulation or by policy guidance to ensure that holders of 1,600-GRT 
licenses were issued 3,000-GT licenses at the time of renewal.
    A different approach would be needed to align the 200-GRT and 500-
GRT thresholds in 46 CFR part 10 with the 500 GT threshold in the STCW 
Amendments, because the 500-GRT license entails special requirements 
that apply to certain classes of ships (i.e., OSVs). At the present 
time, it appears that these thresholds must be retained, and policy 
guidance will be developed for issuing an STCW endorsement at the 500-
GT level, with the appropriate service limitations.
    Comments on these or other alternatives may be submitted to the 
docket and will be considered before a final rule is published. In 
deciding how to proceed, the Coast Guard would make every effort to 
avoid penalizing either the holders of existing licenses or the 
operators of vessels that have exercised their option to be measured 
under the regulatory-tonnage-measurement system.
    7. Medical fitness. The 1995 Amendments to STCW include a 
requirement for Parties to establish standards of medical fitness for 
seafarers, particularly regarding eyesight and hearing (STCW Regulation 
I/9). Under STCW as amended, candidates for certification will have to 
provide satisfactory proof that they meet the standards of medical 
fitness; and they must each hold a document attesting their medical 
fitness, issued by ``a duly qualified medical practitioner recognized 
by the Party.''
    Criteria and procedures for medical fitness are already established 
by 46 CFR parts 10, 12, and 13. They include the following sections: 
Sec. 10.205(d), physical-examination requirements for original 
licenses; Sec. 10.207(e), physical requirements for raise of grade of 
license; Sec. 10.209(d), physical requirements for license renewals; 
Sec. 10.709, physical-examination requirements for pilots; Sec. 12.02-
27, physical requirements for renewal of a merchant mariner's document; 
Sec. 12.05-5, physical requirements for Able Seamen; Sec. 12.15-5, 
physical requirements for qualified members of the engine department; 
and Sec. 13.125, physical requirements for tankermen.
    There are currently no internationally agreed-upon standards of 
medical fitness for seafarers, except in respect of eyesight (which 
appear in section B-I/9 of the STCW Code). The 1995 STCW Conference 
adopted a resolution that (a) noted that the International Labor 
Organization (ILO) and the World Health Organization (WHO) are 
undertaking research into existing medical-examination requirements for 
seafarers on a global basis and (b) invited IMO to develop 
international standards of medical fitness for seafarers, in 
cooperation with the ILO and WHO. This matter is now on the work 
program of the IMO Sub-Committee on Standards of Training and 
Watchkeeping (STW). It is unlikely that such standards will be 
established before this proposed rule would be published as a final 
rule.
    Meanwhile, the Coast Guard has been working with MERPAC to 
determine whether there is a need for more explicit physical standards 
for entry-level personnel. The Coast Guard is also continuing to work 
with the Maritime Administration in promoting the

[[Page 13288]]
Seafarers Health Improvement Program, which includes guidance for 
physical examinations for both entry of seafarers into, and retention 
in, the U.S. merchant marine.
    The Coast Guard is also in the process of reviewing and revising 
Navigation and Inspection Circular Number (NVIC) 6-89, ``Physical 
Evaluation Guidelines for Merchant Mariners' Documents and Licenses,'' 
which identifies disqualifying medical conditions. As noted in one 
comment submitted to the docket in response to the notice published on 
August 2, 1995, medical-fitness standards must take into account the 
job description for the positions to be filled by the individual 
concerned, and the implications for both employees and employers under 
the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
    Taking the preceeding discussion into account, the Coast Guard is 
not venturing into any specific new medical-fitness standards in this 
proposed rule. However, to ensure compliance with the requirements of 
new STCW Regulation I/9, this rule includes a provision stating that 
each applicant for an entry-level MMD must provide a document issued by 
a qualified medical practitioner attesting the prospective seaman's 
medical fitness for anticipated shipboard duties (Sec. 12.02-07).
    The Coast Guard invites comments on the need for and feasibility of 
establishing more prescriptive medical standards for entry-level 
personnel and particularly for personnel with duties in safety or 
pollution-prevention. It also invites comment on whether a licensed 
nurse practitioner should be considered a ``qualified medical 
practitioner'' for assuring medical fitness under U.S. regulations.
    8. Quality-standards system (QSS). The 1995 Amendments to STCW 
include a new requirement (STCW Regulation I/8) for Parties to ensure 
that all training and assessment are ``continuously monitored through a 
quality-standards system to ensure achievement of defined objectives, 
including those concerning the qualifications and experience of 
instructors and assessors.'' Furthermore, the new STCW Regulation 
provides that an evaluation be conducted periodically by qualified 
persons, not involved in the activities concerned. The associated 
sections of the STCW Code expand on this STCW Regulation by outlining 
the requirements for a QSS in Part A, and then by additional guidance 
in Part B. For example, A-I/8 states that independent evaluations of 
assessments are to be conducted ``at intervals of not more than 5 
years.'' Furthermore, the results of these evaluations are to be 
reported to IMO, in accordance with STCW Regulation I/7.
    To a large degree, the current process of the Coast Guard for 
course approval meets the requirements of new STCW Regulation I/8, but 
this process is limited to specific required training (such as 
firefighting or radar), or training intended to substitute for part of 
a sea-service requirement. As discussed in more detail relative to 46 
CFR Part 10 under Approved training, the 1995 Amendments to STCW expand 
the instances where approved training must or may be used to meet 
competence requirements. A QSS will be required for all such training.
    This proposed rule incorporates elements that conform to the STCW 
requirements for a QSS for training and assessment activities, but that 
would at the same time take into consideration the impact on Coast 
Guard resources that may be needed for effective supervision. The 
proposed rule is intentionally drafted to allow for a variety of QSSs 
that may be tailored to suit particular programs of training and 
assessment. They are also designed to ensure that no QSS imposes 
unreasonable costs on small enterprises or entities that offer training 
programs whether limited in scope or offered only to a restricted pool 
of seafarers and programs that, regardless, may be conducted either on 
board ship or at shoreside.
    The Coast Guard invites comments on the extent to which the 
following systems or processes, or a combination of such systems or 
processes, should be accepted as meeting the QSS requirements of the 
1995 Amendments to STCW:
    (a) Periodic accreditation under a recognized process like the 
regional accreditation used by high-level academic institutions in the 
United States, such as the Middle States Association of Colleges and 
Schools, provided that the process can be appropriately modified to 
explicitly cover maritime training and take into account guidance 
regarding quality-standards provided in part B-I/8 of the STCW Code.
    (b) Periodic Accreditation by an independent professional agency, 
or a voluntary association of trade and technical schools, that has 
membership standards and a procedure for accreditation that takes into 
account guidance regarding quality-standards provided in part B-I/8 of 
the STCW Code.
    (c) Periodic certification, by a State board of education, or other 
suitable regulatory body at the State level, establishing that a 
particular training program or institution is authorized to issue 
certificates of completion of training requirements in a relevant 
maritime field, if the supervising process takes into account guidance 
regarding quality-standards provided in part B-I/8 of the STCW Code.
    (d) Periodic certification by an organization accepted or 
authorized by the Coast Guard, such as a ship-classification society, 
that has developed a certification process for maritime-training 
programs based on guidance regarding quality-standards provided in part 
B-I/8 of the STCW Code, or has suitably adapted such a process from the 
standards, guidelines, and principles contained in the ISO 9000 series, 
or from the equivalent Quality management and Quality Assurance 
Standards developed by the American National Standards Institute 
(ANSI).
    (e) Periodic evaluation by a panel or team of maritime-education 
specialists, made up of professional staff from the State or Federal 
maritime academies, or from other recognized maritime-training 
institutions. The evaluation would be based on an industry standard to 
be developed, and guidance regarding quality-standards provided in part 
B-I/8 of the STCW Code.
    The Coast Guard is continuing to work with MERPAC to identify how 
best to introduce an effective QSS. It will consider the 
recommendations of MERPAC that came from its first meeting in 1996 in 
drafting the final rule.
    For further discussion on qualifications of instructors and 
assessors, see the section on Approved training other than approved 
courses.
    9. Simulators. The 1995 Amendments to STCW promote the use of 
simulators for training and assessment by (a) requiring the proper use 
of radar and ARPA simulators in training, and (b) allowing the use of 
simulation as a tool for assessing the competence of candidates for 
certification. The amendments also set out performance standards for 
simulators used for conducting required training or assessment. An 
opportunity for grandfathering simulators installed or brought into use 
before February 1, 2002, is provided under STCW Regulation I/12.
    Current domestic rules require the use of simulators for those 
training to qualify as radar observers (46 CFR 10.305 and 10.480) and 
promote the use of simulator training promoted by allowing it to count, 
in conjunction with approved training, as an equivalency for

[[Page 13289]]
up to 25 percent of required sea service (46 CFR 10.304(d)).
    A new study by the Marine Board of the National Research Council 
(NRC) examines the role of ship-bridge simulation in the professional 
development and licensing of mariners responsible for vessels' 
navigation and piloting. The study, entitled ``Simulated Voyages'' 
recommends steps to increase the use of simulators in maritime training 
and assessment. The Coast Guard considers this proposed rule for 
implementing STCW to be consistent with the study and its conclusions. 
This rule is intended to allow introduction of the most effective use 
of simulators into maritime training and assessment taking place in the 
United States.
    In this regard, the Coast Guard has also been working with the 
maritime academies in developing guidelines on the use of simulators 
there. The Maritime Academies Simulator Committee (MASC) includes 
representatives from the six State maritime academies, the Maritime 
Administration (MARAD), and the Coast Guard. The outcome of the efforts 
of this committee will figure in drafting the final rule.
    Because of the wide variety of interpretations given to the term 
``simulation,'' the Coast Guard invites comments on the need for 
introducing definitions, or technical performance standards, into the 
rules, and on the extent to which, or the conditions under which, 
personal computer-based training should be classified as falling within 
the scope of simulator training.
    10. Effective dates. As noted earlier, the 1995 Amendments to STCW 
come into force on February 1, 1997. However, STCW Regulation I/15, on 
transitional provisions, allows some requirements to come into force 
more gradually. The Coast Guard will be working at IMO to establish an 
international agreement on precisely which requirements must come into 
force as of February 1, 1997. Any agreement reached at IMO will be 
taken into figure in drafting the final rule.
    STCW Regulation I/15 provides that a Party may continue, until 
February 1, 2002, to issue certificates (licenses) in accordance with 
the domestic rules it has in place before the 1995 Amendments come into 
force (February 1, 1997) only in respect to seafarers who begin their 
sea service or their approved maritime training before August 1, 1998. 
Candidates who begin their service or their training after then will be 
subject to the full application of the revised STCW requirements.
    Where options presented by this proposed rule would be to the 
advantage of the maritime industry in the United States, there may be 
no need to defer or delay implementation. Comments on the most suitable 
effective dates for new requirements associated with such matters as 
the QSS and the process for identifying qualified instructors and 
assessors should be submitted to the docket.

46 CFR Part 10--Licensing of Maritime Personnel

1. Purpose of Regulations

    The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 10.101(a) to reflect that the 
purpose of part 10 is twofold. This proposed rule is intended to 
provide, first, a means of determining that an applicant is qualified 
to hold a U.S. license and, second, a means of determining that an 
applicant is competent to hold an STCW certificate or endorsement to 
serve in a particular shipboard position. The use of the term ``STCW 
certificate or endorsement'' would allow the Coast Guard to combine the 
U.S. license and the STCW endorsement into a single document at some 
time in the future, for administrative convenience.

2. Approved Training

    The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 10.101(c) to indicate that 
Subpart C of Part 10 would apply not only to approved training used for 
remission of seagoing service but also to all training and assessment 
that must be approved as meeting the requirements of STCW. For 
additional discussion of approved training see the discussion of 
Sec. 10.309 under Approved training other than approved courses.

3. Incorporation by Reference

    The Coast Guard would introduce the necessary language in 
Sec. 10.102 to allow technical requirements of the 1995 Amendments to 
STCW and to the STCW Code to be incorporated by reference into specific 
rules in part 10.

4. Definitions

    The Coast Guard would add a number of new definitions in 
Sec. 10.103. These include approved training because virtually all 
training required under STCW is subject to approval to ensure that it 
meets the relevant provisions of STCW. However, such training is 
distinct from training provided in the context of a course approved by 
the Coast Guard for use as a substitute for sea service. Under this 
proposed rule, training could be ``approved'' for the purposes of STCW 
if it met certain minimal conditions, as set out in Sec. 10.309. Refer 
to the discussion of that section (paragraph 12) for more details.
    The proposal also includes a definition for Coast-Guard-accepted. 
This term is used in a number of regulations to indicate that, although 
the Coast Guard would not in some cases engage in a formal approval 
process, it would maintain certain standards of practice by accepting 
materials or processes as meeting the applicable requirements, or by 
authorizing a third party to do so on its behalf under a Memorandum of 
Agreement.
    This proposed rule also defines approved instructor as a person 
trained or instructed in instructional techniques and qualified to 
provide required training to candidates for licenses, documents, and 
endorsements.
    A definition of STCW endorsement also appears in Sec. 10.103 
because that term occurs with some frequency in the proposed rule, and 
the definition would give this endorsement a special legal significance 
as a document issued under Part 10 to those found in compliance with 
STCW Standards of Competence.
    For the purposes of this proposed rule, the Coast Guard assumes 
that Part 10 will also include a number of new definitions along the 
lines of those being developed for docket number CGD 94-055, the 
project on licensing requirements for officers of towing vessels, 
including the following:
    (a) Designated examiner means an individual trained or instructed 
in assessment techniques and otherwise qualified to evaluate whether a 
candidate for a license, document, or endorsement has achieved the 
level of competence necessary to hold the license, document, or 
endorsement. This individual may be personally designated by the Coast 
Guard, or be designated within the context of a Coast-Guard-approved 
program of training or assessment.
    (b) Standard of competence means the level of proficiency necessary 
for the proper performance of duties on board vessels in accordance 
with national and international criteria.
    (c) Practical demonstration means the performance of an activity 
under the direct observation of a designated examiner for the purpose 
of establishing that the performer is sufficiently proficient in a 
practical skill to meet a specified standard of competence or other 
objective criterion.
    These are not final definitions, and comments made on their 
applicability to STCW requirements will be taken into account in the 
rule on towing vessels to ensure that that final rule winds up 
consistent with all the changes being made to Part 10 by this. Both 
rules will also maintain uniformity with the definitions of identical 
terms used in

[[Page 13290]]
part 12. This will be discussed further under Sec. 12.01-6.

5. Paperwork Approval

    If this proposed rule finally results in new reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Sec. 10.107 will refer to the appropriate 
OMB control numbers.

6. Eligibility for Licenses

    The Coast Guard would revise paragraph (a) of Sec. 10.207 to 
reflect that, in some cases, candidates must provide proof of having 
successfully completed practical demonstrations of certain skills. 
Demonstration requirements are further specified in proposals relating 
to Secs. 10.205, 10.910, and 10.950.

7. Issuance of Licenses

    The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 10.202 to ensure that anyone 
qualified for an STCW certificate or endorsement is issued the 
appropriate documents at the same time as a license.

8. Requirements for Original Licenses

    Under Sec. 10.205, the Coast Guard would incorporate a number of 
new requirements from the 1995 Amendments to STCW, as follows:
    (a) Firefighting. Under paragraph (g) of Sec. 10.205, every 
candidate for a license--as master or mate of a vessel on near-coastal 
or ocean service, as an operator of an uninspected passenger vessel 
operating beyond the boundary line, for service on a MODU, and as an 
engineer--will have to meet the standard of competence in basic and 
advanced firefighting set out in STCW Regulations VI/1 and VI/3 and in 
Part A of the associated sections of the STCW Code. This proposed rule 
assumes that operators of seagoing towing vessels will be classified as 
masters or mates under a separate rulemaking [CGD 94-055]. If they are 
not, then the final rule in this will restore the reference to 
operators of such vessels.
    A second provision would allow the Coast Guard to approve a 
firefighting course or training program specially designed for a 
particular ship or type of service. This is consistent with the 
exemption in STCW Regulation II/3 of the 1995 Amendments, which 
concerns certification of masters and mates on ships of less than 500 
GT and states that

[t]he Administration, if it considers that a ship's size and the 
conditions of its voyage are such as to render the application of 
the full requirements of this regulation and section A-II/3 of the 
STCW Code unreasonable or impracticable, may to that extent exempt 
the master and the officer in charge of a navigational watch on such 
a shop or class of ships from some of the requirements, bearing in 
mind the safety of all ships that may be operating in the same 
waters.

    The Coast Guard expects to apply this flexibility, for instance, in 
approval of a firefighting course or training program for licensed 
personnel serving on small passenger vessels engaged in near-coastal 
voyages. In these cases, the Coast Guard would take into consideration 
the firefighting equipment whose fitting is actually required on such 
vessels, as well as the complexity of firefighting that may take place 
on such vessels. The Coast Guard invites comments on the scope, 
content, and skills-assessment techniques that it should include in 
these limited or modified courses or training programs.
    (b) Automatic Radar-Plotting Aids (ARPA). The Coast Guard would 
revise Sec. 10.205 by adding a new STCW requirement for every candidate 
for a license--as master or mate of vessels on near-coastal or ocean 
service, or as operator of uninspected passenger vessels operating 
beyond the boundary line--to establish competence in the use of ARPA. 
Candidates would have to have ARPA-simulator training. However, this 
requirement would not apply to those who will be serving on vessels not 
fitted with ARPA; in such cases, the license and STCW endorsement would 
state the lack of the training. (For further discussion of radar-
training requirements, see the discussion of Sec. 10.480 at page 46.)
    (c) Certificate for Operator of Radio in Global Maritime Distress 
and Safety System (GMDSS). The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 10.205 by 
adding a new STCW requirement that every candidate for a license--as 
master or mate of a vessel on near-coastal or ocean service--hold a 
Certificate for Operator of Radio in Global Maritime Distress and 
Safety System issued by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 
under its regulations (47 CFR Part 13), or a certificate of completion 
of an FCC-approved or Coast Guard-approved Certificate for Operator of 
Radio in Global Maritime Distress and Safety System. However, this 
requirement would not apply to those who will be serving on vessels not 
required to participate in the GMDSS system under FCC regulations (47 
CFR Part 80) and Chapter IV of the International Convention on Safety 
of Life At Sea (SOLAS). Seagoing cargo ships of 300 GTs and seagoing 
passenger ships must meet GMDSS requirements. On the other hand, some 
mates or masters may have to hold GMDSS certificates before this 
proposed rule would become final in any form, if they are designated to 
serve as primary or secondary GMDSS operators under FCC regulations.
    One comment submitted in response to the request for comments 
published in the Federal Register on August 2, 1995 [60 FR 39306], 
urged the Coast Guard to provide for ``maintenance of GMDSS and radio 
equipment in the revisions of the licensing and documentation 
regulations to reflect the STCW Amendments.'' The comment also said ``a 
communications and electronics position should be established 
incorporating the skills of the traditional Radio Officer and those of 
an electronics specialist.'' The comment also asserted that the Coast 
Guard, rather than the FCC, should certify training facilities and 
testing facilities for the GMDSS. Lastly, the comment said the Coast 
Guard should consider establishing standards of competence for 
shipboard radio-electronics personnel responsible for distress and 
emergency communications.
    For regulatory purposes, the Coast Guard considers this comment to 
raise four distinct issues. Only two of these fall directly in the 
scope of the present rulemaking, to implement the 1995 Amendments to 
STCW. Qualifications of those who will be maintaining GMDSS and radio 
equipment, and their training and testing, are subjects within the 
scope of this project. A proposal for establishing an electronics-
technician endorsement appears under part 12 (in new Sec. 12.25-45).
    Proposals for the establishment of a new crew position on U.S. 
ships, to be dedicated to communications and electronics, or 
modification of radio officers' role to encompass all GMDSS-related 
responsibilities, lie outside the scope of this rulemaking. STCW does 
not impose manning requirements on seagoing ships. On the other hand, 
the new certification standards may have implications for crew 
complements; therefore, the Coast Guard has included a proposal for 
revising part 15 concerning the ability of the electronics technician 
to perform at-sea maintenance of GMDSS installations when the ship is 
required to have that onboard-maintenance capability as one of the 
options under the GMDSS provisions of SOLAS. That proposal pertains to 
Sec. 15.401.
    With respect to the role of the Coast Guard and the FCC in 
regulating maritime communications, the Coast Guard currently 
recognizes the FCC as the agency with primary responsibility for 
establishing U.S. requirements for holding radiocommunications licenses 
or radio operators' certificates. This responsibility is complemented 
by the

[[Page 13291]]
Coast Guard's authority for issuing radio officers' licenses. This 
proposed rule honors the complementary roles of both agencies, while 
taking into account the fact that adjustments may be made in the future 
on how these roles are allocated and carried out. Comment to the docket 
is welcome on whether the Coast Guard should be involved in approving 
the GMDSS training program, as it is proposing to be. The Coast Guard 
will also be looking at this issue in light of section 365 of the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-104) which will allow a 
vessel to operate without a radio officer if it is determined that the 
vessel is properly fitted with equipment to implement GMDSS, and the 
equipment is in good working condition.
    (d) Personal survival techniques. The Coast Guard is proposing to 
revise Sec. 10.205 by adding a new STCW requirement--for every 
candidate for a license as master, mate, or engineer on a vessel on 
near-coastal or ocean service, or for a license as operator of 
uninspected passenger vessels operating beyond the boundary line, or 
for a license for service on a MODU--to present proof of having 
received approval training or instruction in personal survival 
techniques (i.e., survival at sea in the event of abandoning ship). The 
object of the training is to ensure that the candidate meets the 
standard of competence in personal survival techniques set out in STCW 
Regulation VI/1 and in table VI/1-1 in section A/VI/1 of the STCW Code. 
The Coast Guard intends to accept training and assessment which is 
based on documented practical experience.
    The Coast Guard is also proposing to approving a personal survival 
course of training especially designed for a particular ship or type of 
service. This is consistent with the flexibility conferred by section 
A-VI/1, paragraph 3, of the STCW Code that concerns familiarization and 
basic safety-training and states that

[t]he Administration may, in respect of ships other than passenger 
ships of more than 500 gross tonnage engaged on international 
voyages and tankers, if it considers that a ship's size and the 
conditions of its voyage are such as to render the application of 
the full requirements of this section of the STCW Code unreasonable 
or impracticable, exempt to that extent the seafarers on such a ship 
or class of ships from some of the requirements, bearing in mind the 
safety of people on board, the ship and property and the protection 
of the environment.

    The Coast Guard expects to apply this flexibility, for instance, in 
approval of personal survival training for licensed personnel serving 
on small vessels engaged in near-coastal voyages. The Coast Guard 
invites comment on the scope, content, and skills-assessment techniques 
that should be included in this limited or modified training.
    (e) Personal safety and social responsibilities. The Coast Guard is 
proposing to revise Sec. 10.205 by adding a new STCW requirement--for 
every candidate for a license as master, mate, or engineer on a vessel 
in near-coastal or ocean service, or for a license as an operator of 
uninspected passenger vessels operating beyond the boundary line, or 
for a license for service on a MODU--to present a certificate of 
completion of approved training in personal safety and social 
responsibilities (e.g., taking proper actions in emergencies, taking 
precautions to prevent pollution, observing safe working practices, 
understanding and communicating orders, and contributing to effective 
human relationships on board ship by being aware of employment 
conditions, individual rights and obligations, dangers of alcohol 
abuse, etc.). The object is to ensure that the candidate meets the 
standard of competence in personal safety and social responsibility set 
out in STCW Regulation VI/1 and in table A-VI/1-4 in section A/VI/1 of 
the STCW Code.
    The Coast Guard is also proposing to let itself approve a course in 
personal safety and social responsibilities especially designed for a 
particular ship or type of service. This is consistent with the 
exemption in section A-VI/1, paragraph 3, of the STCW Code quoted under 
paragraph (d) Personal survival techniques.
    The Coast Guard invites comments on the scope, content, and skill-
assessment techniques that belong in this limited or modified training.
    The Coast Guard anticipates that the requirements for firefighting, 
personal survival, and personal safety and social responsibility 
including pollution prevention can be combined into a single course of 
training or instruction, which also includes elementary first aid, to 
meet the basic safety-training requirements of section A-VI/1, 
paragraph 2, of the STCW Code. This will be particularly true with 
respect to operators of uninspected passengers vessels (OUPVs) 
operating seaward of the boundary line. The Coast Guard intends to 
develop a checklist of elementary basic safety-instruction that 
candidates for OUPV licenses could have confirmed by boating-safety 
instructor from the Coast Guard Auxiliary or the Red Cross, or by a 
suitable official from the local firefighting department. The Coast 
Guard invites comments on what belongs in this elementary basic safety 
checklist.
    After receiving the basic safety-training or instruction, the 
license-holder must every 5 years provide evidence of having maintained 
the required standard of competence, by providing evidence at the time 
of renewal that he or she has demonstrated competence and has been 
examined or continuously assessed as part of an approved training 
program, in accordance with the tables in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2, 
of the STCW Code. This matter gets closer scrutiny in the discussion 
under paragraph 9, Requirements for renewal of licenses.
    (f) Procedures for bridge team-work. The Coast Guard would revise 
Sec. 10.205 by adding a new STCW requirement for every candidate for a 
license as master, or mate, on a vessel on near-coastal or ocean 
service to know effective bridge-team-work procedures as an essential 
element of the competence to maintain a safe navigational watch. The 
Coast Guard understands bridge-team-work procedures to encompass the 
processes by which the watchkeeping personnel work together efficiently 
and effectively to maintain a continuously safe watch. The concepts 
applied in training and assessment to that end should reflect the 
principles of bridge-resource management that contribute to the most 
effective performance of watchkeeping duties. In this regard, refer to 
the principles of bridge-resource management outlined in section B-VIII 
of the STCW Code.
    (g) Practical demonstration. The Coast Guard would add a new 
subsection to Sec. 10.205 to require that, when a practical 
demonstration of a skill is called for under this section or under a 
provision of STCW referred to in this section the candidate must 
provide sufficient evidence that the skill has been demonstrated 
properly in the presence of a designated examiner. A written record, 
including skills demonstrated, identity of the designated examiner, and 
the results of the demonstration, must be maintained in the applicant's 
license file. The Coast Guard invites comments on the best format for 
maintaining this record. For related proposals, refer to the discussion 
on tables 10.910 and 10.950.

9. Requirements for Raise in Grade of License

    The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 10.207 to require proof that 
candidates for a raise in grade of license have been examined and 
otherwise assessed, to establish that they meet standards of 
competence. In many cases, STCW will

[[Page 13292]]
require assessment by examination and by demonstration of practical 
skills, which will be in addition to any basic qualifications such as 
age, seagoing experience, and training.

10. Requirements for Renewal of Licenses

    The Coast Guard is proposing to add a new subsection under 
Sec. 10.209 to indicate that after July 31, 1998, applicants for 
renewals will have to meet new requirements for holding the original 
licenses at the grades concerned.
    Candidates for renewal of licenses as masters or mates for service 
on vessels in ocean or near-coastal service, or as operators of 
uninspected passenger vessels operating beyond the boundary line, will 
have to have the appropriate training or instruction in firefighting, 
personal survival techniques, and personal safety and social 
responsibility. If the instruction took place more than 5 years ago, 
the candidates will also have to provide proof that competence was 
assessed and validated within the last 5 years. Regardless of the 
schedule under which a candidate's license is renewed, he or she will 
need to receive basic safety training in accordance with dates of 
compliance established in paragraph (b) of Sec. 15.403 for service on a 
seagoing vessel. The Coast Guard intends to accept training and 
assessment which is based on documented practical experience.
    Candidates for renewal of licenses will also need to be trained in 
ARPA if they will be serving on vessels fitted with ARPA and they will 
need to hold a Certificate for Operator of Radio in Global Maritime 
Distress and Safety System if they will be serving on vessels that 
participate in GMDSS.
    The proposed deadline of July 31, 1998, derives from the 
transitional provisions of the 1995 Amendments to STCW, which allow for 
a phase-in of new requirements up to August 1, 1998. STCW Regulation I/
15 permits a Party to renew certificates (licenses) until February 1, 
2002, in accordance with rules that will be in effect before February 
1, 1997. However, to meet the target for full implementation in 2002, 
it is necessary to process renewals in accordance with new requirements 
beginning in 1998.
    With these changes, the renewal process will conform to the 
requirements of new STCW Regulation I/11 (Revalidation of Certificates) 
of the 1995 Amendments.

 11. Required use of Training--And Assessment--record Books

    As noted, the 1995 Amendments to STCW require the use of a 
training- and assessment-record book under some circumstances. The 
Coast Guard is proposing to revise Sec. 10.304 to require use of Coast-
Guard-accepted training- and assessment-record books when candidates 
for deck licenses are using training to substitute of service, and when 
candidates for engineer licenses need onboard training to meet the 
requirements of STCW. A training- and assessment-record book must 
provide certain basic information including an indication, by means of 
the initials or signature of a clearly identified, designated examiner, 
that the candidate has established, through practical demonstrations, 
that he or she is competent in each of the subjects of knowledge, 
understanding, and proficiency set forth in the tables of the 
appropriate section in Part A of the STCW Code.
    The Coast Guard proposes to require the designated examiner to 
certify that he or she has in fact personally witnessed the practical 
demonstration by the candidate.
    STCW requires the training- and assessment-record book to be 
``approved.'' The Coast Guard plans to issue a NVIC or suitable 
regulation in due course that would set out the format or formats that 
it will consider approved (i.e., Coast-Guard-accepted) for the purposes 
of complying with this regulation. Formal approval would take place 
when the record book is submitted as proof that competence has been 
assessed.

12. Approved Training Other Than Approved Courses

    The 1995 Amendments to STCW refer to ``approved training'' in the 
following eight contexts:
    (a) STCW Regulation II/1 states that a candidate for certification 
as officer in charge of a navigational watch must have approved 
seagoing service of not less than 1 year ``as part of an approved 
training program which includes onboard training which meets the 
requirements of section A-II/1 of the STCW Code and is documented in an 
approved training-record book.'' In the absence of an approved training 
program, the candidate must have at least 3 years of approved seagoing 
service.
    (b) STCW Regulation III/1 states that a candidate for officer in 
charge of an engineering watch, or for designated duty engineer, must 
have completed ``approved education and training of at least 30 months 
which includes onboard training documented in an approved training-
record book and meets the standards of competence specified in section 
A-II/1 of the STCW Code.''
    (c) STCW Regulation IV/2 states that candidates for certification 
as persons in charge of or performing radio duties on a ship required 
to participate in the GMDSS must have completed ``approved education 
and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section 
A-IV/2 of the STCW Code.''
    (d) STCW Regulation V/1 requires certain personnel on tankers to 
have completed ``an approved tanker familiarization course'' and ``an 
approved specialized training program.''
    (e) STCW Regulation V/2 requires certain personnel on ro-ro 
passenger ships to have completed ``approved training in crisis 
management and human behavior.''
    (f) Section A-VI of the STCW Code refers to ``approved 
familiarization training'' for all persons employed or engaged on 
seagoing ships other than passengers, and to ``approved basic training 
or instruction'' for seafarers with designated safety or pollution-
prevention duties.
    (g) The table of competence for deck officers (A-II/1) refers to 
``approved radar simulator and ARPA simulator training.''
    (h) The tables of competence throughout part A of the STCW Code 
refer to ``approved training,'' ``approved simulator training'' and 
``approved laboratory equipment training'' as alternative methods 
constituting evidence to prove a candidate's competence.
    The Coast Guard's current course-approval system, as provided in 
Secs. 10.301 to 10.307, applies only to specific mandatory courses such 
as firefighting, radar, and first aid or cardiopulmonary resuscitation, 
and to training used as a substitute for required service or for a 
written examination. There are almost 400 Coast-Guard-approved courses. 
(The procedures necessary to process course approvals appear (as 
outlined in NVIC 5-95, ``Marine Licensing Program's Quality Standards 
System for Approved Training''). An alternative system may be needed to 
regulate approved training conducted to meet STCW requirements but not 
used for remission of seagoing service under Part 10.
    The Coast Guard is working with MERPAC to identify the criteria for 
instructors of approved courses. MERPAC is also looking at the 
relationship of these criteria to the overall requirements for 
monitoring

[[Page 13293]]
training under a quality-standards system that ensures the meeting of 
training objectives. Preliminarily, the MERPAC working groups engaged 
in these efforts have settled on a concept under which the Coast Guard 
would individually certify instructors and examiners whom it finds to 
meet professional and instructional experience. The status and content 
of MERPAC's recommendations on these criteria will influence the final 
rule.
    The Coast Guard is including in this proposed rule an alternative 
to its current course-approval system. Proposed new Sec. 10.309 rests 
on the principle of self-certification with minimum Coast Guard 
oversight based on acceptance by the Coast Guard of certain materials 
and procedures to maintain standards. In other words, completion 
certificates issued by training programs that meet the conditions 
stated in that section could be accepted as meeting the ``approved 
training'' requirements of STCW when such training is not being used 
for remission of seagoing service.
    This could be done by a process like that used to credit ``approved 
seagoing service'' after the fact, on sufficient documentary proof. If 
the Coast Guard learned that the conditions set out in new Sec. 10.309 
were not being met by a particular training program, it would not 
accept certificates of completion as proof that the necessary training 
had been completed. The conditions for conducting approved training 
other than approved courses are set out in new Sec. 10.309.
    This proposal is intended to comply with the requirements of new 
STCW Regulations I/6 and I/8 of the 1995 Amendments. STCW Regulation I/
6 concerns qualifications of those who train or assess the competence 
of seafarers; and STCW Regulation I/8 requires that training and 
assessment of seafarers be continuously monitored through a quality-
standards system to ensure achievement of defined objectives, including 
those concerning the qualifications and experience of instructors and 
assessors.
    The Coast Guard welcomes comments on this alternative approach, 
particularly with respect to (a) Coast Guard involvement in conducting 
oversight and maintenance of standards through a Coast-Guard-acceptance 
procedure and (b) specific training or instruction in instruction or 
assessment that those who instruct or assess candidates for STCW 
certificates or endorsements should be proficient in.

13. Radar Training

    The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 10.480 to require that radar 
simulators used in radar training meet the performance standards set 
out in section A-I/12 of the STCW Code.

14. Requirements for Radio Operators' Certificates

    The Coast Guard would expand Secs. 10.601 and 10.603 to cover 
certification or radio operators for service on ships required to 
participate in GMDSS. Candidates must meet the standard of competence 
set forth in STCW Regulation IV/2 of the 1995 Amendments.
    This proposal is intended to complement that under Sec. 10.205, 
which would require masters and mates to hold a Certificate for 
Operator of Radio in Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) 
if they serve on vessels that participate in GMDSS, and with FCC 
regulations in 47 CFR parts 13 and 80 also allows persons other than 
masters and mates to acquire radio operators certificates from the 
Coast Guard if they have the necessary training and have met standards 
of competence by means of an examination and practical demonstration.
    The Coast Guard invites comment on the most effective process for 
implementing the Certificate requirements for GMDSS radio operator, 
particularly in light of section 365 of the Telecommunications Act of 
1996 which promotes implementation of GMDSS on U.S. vessels.

15. Practical Demonstration

    Subpart I of part 10 (Secs. 10.901 through 10.950) is currently 
limited to identification of subjects in which candidates must be 
examined to qualify for certain licenses. Because qualification for 
STCW certificates or endorsements under the 1995 Amendments to the 
Convention will typically require candidates to prove their competence 
by means of both an examination and a demonstration of skills, the 
Coast Guard is proposing to expand Sec. 10.901 to cover practical 
demonstrations.
    Proposed new Sec. 10.901 provision would incorporate by reference 
the tables in Part A of the STCW Code, with the effect of permitting 
candidates for U.S. licenses to demonstrate their competence by any of 
the methods authorized under those tables.
    The table of subjects (a) adds subjects that will be treated under 
STCW; (b) highlights those subjects for which candidates must perform 
practical demonstrations; and (c) suggests subjects that can be removed 
from the table because not treated under STCW.
    The Coast Guard is also proposing a new subsection to require that 
simulators used in assessment of competency or demonstration of 
continued proficiency must meet the appropriate performance standards 
set out in section A-I/12 of the STCW Code. However, simulators 
installed or brought into use before February 1, 2002, would be exempt 
from full compliance with these standards to the extent that they 
remained capable of meeting the objectives of the assessment of 
competence or demonstration of continued proficiency.

16. Ro-Ro Passenger Ships

    The 1995 Amendments to STCW include new special provisions for 
personnel serving on ro-ro passenger ships. New STCW Regulation V/2 in 
Chapter V of the Annex, and section A-V/2 of the STCW Code, establish 
mandatory minimum standards for the training and certification of 
masters, officers, ratings (i.e., unlicensed seamen with certain 
ratings), and other personnel on ro-ro passenger ships.
    Because there are a number of ro-ro passenger ships documented in 
the United States, of which six operate on international voyages 
between the United States and Canada, the Coast Guard is proposing to 
add a new subpart J in part 10, on ``Professional requirements for 
officers serving on ro-ro passenger ships,'' to implement STCW 
Regulation V/2 in the U.S. licensing system. Primarily, the new subpart 
would incorporate by reference STCW Regulation V/2 and section A-V/2 of 
the STCW Code. This proposed rule would apply only to U.S. Ro-Ro 
passenger ships to which SOLAS Certificates are issued. Comments on 
whether application should be expanded to other classes of U.S. ro-ro 
passenger ships may be submitted to the docket.
    The International Maritime Organization (IMO) will be undertaking 
further work to clarify certain requirements under STCW Regulation V/2. 
In particular, the STCW of IMO will consider training in crisis 
management for masters and senior officers. Any recommendations that 
IMO ultimately adopts in this regard will influence the Coast Guard in 
approving training programs or course materials on this subject.

[[Page 13294]]

46 CFR Part 12--Certification of Seamen

1. Purpose of Regulations

    The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 12.01-1 to reflect that the 
purpose of part 12 is twofold. Part 12 is intended to provide, first, a 
means of determining the qualifications an applicant must possess to be 
eligible for certification to serve on U.S. merchants vessels and, 
second, a means of determining whether an applicant is competent under 
STCW to serve in a particular shipboard position. The Coast Guard is 
also proposing to indicate that new subpart 12.03 prescribes the 
requirements applicable to training and assessment associated with 
meeting the standards 
FR Doc. 96-7019 Implementation of the 1995 Amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 (STCW)
of competence under amended STCW.

2. Incorporation by Reference (Sec. 12.01-3)

    The Coast Guard would introduce the necessary language in 
Sec. 12.01-3 to allow technical requirements of the 1995 Amendments to 
STCW and to the STCW Code to be incorporated by reference into specific 
rules in Part 12.

3. Definitions

    As noted in the discussion of Sec. 10.103, the Coast Guard intends 
to maintain consistency in the definitions for identical terms used in 
parts 10 and 12. Consequently, the Coast Guard is proposing for 
Sec. 12.01-6 a number of new definitions that correspond with those 
proposed for Sec. 10.103. These comprise approved training, Coast-
Guard-accepted, designated examiner, practical demonstration, qualified 
instructor, STCW endorsement, and standard of competence.

4. When Documents are Required

    The Coast Guard would revise Sec. 12.02-7 to require individuals 
serving in certain capacities on seagoing ships to hold STCW 
certificates or endorsement stating that they are so qualified.

5. General Provisions Respecting Merchant Mariner's Document (MMD)

    The Coast Guard is proposing to revise Sec. 12.02-11 to ensure that 
everyone qualified for an STCW certificate or endorsement is issued the 
appropriate certificate or endorsement when he or she is issued an MMD, 
or when the MMD is renewed or endorsed. One may be qualified to hold an 
endorsement for a rating forming part of a navigation or engineering 
watch, under STCW Regulation II/4 or III/4 and the corresponding 
section of the STCW Code (A-II/4 or A-III/4), without being qualified 
as an AB or QMED.
    The Coast Guard is also proposing to allow the endorsement of an 
MMD to indicate that the holder has received the familiarization or 
basic safety-training required by chapter VI of STCW as amended. This 
would not be mandatory, but it should be a convenience to those who 
move from ship to ship, or company to company. As in the relevant parts 
of Sec. 10.205, the Coast Guard would be able to approve courses which 
are designed for particular ships or types of service, within the 
limits allowed by STCW.

6. Medical Fitness

    The Coast Guard is proposing to add a new subsection to Sec. 12.02-
17, requiring an applicant for an MMD to present documents issued by a 
qualified medical practitioner attesting the applicant's medical 
fitness to perform the functions for which the document is issued. 
There are currently no medical-fitness requirements for entry-level 
seamen.
    This proposal is intended to comply with new STCW Regulation I/9 of 
the 1995 Amendments, which states that ``each party shall establish 
standards of medical fitness for seafarers, particularly regarding 
eyesight and hearing.'' For further discussion of medical fitness, 
refer to General, at page 9.
    The Coast Guard invites comments on whether additional procedures 
or criteria belong in the rule to regulate medical fitness of entry-
level seamen.

7. Approved Training Other Than Approved Courses

    As discussed under Sec. 10.309, the Coast Guard is proposing an 
alternative to the course-approval system, for accepting training 
programs as ``approved'' to satisfy STCW as amended. The proposal in 
Sec. 12.03-1 is almost identical to the proposal in Sec. 10.309 (with 
necessary editorial adjustments to fit in the context of Part 12). The 
conditions are intended to meet the quality-standards provisions of 
STCW as amended.

8. Able Seaman

    The Coast Guard is proposing to revise the able seamen 
qualifications in Subpart 12.05 to conform with the requirements of the 
1995 Amendments to STCW.
    Section 12.05-3 would expand the reference to ``lifeboatman'' to 
include everyone with ``proficiency in survival craft and rescue 
boats.''
    This section would also add a new subsection to require candidates 
for AB certificates for service on seagoing vessels to receive approved 
basic safety-training as set out in STCW Regulation VI/1 and section A-
VI/1 of the STCW Code (i.e., personal survival techniques; firefighting 
and fire prevention; elementary first aid; and personal safety and 
social responsibilities). As in the relevant parts of Sec. 10.205, the 
Coast Guard would be able to approve courses designed for particular 
ships or types of service, within the limits allowed by STCW. Also, as 
in Sec. 10,209, an applicant for renewal of an MMD with an AB 
endorsement would have to prove that competency was assessed within the 
last 5 years, if instruction took place more than 5 years ago.
    Section 12.05-3 would also require a candidate for an AB 
certificate for service on seagoing ships of 500 GT or more to meet the 
requirements of STCW Regulation II/4, and be qualified to hold an STCW 
certificate or endorsement for a rating forming part of a navigational 
watch. The standard of competence set out in section A-II/4 of the STCW 
Code would be incorporated by reference.
    The table in section A-II/4 of the STCW Code includes a number of 
subjects areas (such as use of gyro compasses, change-over from auto-
pilot, maintenance of a safe watch, knowledge of EPIRBs, and avoidance 
of false alerts) that are not currently required under Sec. 12.05-9 
(examination and demonstration of ability). That section would refer to 
the STCW table.
    Also, each candidate would have to prove that he or she had a 
stated minimum of seagoing service including training and experience 
associated with navigational watchkeeping under the direct supervision 
of the Master, the officer in charge of the navigational watch, or a 
qualified rating.
    The Coast Guard is also proposing to revise Sec. 12.05-11 (general 
provisions respecting MMDs endorsed for able seaman) to indicate that, 
on seagoing ships of 500 GT ton and more, ABs who serve in navigational 
watchkeeping must hold STCW certificates or endorsements for a rating 
forming part of a navigational watch and be qualified in accordance 
with STCW Regulation II/4.

9. Lifeboatman

    The Coast Guard is proposing to revise the lifeboatman 
qualifications in subpart 12.10 to conform with the requirements of the 
1995 Amendments to STCW.
    Section 12.10-3 would expand the reference to ``lifeboatman'' to 
include every mariner with ``proficiency in survival craft and rescue 
boats.'' This section would require candidates to (a) be at least 18 
years of age and (b) have a minimum of 6 months of seagoing

[[Page 13295]]
service when associated with approved training.
    This section would also add a new subsection to require a candidate 
for a certificate for lifeboatman or survival craft to receive approved 
basic safety-training as set out in STCW Regulation VI/1 and section A-
VI/1, paragraph 2, of the STCW Code (i.e. personal survival techniques; 
firefighting and fire prevention; elementary first aid; and personal 
safety and social responsibilities). As in the relevant parts of 
Sec. 10.205, the Coast Guard would be able to approve courses designed 
for particular ships or types of service, within the limits allowed by 
the STCW. Also, a candidate for renewal of an MMD with a lifeboatman 
endorsement would have to prove that competence was established within 
the last 5 years if instruction took place more than 5 years ago.
    Section 12.10-5 would incorporate by reference the standard of 
competence set out in STCW Regulation VI/2 and section A-VI/2 of the 
STCW Code. This would expand the coverage under this section to such 
subjects as methods of starting survival-craft engines use of the fire 
extinguisher provided method of helicopter rescue, effects of 
hypothermia, use of rescue boats for persons in the sea, use of EPIRBS 
and pyrotechnic distress signals, and first aid for survivors. The 
Coast Guard would be able to approve courses designed for a particular 
class of ship or type of service, to take into account such conditions 
as small ships required only to carry liferafts. It would place an 
appropriate limitation on the certificate issued on the basis of such 
training.
    The Coast Guard is proposing to delete Sec. 12.10-7. Individuals 
qualified under STCW Regulation VI/2 must hold certificates stating 
they are qualified. However, by policy, the Coast Guard proposes to 
grandfather those who currently hold AB endorsements. Until August 1, 
1998, it would issue to holders of MMDs with AB endorsements, 
endorsements for proficiency in survival craft when they renew their 
MMDs.
    The Coast Guard is proposing to add a new Sec. 12.10-9 on 
certificates of proficiency in fast rescue boats. This section would 
incorporate by reference both the requirements of STCW Regulation VI/2, 
paragraph 2, and the relevant portions of section A-VI/2 of the STCW 
Code, including table A-VI/2-2. Fast rescue boats are those that can 
sustain speeds of over 20 knots with crews of 3, and over 8 knots with 
full complements of persons and equipment.
    The Coast Guard is also proposing to add a new Sec. 12.10-11 for 
those designated to provide medical care on board ship. This section 
would incorporate by reference the requirements of STCW Regulation VI/4 
and those of section A-VI/4 of the STCW Code. This allows individuals 
not already having to be trained in first aid under other regulations 
(e.g., Sec. 10.205(h) for licenses and certificates of registry) to 
acquire endorsements to provide medical care on board ship.

10. Qualified Member of the Engine Department

    The Coast Guard is proposing to revise the qualifications for 
qualified members of the engine department (QMEDs) in subpart 12.15 to 
conform with the requirements of the 1995 Amendments to STCW.
    Section 12.15-3 would get a new subsection to require candidates 
for QMED certificates for service on seagoing vessels driven by main 
propulsion machinery of 750 kW [1,000 hp] of propulsion power or more 
to receive approved basic safety-training as set out in STCW Regulation 
VI/1 and section A-VI/1 of the STCW Code (i.e., personal survival 
techniques; firefighting and fire prevention; elementary first aid, and 
personal safety and social responsibilities, including pollution 
prevention). As in the relevant parts of Secs. 10.205 and 12.05-3, the 
Coast Guard would be able to approve courses designed for particular 
ships or types of service, within the limits allowed by the STCW. Also, 
as in Sec. 12.05-3, an applicant for renewal of an MMD with a QMED 
endorsement would have to prove that competency was assessed within the 
last 5 years if instruction took place more than five years ago.
    Section 12.15-3 would also require candidates for QMED certificates 
for service on seagoing vessels driven by main propulsion machinery of 
750 kW [1,000 hp] of propulsion power or more to meet the requirements 
of STCW Regulation III/4, and either be qualified to hold an STCW 
certificate or endorsement for a rating forming part of a watch in a 
manned engine-room or be designated to perform duties in a periodically 
unmanned engine-room. The standard of competence set out in section A-
III/4 of the STCW Code would be incorporated by reference.
    The table in section A-III/4 of the STCW Code includes a number of 
subjects (such as engine-room watchkeeping and knowledge of escape 
routes from machinery spaces) not currently covered under Sec. 12.15-9.
    Section 12.15-7 would require a minimum of seagoing service 
performing duties associated with engine-room watchkeeping under the 
direct supervision of a qualified engineer officer or of a member of a 
qualified rating.
    Section 12.15-9 would refer to table A-III/4 of the STCW Code, and 
would require practical demonstration of abilities.
    Section 12.15-11 would indicate that, on seagoing vessels driven by 
main propulsion machinery of 750 kW [1,000 hp] of propulsion power or 
more, QMEDs who serve in a watchkeeping capacity in a manned engine-
room or are designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned 
engine-room must hold STCW certificates or endorsements stating that 
they are qualified in accordance with STCW Regulation III/4.

11. Electronics Technician

    The Coast Guard would establish a new rating under part 12 by 
adding a section to Subpart 12.25 (Certificates of service for ratings 
other than AB or QMED). New Sec. 12.25-45 would allow an individual to 
hold a certificate or MMD stating that he or she is qualified to serve 
as an electronics technician on board a vessel.
    Section 12.25-45 would require candidates for this endorsement to 
provide sufficient proof of competence. This would comprise (a) a 
certificate of completion from a Coast Guard-approved training program 
that includes instruction and assessment by qualified instructors and 
designated examiners, and makes the student complete appropriate 
examinations and practical demonstrations to establish competence in 
the basic skills, knowledge, and understanding necessary to perform 
maintenance, diagnosis, and repair of electronic equipment and 
installations on board ships, in accordance with the manuals normally 
provided for such equipment and installations and (b) a certificate of 
completion from a course approved by the FCC or Coast Guard and 
covering at least the scope and content of training outlines in the 
relevant sections of B-IV/2 of the STCW Code relating to maintenance of 
GMDSS installations on board ships.
    Under Sec. 12.25-45 an individual could receive an electronic-
technician rating without completing the GMDSS course. However, in that 
case, the endorsement would contain a limitation to the effect that the 
individual could not serve as the person designated to perform at-sea 
maintenance of GMDSS installations when such a person was necessary to 
meet the maintenance requirements imposed by SOLAS Regulation IV/15 
(i.e., ``electronics technician--non-GMDSS)''. When at-sea maintenance 
is

[[Page 13296]]
to be used as a means of meeting the SOLAS requirement for maintenance 
of GMDSS, the person designated to perform the maintenance must have an 
electronics-technician endorsement, without the limitation. While this 
proposed rule would establish an electronics-technician endorsement in 
part 12, the intent is not that there be any restriction on the ability 
of a licensed engineer to acquire the endorsement. The Coast Guard 
solicits comments on whether Part 10 should include additional 
requirements on electronics as a shipboard skill or responsibility, 
particularly in light of section 365 of the Telecommunications Act of 
1996 which promotes the implementation of GMDSS on U.S. vessels.

12. Qualifications for Service on Ro-Ro Passenger Ships

    The Coast Guard would add a new subpart (Sec. 12.30) under part 12 
to establish requirements for certification (i.e., by endorsement of an 
MMD) of unlicensed seamen for service on ro-ro passenger ships. The 
requirements would essentially incorporate by reference the provisions 
of STCW Regulation V/2 as they relate to personnel with specific duties 
on such ships, and those with duties for care of passengers. The 
proposed rule would apply only to U.S. ro-ro passenger ships to which 
SOLAS certificates are issued. Comments on whether application should 
be expanded to other classes of ro-ro passenger ships may be submitted 
to the docket.

46 CFR Part 15--Manning Requirements

    The 1995 Amendments to STCW contain a number of provisions that 
affect manning and watchkeeping on seagoing vessels, as well as 
conditions that must be met before crewmembers can be assigned to 
duties. The Coast Guard is proposing to revise part 15 to incorporate 
these new requirements on U.S. merchant vessels that operate seaward of 
the boundary line.

1. Incorporation by Reference (Sec. 15.105)

    The Coast Guard would introduce the necessary language in 
Sec. 15.105 to allow technical requirements of the 1995 Amendments to 
STCW and to the STCW Code to be incorporated by reference into specific 
rules in part 15.

2. Definitions (Sec. 15.301)

    The Coast Guard would revise this section to reflect changes 
proposed in parts 10 and 12. For example, a reference to GMDSS radio 
operator, electronics technician--non-GMDSS, and electronics technician 
must each be added to paragraph (b) or (c).

3. Employment and Service Within Restrictions of License or Document 
(Sec. 15.401)

    The Coast Guard would expand this section to include references to 
STCW certificates and endorsements. The section would also propose 
that, as of February 1, 2002, only persons with the appropriate 
training and certification as GMDSS radio operators be employed or 
engaged as masters, chief mates, or officers in charge of navigational 
watches on ships required to participate in the GMDSS system under 
SOLAS Chapter IV. Additionally, only persons trained in the use of ARPA 
could be employed or engaged as masters, chief mates, officers in 
charge of navigational watches, or operators of uninspected passenger 
vessels on vessels fitted with ARPA. These requirements would 
complement those for Secs. 10.205 and 10.209.
    Section 15.401 would also, as of February 1, 2002, let only persons 
holding electronic-technician endorsements not limited to non-GMDSS 
electronics installations be designated to perform at-sea maintenance 
of GMDSS installations, when such designation is used to meet the 
maintenance requirements imposed by SOLAS Regulation IV/15. This would 
complement the proposal for Sec. 12.25-45.
    Section 15.401 would also allow only those with proper training 
under subpart J of part 10 and Sec. 12.24-30 of part 12 to be employed 
or engaged on ro-ro passenger ships.

4. Familiarization and Basic Safety-Training (Sec. 15.403)

    The Coast Guard would implement STCW Regulation VI/1 of the 1995 
Amendments by adding new Sec. 15.403 to Part 15 on familiarization and 
basic safety-training. The section would propose that after February 1, 
1997 no person may be assigned to perform any duties on a seagoing 
vessel unless he or she has received approved familiarization training 
in personal survival or has received sufficient information and 
instruction in a number of subjects affecting personal safety, in 
accordance with A-VI/1 of the STCW Code.
    This section would also state that no person may be employed or 
engaged in any capacity on board a seagoing vessel in the business of 
that vessel as part of the crew with designated duties for safety or 
pollution prevention in the operation of the ship unless he or she has 
received approved basic safety-training or instruction in accordance 
with A-VI/1 of the STCW Code. Designated duties for safety include 
those associated with fire-team emergency squads and with assisting 
passengers in emergencies.
    Additionally, this section would provide that no person may perform 
duties on board a seagoing vessel unless he or she has received the 
required familiarization training or instruction, or has achieved the 
required standard of competence through basic safety-training, as 
appropriate.
    Under the relevant parts of Secs. 10.205 and 12.02-11, the Coast 
Guard would be able to approve training designed for particular ships 
or types of service, within the limits allowed by STCW.
    One comment submitted to the docket following the public meeting in 
August expressed concern about the application of these requirements of 
familiarization and basic safety-training to personnel serving on 
MODUs. Again, to the extent a MODU was a seagoing ship under STCW, the 
implementing regulations being proposed at this time would apply to its 
personnel. On the other hand, in approving specific training, the Coast 
Guard will take into consideration, and use as the basis for its 
evaluation, any IMO resolutions that provide special guidance on the 
training of personnel on MODUs.

5. Maintenance of Seamen's Records by Owner or Operator (Sec. 15.411)

    STCW Regulation I/14 of the 1995 Amendments requires 
Administrations to impose certain responsibilities on companies that 
own or operate seagoing vessels. These responsibilities are fundamental 
to good management, are consistent with the principles reflected in the 
International Management Code for Safe Operation of Ships (ISM Code), 
and are to a large extent already covered by domestic regulations.
    For example, the obligation under item 1.1 of STCW Regulation I/14, 
concerning the need to ensure that each seafarer holds the appropriate 
STCW certificate, is addressed by 46 CFR 15.401. The obligation in item 
1.2 of STCW Regulation I/14, concerning compliance with manning 
requirements, is addressed by 46 CFR 15.401 and 15.515, and to some 
extent by 46 CFR 15.801, with statutory support (e.g., 46 U.S.C. 8101 
(c) and (f) and 8104(j)). Similarly, the object of item 1.4 of STCW 
Regulation I/14, ensuring that seafarers are familiar with ship-
specific arrangements, equipment, and so forth, before being assigned 
to duties, is already addressed in 46 CFR 15.405.
    But, because Sec. 15.405 does not explicitly require companies to 
ensure

[[Page 13297]]
that a level of familiarity has been achieved, the Coast Guard is 
inviting comment on whether it should be revised. If so, the Coast 
Guard also invites comments on whether the term company (or, 
alternatively, the term owner or operator) should be defined in Part 
15. The Coast Guard also invites comments on how Sec. 15.405 should be 
revised to effectively implement paragraph 2 of section A.I/14 of the 
STCW code, which states the following:

    The company shall provide written instructions to the master of 
each ship to which the Convention applies, setting forth the 
policies and the procedures to be followed to ensure that all 
seafarers who are newly employed on board the ship are given a 
reasonable opportunity to become familiar with the shipboard 
equipment, operating procedures and other arrangements needed for 
the proper performance of their duties, before being assigned to 
those duties.

    To some extent, the requirements for maintaining certain records, 
as set out in item 1.3 of STCW Regulation I/14, are already addressed 
by statutory and regulatory provisions on shipping articles and other 
records of seamen (e.g., 46 U.S.C. 10302, 10320, and 10502 and 46 CFR 
part 14). Additionally, it is considered routine practice for U.S. 
companies that employ seaman to maintain a personnel record for each 
employee, or to ensure that one is maintained by an agency acting on 
behalf of the company in such matters (such as a labor union that has 
entered into a collective-bargaining agreement).
    Taking the above into account, the rule proposed as Sec. 15.411 
focuses on the recordkeeping requirements in STCW Regulation I/14 of 
the 1995 Amendments. The object is to allow companies a suitable range 
of flexibility for complying with these requirements in a manner most 
consistent with good management. Furthermore, the policy of the Coast 
Guard will be to presume, in the absence of information to the 
contrary, that companies holding valid ISM certificates, issued in 
accordance with the appropriate international, and domestic 
regulations, are fulfilling their obligations under STCW Regulation I/
14.
    One comment submitted in response to the notice published on August 
2, 1995 [60 FR 39306], asked that the requirements of item 1.4 of STCW 
Regulation I/14 (on familiarization with specific equipment and 
procedures) not be extended to apply to duties of industrial personnel 
on industrial vessels (e.g., MODUs) or research crew on research 
vessels. The Coast Guard would not expect this proposed rule to impose 
an unreasonable obligation on companies that employ such personnel. 
However, in keeping with earlier statements in this preamble, the Coast 
Guard recognizes that IMO will be giving further consideration to 
issues of industrial personnel. Therefore, the proposals relating to 
paragraph 1.4 of STCW Regulation 1/14 should be understood not to apply 
to industrial personnel on MODUs or research personnel on research 
vessels. Such personnel, however, would be subject to the 
familiarization and basis safety training requirements, of STCW 
Regulation VI/I, as described in section 4.

6. Watchkeeping Arrangements

    The Coast Guard is proposing to revise Sec. 15.705 (Watches) by 
requiring masters on seagoing vessels to observe the principles on 
watchkeeping arrangements set out in STCW Regulation VIII/2 of the 1995 
Amendments.

7. Workhours and Rest Periods

    The Coast Guard is proposing to implement the rest-hour 
requirements of STCW Regulation VIII/1 of the 1995 Amendments, and of 
section A-VIII/1 of the STCW Code, by adding new subparagraphs to 
Sec. 15.710. Essentially, the STCW Amendments will require that every 
person assigned duty as an officer in charge of a watch or as a rating 
forming part of a watch shall receive a minimum of 10 hours of rest in 
any 24-hour period. These 10 hours of rest may be divided into two 
parts as long as one segment is at least 6 hours.
    Deviation from the requirement for 10 total and 6 continuous hours 
of rest is permissible in the case of ``an emergency or drill or in 
other overriding operational conditions.'' Additionally, the 10 hours 
of rest in a 24-hour period may drop to 6 consecutive hours in a 24-
hour period over 2 days, as long as the watch-keeper receives 70 hours 
of rest in each 7-day period. Watch schedules that ensure compliance 
with these rest-hour requirements must be posted when they are easily 
accessible to watchkeeping personnel and to port-control officers in 
foreign ports.
    Section B-VIII/1 of the STCW Code provides some guidance on the 
meaning of the terms used in section A-VIII/1, and on the correct 
interpretation of the rest-hour requirements when calculating workhours 
outside of the periods of watchkeeping responsibility. For instance, it 
construes the phrase ``overriding operational conditions'' to mean 
``only essential shipboard work which cannot be delayed for safety or 
environmental reasons or which could not reasonably have been 
anticipated at the commencement of the voyage.''
    The guidance in section B-VIII/1 of the STCW Code also states that 
the minimum rest periods should not be interpreted as implying that all 
other hours may be devoted to watchkeeping or other duties. It also 
invites administrations to consider a requirement for recordkeeping to 
ensure compliance with that for hours of the rest.
    One comment submitted in response to the notice published on August 
2, 1995 [60 FR 39306], expressed concern that an individual serving in 
a two-watch rotation on a towing vessel would be considered unfit for 
duty if he or she got only 5 hours of sleep in one 6-hour off-duty 
period, and 2 hours of sleep in the next off-duty period. The Coast 
Guard does not view the rest-hour requirements of STCW as mandating a 
period in which the individual concerned is actually in his or her bunk 
asleep. However, over any period of 24 hours, the watchkeeping 
personnel must be provided the opportunity for an uninterrupted period 
of rest for at least 6 hours, and an additional 4-hour period during 
which no duties are assigned or performed. The operative word is 
``opportunity''. This would not prevent a person from attending to 
routine personal affairs, or engaging in recreational or other off-duty 
activities.
    Another comment submitted on this matter suggested that the rest-
hour requirements of STCW could have an adverse impact on the operation 
of towing vessels and small passenger vessels because it would permit a 
14-hour workday or a 98-hour workweek, in violation of U.S. statutory 
and regulatory provisions that limit the number of hours a seaman may 
be required to work.
    Note, however, that the introduction of a rest-hour requirement 
into U.S. regulations would not change any existing work-hour limits or 
rest-hour requirements that apply to personnel on U.S. vessels. Limits 
that apply to seagoing ships under 46 U.S.C. 8104 and 46 CFR 15.705 and 
15.710 would remain fully in effect. Additionally, operators of towing 
vessels and tankers already have to comply with both the work-hour 
limits under 46 U.S.C. 8104(h) and 8104(n), respectively, and the rest-
hour requirements under STCW and 46 U.S.C. 8104(a).
    In any specific set of circumstances, the stricter rule would 
apply. For example, although the rest-hour requirements proposed here 
would technically permit the operator of a seagoing towing vessel to 
stand watch for up to 14 hours a day, 46 U.S.C. 8104(h) would limit the 
operator to no more than 12 hours in a 24-hour period.

[[Page 13298]]
Similarly, although 46 U.S.C. 8104(n) technically permits a mate on a 
tanker to work up to 15 hours in a 24-hour period, the rest-hour 
requirements proposed here would limit his or her periods of duty to 
not more than 14 hours in that same 24-hour period, unless there were 
an emergency or other overriding operational condition; and then an 
adjustment would subsequently be necessary to ensure that the mate 
received 70 hours of rest in 7 days.
    Although calculating work and rest may be complex under some non-
routine circumstances, the Coast Guard considers the STCW rest-hour 
requirements of STCW and the existing work-hour limits in U.S. statutes 
and regulations to be compatible and enforceable, and in keeping with 
the object of safe watchkeeping.
    Further comment to the docket is welcome, on the implementation of 
the rest-hour requirement, and particularly on the extent to which the 
terms rest hours and overriding operational conditions should be 
clarified or interpreted either in this proposed rule itself or in the 
policy on its enforcement. Comment is also welcome on the kinds of 
shipboard activity (such as personal housekeeping) that should be 
allowed to watchkeeping personnel who are off duty and on the need for 
recordkeeping to ensure compliance with the rest-hour requirements.

Incorporation by Reference

    The following material would be incorporated by reference in 
Secs. 10.102, 12.01-3, and 15.105: Amendments to the Annex to the 
International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and 
Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, and the associated Seafarers' 
Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW) Code, as adopted under 
resolutions 1 and 2, respectively, by the Conference of Parties to the 
International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and 
Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, held at IMO from June 26 to July 7, 
1995.
    Copies of the material are available for inspection where indicated 
under ADDRESSES. Copies of the material are also available from IMO, 4 
Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, England, telephone in London 0171-
735-7611.
    Before publishing a final rule, the Coast Guard will submit this 
material to the Director of the Federal Register for approval of the 
incorporation by reference.

Regulatory Evaluation

    This proposed rule is not a significant regulatory action under 
section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 and does not require an 
assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of 
that Order. It has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and 
Budget under that Order. It is not significant under the regulatory 
policies and procedures of the Department of Transportation (DOT) [44 
FR 11040 (February 26, 1979)].
    A preliminary regulatory assessment has been prepared and is 
available for inspection where indicated under ADDRESSES.
    The regulatory assessment is preliminary at this stage. The Coast 
Guard published a notice of inquiry on November 13, 1995 [60 FR 56970], 
to solicit information that would be useful in calculating the costs 
and benefits of implementing the 1995 Amendments to STCW. Some of those 
calling the Coast Guard to discuss the notice said they could not give 
a detailed or accurate assessment of impacts until they had seen the 
specific proposals. Others indicated they did not foresee a cost impact 
since they felt that their current practices and procedures generally 
conformed with the requirements of the amendments to STCW.
    To a great extent, the STCW revisions are introducing, as 
requirements, practices already successfully promoted through the 
current U.S. regulations (e.g., use of approved training, and the use 
of simulators in training as predicates of remission of seagoing 
service). In most cases, the new requirements would involve 
modification or enhancement of existing training and oversight rather 
than establishment of new programs.
    The Coast Guard estimates that the proposal will affect 
approximately 19,500 seafarers over a 5-year period. The estimated 
composition of this group is 10,335 deck and other officers, 1,755 
engineering officers, 3,900 able seamen, and 3,510 qualified members of 
the engineering department.
    The approximate vessel population that operate outside the boundary 
line and may be affected by the proposed regulation are 136 MODUs; 95 
industrial vessels; 271 freight ships; 103 oil recovery vessels; 696 
offshore supply vessels; 20 passenger vessels; 2,112 small passenger 
vessels; 14 research vessels; 14 maritime school ships; 162 tank ships; 
15 towboats and tugboats; 462 tank barges; 3 ferries; and 486 freight 
barges.

Costs

    The Coast Guard estimates that costs fall into the following 
categories: medical fitness, training costs, training infrastructure 
costs, company and/or owner/operator costs, and government costs.
    The Coast Guard estimates that approximately 12,000 seafarers apply 
for MMDs annually. Approximate costs of $1,900,000 annually are 
estimated for mariners certifying their medical fitness when applying 
for an MMD.
    Deck, radio, and other officers will be required to demonstrate 
competency and knowledge in a combination of courses including GMDSS, 
ARPA, Personal Survival, Personal Safety and Social Responsibility, and 
Bridge Teamwork. The Coast Guard estimates that as many as 4,091 
officers may be affected annually while the proposed regulation has a 
high level of flexibility built into it for mariners, the Coast Guard 
has assumed that mariners will attend formal, classroom courses to 
comply with the requirements. Annual training costs for deck, radio, 
and other officers are estimated at $21,804,580.
    Engineering officers will be required to demonstrate competence and 
knowledge in a combination of courses including Personal Survival, 
Personal Safety and Social Responsibility, and Electronic and Control 
Engineering. The Coast Guard estimates that as many as 645 engineering 
officers may be affected annually. Annual training costs for 
engineering officers are estimated at $3,247,575.
    ABs will be required to demonstrate competence and knowledge in a 
combination of courses including Personal Survival, Personal Safety and 
Social Responsibility, Shipboard Orientation, Firefighting and Fire 
Prevention, and estimates that as many as 1,369 ABs may be affected 
annually. Annual training costs for ABs are estimated at $11,568,050.
    QMEDs will be required to demonstrate competence and knowledge in a 
combination of courses including Personal Survival, Personal Safety and 
Social Responsibility, Shipboard Orientation, and Firefighting and Fire 
Prevention. The Coast Guard estimates that as many as 1,253 QMEDs may 
be affected annually. Annual training costs for QMEDs are estimated at 
$7,580,650.
    Ro/Ro personnel will be required to attend specialized training 
including crowd management, passenger safety, cargo safety, and hull 
integrity. The Coast Guard estimates that this may affect 225 Seafarers 
every 5 years. Estimated annual cost is $67,500.
    The Coast Guard has estimated a new electronics technician rating 
for vessels equipped with GMDSS. Electronic technicians will be 
required to demonstrate competence and knowledge to perform 
maintenance,

[[Page 13299]]
diagnosis and repair of electronic equipment and installations. The 
Coast Guard estimates that this may affect 1,128 Seafarers. The Coast 
Guard has estimated this as a one-time cost of $6,204,000.
    The Coast Guard has determined that training infrastructure costs 
include QSS, Approved Instructor, Designated Examiner, Capital 
Investments, and Course Development.
    For QSS, the Coast Guard estimates that 100 training institutions 
may be affected at an initial cost of $7,500, $1,000 annual maintenance 
costs, and an independent evaluation estimated at $5,000. Total cost is 
estimated at $1,750,000.
    For Approved Instructors, the Coast Guard estimates that 1,500 
instructors at 100 training institutions may be affected. Annual 
approved instructor costs are estimated at $1,500,000.
    For Designated Examiners, the Coast Guard estimates each will be 
required to provide 20 hours of service. Annual designated examiner 
costs are estimated at $3,900,000 for 1997 through 2001 and $780,000 
for 2002 through 2003.
    The Coast Guard has determined that there are likely to be some 
GMDSS and ARPA Capital Investments necessary by training institutions 
to accommodate the anticipated annual through-put of deck and other 
officers. A one-time cost of $3,160,000 is estimated.
    The Coast Guard has determined that there are likely to be some 
course-development costs associated with the proposed rulemaking. A 
one-time cost of $889,000 is estimated.
    The Coast Guard has determined that costs for companies and for 
owners and operators are likely to include those associated with rest-
hour and recordkeeping requirements.
    The Coast Guard has determined that rest-hour requirements are 
likely to affect 83 vessels annually. Crew augmentation costs for these 
vessels is estimated at $2,120,650 annually.
    The Coast Guard has determined that records on Seafarer training 
and competence, medical fitness, and rest hour requirements will be 
required. The Coast Guard estimates that this will likely affect 19,500 
seafarers annually at an estimated cost of $1,462,500.
    The Coast Guard does not anticipate any additional costs in 
implementing the regulation at this time.

Total Costs

    Costs of the proposal are forecast to 2003. The Coast Guard 
estimates that these requirements will be fully integrated into the 
marine infrastructure by 2003 and, thus, a regular part of doing 
business. Costs are estimated at $45,789,021 in 1997, $36,218,521 in 
1998, $35,568,521 in 1999 through 2001, $12,767,724 in 2002, and 
$13,200,224 in 2003. The present value of the costs of this proposed 
regulation discounted at 7 percent to 1997 would total $172,685,673.

Benefits

    The Coast Guard has determined that the proposed rule has potential 
economic benefits and a potential to reduce marine casualties.
    Economics play a significant role in safety. While the U.S. 
commercial fleet has long been among the safest in the world, 
differences between U.S. standards and those of other maritime nations 
put our vessels at a competitive disadvantage. Responsible operators 
can be forced to operate with lower profit margins and less capital to 
invest in safe operations, and in some cases forced out of the market 
entirely. More aggressively holding all ships to the same standards set 
for U.S. ships is key to shifting the balance. This proposal would 
allow the U.S. to hold mariners aboard all vessels entering its ports 
to the same competency standards which the U.S. holds its own vessels, 
without foreign retaliation. Consequently, U.S. vessels visiting 
foreign ports would not be faced with increased scrutiny that could 
result in costly vessel delays. Such delays would otherwise likely 
decrease the value of trade carried in U.S. bottoms. Conversely, under 
this proposal, the U.S. could expect to increase its market share of 
cargo carried which could result from the more even competitive playing 
field accorded U.S. and foreign fleets because of this proposal. 
Appendix F provides a summary of the value of U.S. international trade 
and ocean trade worldwide.
    U.S. ships only carry about 8 percent of the value of U.S. export 
trade and 7 percent of the value of U.S. import trade. If, as a result 
of complying with international standards proposed in this rulemaking, 
U.S. vessels gain one tenth of one percent of the value of U.S. 
international trade in any given year of implementation (approximately 
$56,000,000), the annual benefits will outweigh the costs.
    On average, there were 29 fatalities and 76 injuries annually as a 
result of errors that potentially could be linked to training 
deficiencies. The training required by this proposal has the potential 
to significantly decrease the number of fatalities and injuries in 
maritime transportation. Based on the $27,700,000 value of a human 
life, if this proposal causes a reduction in the number of fatalities 
by 17 in 1997, 13 in 1998-2001, and 55 in 2002-2003, the benefits will 
exceed the costs.
    The complex cumulative effect of human error makes it difficult to 
quantify the exact benefits of the proposed rulemaking. One way to 
reduce the risks associated with human error in operating seagoing 
ships is to ensure that seafarers maintain the highest practicable 
standards of training, certification, and competence. The proposal is 
intended to reduce the risk of maritime casualties and pollution 
incidents caused by human error. Benefits are expected to accrue from a 
reduction of shipboard accidents and injuries because personnel will 
have an increased awareness of safe shipboard practices. As the Coast 
Guard reviews comments resulting from the proposal and formulates a 
final rule, further review of benefits based on risk is anticipated.

Small Entities

    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act [5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.], the 
Coast Guard must consider whether this proposal, if adopted, would have 
a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. ``Small entities'' may include independently owned and 
operated small businesses that are not dominant in their field and that 
otherwise qualify as ``small business concerns'' under Section 3 of the 
Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632). ``Small entities'' also include 
small not-for-profit organizations and small governmental 
jurisdictions.
    The proposed rule has built in sufficient flexibility and options 
to allow small entities to comply with its proposed requirements at 
modest cost. For the most part, it is expected to affect only large 
business enterprises and individuals mariners. There is no requirement 
that one entity perform all the STCW training and assessment 
requirements that are being proposed.
    Those small entities engaged in training may choose to obtain 
assessment from individual qualified assessors who may also be 
organized as small entities. The Coast Guard does not limit the 
arrangements as to who may offer instruction or assessment. Any 
combination may be used by a mariner to achieve the desired 
qualifications licenses, or certificates.
    The proposed rule applies to individual mariners and allows for 
small entities to remain in and actively compete in the maritime-
training sector of the maritime industry with options to teach and 
assess as many courses or functions as any entity chooses. The proposal 
covers requirements that

[[Page 13300]]
would not begin to go into effect until early 1997, through the phase-
in period.
    Because of these accommodations and characteristics, the Coast 
Guard certifies under 5. U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposal will not have 
a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities.

Collection of Information

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act [44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.], the 
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) reviews each proposed rule that 
contains a collection-of-information requirement to determine whether 
the practical value of the information is worth the burden imposed by 
its collection. Collection-of-information requirements include 
reporting, recordkeeping, notification, and other, similar 
requirements.
    This proposal contains collection-of-information requirements in 
the following sections: 10.304 (training and assessment-record books); 
10.309 and 12.03-1 (approved training); and 15.411 (maintenance of 
seamen's records by owner or operator). The following particulars 
apply:
    Training conducted on board ships, when part of an approved program 
based on 1 year of seagoing service for deck licenses (6 months for 
engineer licenses), would have to make use of a training- and 
assessment-record book to document that required training and 
assessment of competency has been completed properly. The books would 
be submitted to the Coast Guard as part of an application for a 
license.
    The QSS that would monitor training and assessment to ensure that 
they were meeting objectives would compel organizations offering 
training to document certain information and to maintain records for 1 
year. The records would cover such matters as the course syllabus, 
students performance, and the qualifications of instructors and 
examiners. Additionally, an independent evaluation would need to be 
documented periodically. Records would be subject to review by the 
Coast Guard in its oversight function to ensure that training and 
assessment satisfy minimum conditions.
    The proposed rule would allow for wide variation in the means for 
complying with new requirements to ensure that the scope of the QSS is 
reasonably related to the scope of training and assessment conducted by 
the entity concerned.
    Companies owning or operating U.S.-documented seagoing vessels 
would have to arrange for the maintenance of certain records concerning 
the medical fitness, experience, training, and competence, of the 
seamen employed or engaged on their ships. The records could be 
maintained by a third party on behalf of the company, but they would 
need to be readily accessible to those in management responsible for 
the safety of vessel operations and the prevention of marine pollution. 
The recordkeeping requirement would be in effect only during the period 
of service of the seaman concerned.
    The proposed rest-hour schedule would require documentation 
necessary for the safe operation of the vessel. This would ensure that 
the crew was informed of rest-hour requirements.
    The proposed recordkeeping generally reflects routine practices for 
U.S. ship-operating companies and training institutions. However, the 
international rules in STCW were drafted to apply to companies and 
training programs worldwide. In due course, by its obligation under 
STCW as amended, the United States must demonstrate to the IMO that it 
has in place certain specific regulations that implement the 
international rules.

    Dot No: 2115.
    Administration: U.S. Coast Guard.
    Title: Implementation of the 1995 Amendments to the International 
Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for 
Seafarers, 1978 (STCW).
    Need for Information: To ensure compliance with international 
requirements, and to maintain an acceptable level of quality in the 
training and assessment of merchant mariners.
    Proposed use of Information: The Coast Guard would have access to 
information to monitor compliance with regulations and to identify 
where corrective action may be needed. Coast Guard officials involved 
in issuing licenses, documents, and STCW certificates would have a 
reliable source for determining whether training and assessment had 
been completed by candidates in accordance with domestic and 
international rules.
    Frequency of Response: Under this proposed rule, records would have 
to be maintained for 1 year. In one case a certification of continued 
compliance would have to be provided to the Coast Guard once a year.
    Burden Estimate: 40,215 hours.
    Respondents: 28,645.
    Form(s): N/A.
    Average Burden-Hours per Respondent: 1.4 hours.
    The Coast Guard has submitted the requirements to OMB for review 
under Sec. 3504(h) of the Paperwork Reduction Act. Persons submitting 
comments on the requirements should submit their comments both to OMB 
and to the Coast Guard where indicated under ADDRESSES.

Federalism

    The Coast Guard has analyzed this proposal under the principles and 
criteria contained in Executive Order 12612 and has determined that 
this proposal does not have sufficient federalism implications to 
warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    This rulemaking should not have a direct impact on State, local, or 
tribal governments. However, States that operate or charter maritime-
training institutions would have to bring the relevant training 
programs into line with the new requirements. For the most part, the 
existing State-sponsored maritime-training institutions have programs 
that would need little adjustment to meet the new requirements. And the 
accreditation process for these institutions should satisfy the new 
quality-assurance provisions.

Environment

    The Coast Guard considered the environmental impact of this 
proposed rule proposal and concluded that, under paragraph 
2.B.2.e(34)(C) of Commandant Instruction M16475.1B, this rulemaking is 
categorically excluded from further environmental documentation.
    This rulemaking would have no direct environmental impact. The 
implementation of the 1995 Amendments to STCW should reduce the risk 
that human error will result in a maritime casualty or pollution 
incident by ensuring that seafarers on seagoing ships are meeting the 
highest practicable standards of competence. However, there are few 
objective criteria for quantifying the reduction in this risk. A 
``Categorical Exclusion Determination'' is available in the docket for 
inspection or copying where indicated under addresses.

List of Subjects

46 CFR Part 10

    Fees, Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Schools, Seamen, Vessels.

46 CFR Part 12

    Fees, Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Schools, Seamen, Vessels.

46 CFR Part 15

    Marine safety, Navigation (water), Incorporation by reference, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements,

[[Page 13301]]
Schools, Seamen, Vessel manning, Vessels.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes 
to amend 46 CFR parts 10, 12, and 15 as follows:
PART 10--LICENSING OF MARITIME PERSONNEL
    1. the authority citation for part 10 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 31 U.S.C. 9701; 46 U.S.C. 2103, 7101, 7106, 7107; 49 
CFR 1.45, 1.46; Sec. 10.107 also issued under the authority of 44 
U.S.C. 3507.

    2. Section 10.101 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to 
read as follows:
Sec. 10.101  Purpose of regulations.
    (a) The purpose of the regulations in this part are to provide--
    (1) A comprehensive means of determining the qualifications an 
applicant must possess to be eligible for a license as deck officer, 
engineer, pilot, radio officer, or radio operator on merchant vessels, 
or for a license to operate uninspected towing vessels or uninspected 
passenger vessels, or for a certificate of registry as staff officer; 
and
    (2) A means of determining that an applicant is competent to serve 
as a master, chief mate, officer in charge of a navigational watch, 
chief engineer officer, second engineer officer, officer in charge of 
an engineering watch, designated duty engineer, or radio operator, in 
accordance with the provisions of the International Convention on 
Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 
1978, as amended (STCW), and to receive the appropriate certificate or 
endorsement as required by STCW.
* * * * *
    (c) The regulations in subpart C of this part prescribe the 
requirements applicable to--
    (1) Each approved training course if the training course is to be 
acceptable as a partial substitute for service or for a required 
examination, or as training required for a particular license or 
license endorsement; and
    (2) All training and assessment associated with meeting the 
standards of competence established by STCW.
    3. Section 10.102 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 10.102  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must 
publish notice of change in the Federal Register and the material must 
be available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, 
Operating and Environmental Standards Division, 2100 Second Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the sources indicated 
in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
part and the sections affected are as follows:

International Maritime Organization (IMO)

    4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, England.
    Amendments to the Annex to the International Convention on 
Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 
1978 (STCW), and the associated Seafarers' Training, Certification and 
Watchkeeping Code (STCW Code), as adopted under resolutions 1 and 2, 
respectively, by the Conference of Parties to the International 
Convention of Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for 
Seafarers, 1978, held at IMO from June 26 to July 7, 1995--10.103; 
10.205; 10.304; 10.480; 10.602; 10.901.
    4. Section 10.103 is amended by adding in alphabetical order the 
following new definitions to read as follows:
Sec. 10.103  Definitions of terms used in this part.
    Approved training means training that is approved by the Coast 
Guard or meets the requirements of Sec. 10.309.
* * * * *
    Coast-Guard-accepted means that the Coast Guard has officially 
acknowledged in writing that the material or process at issue meets the 
applicable requirements; that the Coast Guard has issued an official 
policy statement listing or describing the material or process as 
meeting the applicable requirements; or that an entity acting on behalf 
of the Coast Guard under a Memorandum of Agreement has determined that 
the material or process meets the applicable requirements.
* * * * *
    Designated examiner means an individual who has been trained or 
instructed in techniques of training or assessment and is otherwise 
qualified to evaluate whether a candidate for a license, document, or 
endorsement has achieved the level of competence required to hold the 
license, document, or endorsement. This individual may be designated by 
the Coast Guard or by a Coast-Guard-approved program of training or 
assessment.
* * * * *
    Practical demonstration means the performance of an activity under 
the direct observation of a designated examiner for the purpose of 
establishing that the performer is sufficiently proficient in a 
practical skill to meet a specified standard of competence or other 
objective criterion.
    Qualified instructor means an individual who has been trained or 
instructed in instructional techniques and is otherwise qualified to 
provide required training to candidates for licenses, documents, and 
endorsements.
* * * * *
    Standard of competence means the level of proficiency to be 
achieved for the proper performance of duties on board vessels in 
accordance with national and international criteria.
    STCW endorsement means a certificate or endorsement issued in 
accordance with the International Convention on Standards of Training, 
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended (STCW). 
An STCW endorsement issued by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, 
will be valid only when accompanied by the appropriate U.S. license or 
document; and, if the license or document is revoked, then the 
associated STCW endorsement will no longer be valid for any purpose.
* * * * *
    5. In Sec. 10.107, paragraph (b)(3) is added to read as follows:
Sec. 10.107  Paperwork approval.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (3) OMB 2115--46 CFR 10.304, 10.309.
    6. In Sec. 10.201, paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 10.201  Eligibility for licenses and certificates of registry, 
general.

    (a) The applicant shall establish to the satisfaction of the 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), that he or she possesses 
all of the qualifications necessary (e.g., age, experience, character 
references and recommendations, physical examination, citizenship, 
approved training, passage of a professional examination, as 
appropriate, and, when required by this part, a practical demonstration 
of skills) before the OCMI will issue a license or certificate of 
registry.
* * * * *

[[Page 13302]]

    7. In Sec. 10.202, paragraph (j) is added to read as follows:

Sec. 10.202  Issuance of licenses and certificates of registry.

* * * * *
    (j) When an original license is issued, renewed, upgraded, or 
otherwise modified, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), 
will determine whether the holder of the license must hold an STCW 
certificate or endorsement for service on a seagoing vessel and, if so, 
and if the holder is qualified, will issue the appropriate certificate 
or endorsement. The OCMI will also issue an STCW certificate or 
endorsement at other times, if circumstances so require and if the 
holder of the license is qualified to hold the certificate or 
endorsement.
    8. In Sec. 10.205, paragraph (g) is revised, and paragraphs (k), 
(l), (m), (n), (o), and (p) are added, to read as follows:

Sec. 10.205  Requirements for original licenses and certificates of 
registry.

* * * * *
    (g) Firefighting certificate. (1) Applicants for licenses in the 
following categories shall each present a certificate of completion 
from an approved course or approved training in firefighting. The 
course must be sufficient to establish that the applicant meets the 
standard of competence in basic and advanced firefighting set forth in 
STCW Regulations VI/1 and VI/3. The course must have been completed 5 
years or less before the date of application for the license requested:
    (i) All masters' or mates' licenses for service on vessels in ocean 
or near-coastal service.
    (ii) All licenses for operators of uninspected passenger vessels 
for service beyond the boundary line.
    (iii) All licenses for service on mobile offshore drilling units.
    (iv) all engineers' licenses.
    (2) The officer in charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), may accept a 
certificate of completion from an approved course or approved training 
in firefighting designed for a particular ship or type of service; 
however, in that case, the OCMI will limit the endorsement by 
indicating the ship or type of service.
* * * * *
    (k) Competence in the use of Automatic Radar-Plotting Aids (ARPA). 
(1) Subject to paragraph (j)(2) of this section, all candidates for 
masters' or mates' licenses for service on vessels in ocean or near-
coastal service, or for licenses for operators of uninspected passenger 
vessels for service beyond the boundary line, shall each present a 
certificate of completion from an approved course or approved training 
on an ARPA simulator. The course must be sufficient to establish that 
the applicant is competent to maintain safe navigation through the 
proper use of ARPA, by correctly interpreting and analyzing the 
information obtained from that device and taking into account both the 
limitations of the equipment and the prevailing circumstances and 
conditions. The simulator used in the course must meet or exceed the 
performance standards established under STCW Regulation I/12 of the 
1995 Amendments.
    (2) Training and assessment in the use of ARPA is not required for 
those who serve exclusively on ships not fitted with ARPA. However, 
when the simulator training has not been completed, the license must be 
endorsed to indicate this limitation.
    (l) Certificate for operator of radio in the Global Maritime 
Distress and Safety System (GMDSS). (1) Subject to paragraph (l)(2) of 
this section, candidates for all masters' or mates' licenses for 
service on vessels in ocean or near-coastal service shall each present 
either a certificate for operator of radio in the GMDSS issued by the 
Federal Communication Commission (FCC) or a certificate of completion 
from a Coast-Guard- or an FCC-approved course for operator of radio in 
the GMDSS. The course must be sufficient to establish that the 
applicant is competent to perform radio duties on a ship participating 
in the GMDSS and meets the standard of competence under STCW Regulation 
IV/2 of STCW.
    (2) Candidates intending to serve only on ships not required to 
comply with the provisions of the GMDSS in Chapter IV of SOLAS need not 
comply with those of paragraph (k)(1) of this section.
    (m) Personal survival techniques. (1) Applicants for licenses in 
the following categories shall each present a certificate of completion 
from an approved course or approved training in personal survival 
techniques. The course must be sufficient to establish that the 
applicant meets the standard of competence under STCW Regulation VI/1 
and table A-VI/1-1 of the STCW Code. The course must have been 
completed 5 years or less before the date of application for the 
license requested:
    (i) All masters' or mates' licenses for service on vessels in ocean 
or near-coastal service.
    (ii) All licenses for operators of uninspected passenger vessels 
for service beyond the boundary line.
    (iii) All licenses for service on mobile offshore frilling units.
    (iv) All engineers' licenses.
    (2) The officer in charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), may accept a 
certificate of completion from an approved course or approved training 
in firefighting designed for a particular ship or type of service; 
however, in that case the OCMI will limit the endorsement by indicating 
the ship or type of service.
    (n) Personal safety and social responsibilities. (1) Applicants for 
licenses in the following categories shall each present a certificate 
of completion from an approved course or approved training in personal 
safety and social responsibilities. The course must be sufficient to 
establish that the applicant meets the standard of competence under 
STCW Regulation VI/1 and table A-VI/1-4 of the STCW Code. The course 
must have been completed 5 years or less before the date of application 
for the license requested:
    (i) All masters' or mates' licenses for service on vessels in ocean 
or near-coastal service.
    (ii) All licenses for operators of uninspected passenger vessels 
for service beyond the boundary line.
    (iii) All licenses for service on mobile offshore drilling units.
    (iv) All engineers' licenses.
    (2) The officer in charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), may accept a 
certificate of completion from an approved course or approved training 
in firefighting designed for a particular ship or type of service; 
however, in that case, the OCMI will limit the endorsement by 
indicating the ship or type of service.
    (o) Procedures for bridge team-work. Candidates for all masters' or 
mates' licenses for service on vessels in ocean or near-coastal service 
shall each present sufficient documentary proof that they understand 
and can effectively apply procedures for bridge team-work as an 
essential aspect of maintaining a safe navigational watch, taking into 
account the principles of bridge-resource management enumerated in 
section B-VIII/2 of the STCW Code.
    (p) Practical demonstration of skills. Candidates for original 
licenses must each successfully complete any practical demonstrations 
required under this part and appropriate to the particular licenses 
concerned, to prove that they are sufficiently proficient in skills 
required under subpart I of this part. The OCMI must be satisfied as to 
the authenticity and acceptability of all evidence that each candidate 
has successfully completed those demonstrations in the presence of a 
designated examiner. The OCMI will place in each candidate's file a 
written record of the skills required, the results

[[Page 13303]]
of the practical demonstrations, and the identification of the 
designated examiner in whose presence those occurred.
    9. In Sec. 10.207, the section heading, the heading for paragraph 
(c), and paragraph (c)(1) are revised to read as follows:

Sec. 10.207  Requirements for raise in grade of license.

* * * * *
    (c) Age, experience, training, and assessment. (1) Applicants for a 
raise of grade of licenses shall establish that they possess the age, 
experience, and training qualifications necessary, and that they have 
been examined and otherwise assessed as may be required by this part to 
establish competence to hold the particular license requested, before 
they are entitled to a raise in grade of license.
* * * * *
    10. In Sec. 10.209, paragraphs (k), (l), and (m) are added to read 
as follows:

Sec. 10.209  Requirements for renewal of licenses and certificates of 
registry.

* * * * *
    (k) After July 31, 1998, each applicant for renewal of a license in 
any of the following categories shall meet the applicable requirements 
of Secs. 10.205(g), 10.205(l), and 10.205(m) unless he or she has 
previously done so:
    (1) All masters' or mates' licenses for service on vessels in ocean 
or near-coastal service.
    (2) All licenses for operators of uninspected passenger vessels for 
service beyond the boundary line.
    (3) All licenses for service on mobile offshore drilling units.
    (4) All engineers' licenses.
    (l) After July 31, 1998, each applicants for renewal of a license 
in any of the following categories of license shall provide evidence of 
having both demonstrated competence in firefighting, personal survival 
techniques, and personal safety and social responsibility and been 
examined or continuously assessed in these areas as part of an approved 
training program, within the previous 5 years:
    (1) All masters' or mates' licenses for service on vessels in ocean 
or near-coastal service.
    (2) All licenses for operators of uninspected passenger vessels for 
service beyond the boundary line.
    (3) All licenses for service on mobile offshore drilling units.
    (4) All engineers' licenses.
    (m) After July 31, 1998, each applicant for renewal of any master's 
or mate's license for service on vessels in ocean or near-coastal 
service, or any license for operator of an uninspected passenger vessel 
for service beyond the boundary line, shall meet the applicable 
requirements of Secs. 10.205(k), 10.205(l), and 10.205(o) if he or she 
has not previously done so.
    11. In Sec. 10.304, the heading is revised and paragraphs (e), (f), 
and (g) are added to read as follows:

Sec. 10.304   Substitution of training for required service, and use of 
training- and assessment-record books.

* * * * *
    (e) Where a candidate for ocean and near-coastal deck licenses uses 
completion of approved training to substitute for required service, 
then not less than 1 year of the remaining service must be part of 
approved training that meets the appropriate requirements of Chapter II 
of STCW and the requirements of subpart C of this part. The candidate's 
training must be documented in a Coast-Guard-accepted training- and 
assessment-record book.
    (f) Each candidate for an engineer's licenses for service on 
seagoing vessels shall complete onboard training as part of approved 
training that meets the appropriate requirements of Chapter III of STCW 
and the requirements of subpart C of this part. The training must be 
documented in a Coast-Guard-accepted training- and assessment-record 
book.
    (g) The training- and assessment-record book referred to in 
paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section must contain at least the 
following:
    (1) Identification of the candidate, including full name, home 
address, photograph or photo-image, and personal signature.
    (2) The objectives of the training and assessment.
    (3) The tasks to be performed or the skills to be demonstrated, 
based on the standards of competence set forth in the tables of the 
appropriate sections in Part A of the STCW Code.
    (4) The criteria to be used in determining that the tasks or skills 
have been performed properly, based on the standards of competence set 
forth in the tables of the appropriate sections in Part A of the STCW 
Code.
    (5) A place for a qualified instructor to indicate by his or her 
initials that the candidate has received training in the proper 
performance of the task or skill.
    (6) A place for a qualified examiner to indicate by his or her 
initials that the candidate has successfully completed a practical 
demonstration and has proved competent in the task or skill under the 
criteria.
    (7) Identification of each qualified instructor by full name, home 
address, employer, job title, ship name or business address, number of 
any Coast Guard license or document held, and personal signature.
    (8) Identification of each designated examiner by full name, home 
address, employer, job title, ship name or business address, number of 
any Coast Guard license or document held, and personal signature 
confirming that his or her initials certify that he or she has 
witnessed the practical demonstration of a particular task or skill by 
the candidate.
    12. Section 10.309 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 10.309   Approved training other than approved courses.

    (a) When the training and assessment of competence required by 
these regulations are not subject to Sec. 10.302 of this part and are 
not being used to substitute for seagoing service, they must meet the 
following requirements:
    (1) The training and assessment program must have written, clearly 
defined objectives that emphasize specific knowledge, skills, and 
abilities, and include criteria to use in establishing a candidate's 
successful achievement of the objectives.
    (2) The training must be set out in a written syllabus that 
conforms to a Coast-Guard-accepted outline for such training and 
includes--
    (i) The sequence of subjects to be covered;
    (ii) The number of classroom hours in the presence of a qualified 
instructor to be spent on each subject;
    (iii) The identity and professional qualifications of the 
instructor(s) to be conducting the training;
    (iv) The identification of other media or facilities to be used in 
conducting training; and
    (v) Measurements at appropriate intervals of each candidate's 
progress toward acquisition of the specific knowledge, skills, and 
abilities stated in the objectives.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this 
section, documentary evidence must be readily available to establish 
that all instructors--
    (i) Have experience, training, or instruction in effective 
instructional techniques;
    (ii) Are qualified in the task for which the training is being 
conducted; and
    (iii) Hold the level of license, endorsement, or other professional 
credential required of those who would apply, on board a vessel, the 
relevant level of knowledge, abilities, and skills described in the 
training objectives.
    (4) Neither a specialist in a particular field of non-maritime 
education, such as

[[Page 13304]]
mathematics or first aid, nor an individual with at least 3 years of 
service as a member of the Armed Forces of the United States 
specializing in the field in which he or she is to conduct training, 
need hold a maritime license or document to conduct training in that 
field.
    (5) A simulator may be used in training if--
    (i) The simulator meets applicable performance standards;
    (ii) The instructor has gained practical operational experience on 
the particular type of simulator being used; and
    (iii) The instructor employing the simulator has received 
appropriate guidance in instructional techniques involving the use of 
simulators.
    (6) Essential equipment and instructional materials must afford all 
candidates adequate opportunity to participate in exercises and acquire 
practice in performing required skills.
    (7) A process or routinely assessing the effectiveness of the 
instructors, including the use of confidential evaluations by 
candidates, must be in place.
    (8) Records of candidates' performance must be maintained for at 
least a year.
    (9) To ensure that the training is meeting its objectives and the 
requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, its offeror must monitor 
it at suitable intervals in accordance with a Coast-Guard-accepted 
quality-standards system, which must include the following features:
    (i) Those monitoring the trading, shall be persons knowledgeable 
about the subjects being monitored and about the national and 
international requirements that apply to the training, and they shall 
not themselves be involved in the training.
    (ii) Those monitoring the training must enjoy convenient access to 
all appropriate documents and facilities, and opportunities both to 
observe all appropriate activities and to conduct confidential 
interviews when necessary.
    (iii) Arrangements must be such as to ensure that persons 
monitoring the training are not penalized or rewarded, directly or 
indirectly, by the sponsor of the training for making any particular 
observations or for reaching any particular conclusions.
    (10) Those monitoring the training shall communicate their 
conclusions to the Coast Guard within 1 month of the completion of the 
monitoring.
    (11) Upon prior notice by the Coast Guard, those providing the 
training shall let the Coast Guard observe the training and review 
documentation relating to paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(10) of this 
section.
    (b) The Coast Guard will maintain a list of training each of whose 
providers annually submits a certificate, signed by the provider or its 
authorized representative, starting that the training fully complies 
with requirements of this section. Training on this list will 
presumptively offer the training necessary for licenses and STCW 
endorsements under this part. The Coast Guard will update this list 
periodically and make it available to members of the public on request.
    (c) If the Coast Guard determin
FR Doc. 96-7019 Implementation of the 1995 Amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 (STCW)
es, on the basis of observations or 
conclusions either of its own or by those monitoring the training, that 
particular training does not satisfy one or more of the conditions 
described in paragraph (a) of this section--
    (1) The Coast Guard will so notify the provider of the training by 
letter enclosing a report of the observations and conclusions;
    (2) The provider will have a specified period to appeal the 
conclusions to the appropriate official at Coast Guard Headquarters, or 
to bring the training into compliance; and
    (3) If the appeal is denied--or the deficiency is not corrected in 
the allotted time, or within any additional period held by the Coast 
Guard, considering progress toward compliance, to be appropriate--the 
Coast Guard will remove the training from the list referred to in 
paragraph (b) of this section until it can verify full compliance; and 
it may deny applications based in whole or in part on training not on 
the list until additional training or assessment can be documented.
    13. In Sec. 10.480, paragraph (d)(1) is added and paragraph (d)(20 
is added and reserved to read as follows:

Sec. 10.480  Radar observer.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (1) Each applicant for an STCW certificate or endorsement as master 
or deck officer must complete approved radar-simulator training that 
meets the appropriate requirements of sections A-I/12 and A-II of the 
STCW Code.
* * * * *
    14. Section 10.601 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 10.601  Applicability.

    This subpart provides for the licensing of radio officers for 
employment on vessels, and for the certification of radio operators for 
service on ships subject to the provisions on the Global Maritime 
Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) of Chapter IV of SOLAS.
    15. In Sec. 10.603, the heading is revised, and paragraphs (d) and 
(e) are added to read as follows:

Sec. 10.602  Requirements for radio offices' licenses and radio 
operators' certificates.

* * * * *
    (d) Each applicant for a radio operator's certificate required for 
service on ships subject to the Global Maritime Distress and Safety 
System (GMDSS) shall provide evidence that he or she meets the standard 
of competence set out in STCW Regulation IV/2 including the competence 
to transmit and receive information using subsystems of GMDSS, to 
fulfill the functional requirements of GMDSS, and to provide radio 
services in emergencies.
    (e) Evidence required by paragraph (d) of this section must include 
a certificate of completion of a Coast Guard-approved or FCC-approved 
course on the GMDSS.
    16. In Sec. 10.901, paragraphs (c) and (d) are added to read as 
follows:

Sec. 10.901  General provisions.

* * * * *
    (c) Each applicant for a license for service in the following 
capacities on vessels that operate beyond the boundary line must also 
provide sufficient documentary evidence that he or she has successfully 
performed practical demonstrations using one or more of the methods for 
demonstrating competence authorized under the tables set out under the 
appropriate regulations of STCW:
    (1) Deck Department--(i) Officer in charge of the navigational 
watch on seagoing ships of 500 gross tons or more.
    (ii) Officer in charge of the navigational watch on seagoing ships 
of less than 500 gross tons not engaged on near-coastal voyages.
    (iii) Officer in charge of the navigational watch on seagoing ships 
of less than 500 gross tons engaged on near-coastal voyages.
    (iv) Master and chief mate on seagoing ships of 3,000 gross tons or 
more.
    (v) Master and chief mate on seagoing ships of between 500 and 
3,000 gross tons or more.
    (vi) Master on seagoing ships of less than 500 gross tons not 
engaged on near-coastal voyages.
    (vii) Master on seagoing ships of less than 500 gross tons engaged 
on near-coastal voyages.
    (2) Engine Department--(i) Officer in charge of the an engineering 
watch in a manned engine-room on a seagoing ship.

[[Page 13305]]

    (ii) Designated duty engineer in a periodically unmanned engine-
room on a seagoing ship.
    (iii) Chief engineer officer of a seagoing ship driven by main 
propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW [4,000 hp] of propulsion power or 
more.
    (iv) Second engineer officer of a seagoing ship driven by main 
propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW [4,000 hp] of propulsion power or 
more.
    (v) Chief engineer officer of a seagoing ship powered by main 
propulsion machinery of between 750 kW [1,000 hp] and 3,000 kW [4,000 
hp] of propulsion power or more.
    (vi) Second engineer officer of a seagoing ship driven by main 
propulsion machinery of between 750 kW [1,000 hp] and 3,000 kW [4,000 
hp] of propulsion power or more.
    (d) Simulators used in assessment of competence under paragraph (c) 
of this section must meet the appropriate performance standards set out 
in section A-I/12 of the STCW Code. However, simulators installed or 
brought into use before February 1, 2002, need not meet them so far as 
they fulfill the objectives of the assessment of competence or 
demonstration of proficiency.
    17. In Sec. 10.910, the introductory text and table 10.910-2 are 
revised to read as follows:

Sec. 10.910  Subjects for deck licenses.

    On each topic indicated by an ``X'', each applicant for an ocean or 
near-coastal license is subject to an assessment of his or her command 
of the practical skills included within each professional topic, as 
well as to a written test of his or her knowledge. On each topic 
indicated by a ``T'' he or she is subject only to an assessment of 
evidence obtained from his or her completion of approved training. On 
each topic indicated by an ``A'' he or she is subject only to an 
assessment of his or her command of those practical skills.
* * * * *

BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

[[Page 13306]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.003

[[Page 13307]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.004

[[Page 13308]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.005

[[Page 13309]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.006

[[Page 13310]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.007

BILLING CODE 4910-14-C

[[Page 13311]]

    18. Section 10.950 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 10.950  Subjects for engineer licenses.

    (a) On each topic indicated by an ``X'', each applicant for an 
engineering license is subject to a written test of his or her 
knowledge. On each topic indicated by a ``T'', he or she is subject 
only to an assessment of evidence obtained from his or her completion 
of approved training. On each topic indicated by an ``A'' he or she is 
subject only to an assessment of his or her practical skills assessed 
by an established regime of on-board practical factors, simulator 
demonstration, or a combination.
    (b) A distinct engineering license for steam-driven vessels of 
limited power or tonnage is no longer practicable, because of the small 
number of these vessels. When such a license is necessary for these 
vessels, the owner or operator is responsible for the engineer's 
competence in the operation of steam propulsion. Engineer licenses 
endorsed for steam must first hold a comparable license for motor-
driven vessels and attend a course approved for limited steam engines.

BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

[[Page 13312]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.008

[[Page 13313]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.009

[[Page 13314]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26MR96.010

BILLING CODE 4910-14-C

[[Page 13315]]

    19. Subpart J, consisting of Secs. 10.1001 through 10.1005, is 
added to read as follows:

Subpart J--Ro-Ro Passenger Ships

Sec.
10.1001  Purpose or regulations.
10.1003  Definitions.
10.1005  General requirement for license-holders.

Subpart J--Ro-Ro Passenger Ships

Sec. 10.1001  Purpose of regulations.

    The purpose of the regulations in this subpart is to establish 
requirements for officers serving on roll-on/roll-off (ro-ro) passenger 
ships.

Sec. 10.1003  Definitions.

    Roll-on/roll-off (ro-ro) passenger ship means a passenger ship with 
ro-ro cargo spaces or special-category spaces as defined in the 
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as 
amended (SOLAS), and to which a SOLAS certificate is issued.

Sec. 10.1005  General requirement for license-holders.

    To serve on a ro-ro passenger ship after January 30, 1997, a person 
licensed as master, chief mate, licensed mate, chief engineer, or 
licensed engineer shall meet the appropriate requirements of STCW 
Regulation V/2 and section A-V/2 of the STCW Code, and hold documentary 
evidence to show his or her meeting these requirements.

PART 12--CERTIFICATION OF SEAMEN

    1. The authority citation for part 12 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 31 U.S.C. 9701; 46 U.S.C. 2101, 2103, 2110, 7301, 
7302, 7503, 7505, 7701; 49 CFR 1.46.

    2. Section 12.01-1 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 12.01-1  Purpose of regulations.

    (a) The purposes of the regulations in this part are to provide--
    (1) A comprehensive and adequate means of determining the identity 
or the qualifications an applicant must possess to be eligible for 
certification to serve on merchant vessels of the United States; and
    (2) A means of determining that an applicant is competent to serve 
in a ``rating forming part of a navigational watch'' or a ``rating 
forming part of an engine-room watch'', or is otherwise ``designated to 
perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room'', on a seagoing 
ship, in accordance with the provisions of the International Convention 
on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 
1978, as amended (STCW), and to receive the certificate or endorsement 
required by STCW.
    (b) The regulations in subpart 12.03 of this part prescribe the 
requirements applicable to all training and assessment associated with 
meeting the standards of competence established by STCW.
    3. Section 12.01-3 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 12.01-3  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must 
publish notice of change in the Federal Register and the material must 
be available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, 
Operating and Environmental Standards Division, 2100 Second Street SW., 
Washington, DC, and is available from the sources indicated in 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
part and the sections affected are as follows:

International Maritime Organization (IMO)

    4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, England.
    Amendments to the Annex to the International Convention on 
Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 
1978 (STCW), and the associated Seafarers' Training, Certification and 
Watchkeeping Code (STCW Code), as adopted under resolutions 1 and 2, 
respectively, by the Conference of Parties to the International 
Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for 
Seafarers, 1978, held at IMO from June 26 to July 7, 1995--12.01-1; 
12.01-6; 12.02-7; 12.02-11; 12.05-3; 12.05-7; 12.10-3; 12.10-9; 12.10-
11; 12.15-3; 12.15-7; 12.25-45; 12.30-5.
    4. Section 12.01-6 is amended by adding in alphabetical order the 
following new definitions to read as follows:

Sec. 12.01-6  Definitions of terms used in this part.

    Approved training means training that is approved by the Coast 
Guard or otherwise meets the requirements of Sec. 12.03-1.
    Coast-Guard-accepted means that the Coast Guard has officially 
acknowledged in writing that the material or process at issue meets the 
applicable requirements; that the Coast Guard has issued an official 
policy statement listing or describing the material or process as 
meeting the applicable requirements; or that an entity acting on behalf 
of the Coast Guard under a Memorandum of Agreement has determined that 
the material or process meets the applicable requirements.
    Designated examiner means an individual who is trained or 
instructed in assessment techniques and is otherwise qualified to 
evaluate whether a candidate for a license, document, or endorsement 
has achieved the level of competence required to hold the license, 
document, or endorsement. This individual may be designated by the 
Coast Guard, or is designated as part of a Coast Guard-approved 
training or assessment program.
* * * * *
    Practical demonstration means the performance of an activity under 
the direct observation of a designated examiner for the purpose of 
establishing that the performer is sufficiently proficient in a 
practical skill to meet a specified standard of competence or other 
objective criterion.
    Qualified Instructor means an individual who has been trained or 
instructed in instructional techniques and is otherwise qualified to 
provide required training to candidates for licenses, documents, and 
endorsements.
* * * * *
    Standard of competence means the level of proficiency to be 
achieved for the proper performance of duties on board vessels in 
accordance with national and international criteria.
    STCW endorsement means a certificate or endorsement issued in 
accordance with the International Convention on Standards of Training, 
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended (STCW). 
An STCW endorsement issued by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection 
shall be valid only when accompanied by the appropriate U.S. license or 
document; and if the license or document is revoked, then the 
associated STCW endorsement is no longer valid for any purpose.
    5. In Sec. 12.02-7, paragraphs (d) and (e) are added to read as 
follows:

Sec. 12.02-7  When documents are required.

* * * * *
    (d) Every individual serving as a rating forming part of a 
navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tons or more shall 
hold an STCW

[[Page 13316]]
endorsement certifying him or her as qualified to perform the 
navigational function at the support level, in accordance with STCW.
    (e) Every individual who are serving in a rating forming part of a 
watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a 
periodically unmanned engine-room, on a seagoing ship driven by main 
propulsion machinery of 750 kW [1,000 hp] of propulsion power or more, 
shall hold an STCW endorsement certifying him or her as qualified to 
perform the marine-engineering function at the support level, in 
accordance with STCW.
    6. In Sec. 12.02-11, the heading is revised, and paragraphs (h) and 
(i) are added, to read as follows:

Sec. 12.02-11  General provisions respecting merchant mariners' 
documents.

* * * * *
    (h) When a merchant mariner's document is issued, renewed, or 
endorsed, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), will 
determine whether the holder of the document is required to hold an 
STCW endorsement for service on a seagoing vessel and, if so, and if 
the holder is qualified, will issue the appropriate endorsement. The 
OCMI will also issue an STCW endorsement at other times, if 
circumstances so require if the holder of and the document is qualified 
to hold the endorsement. The OCMI will issue an STCW endorsement for 
the following ratings:
    (1) A rating forming part of a navigational watch on a seagoing 
ship of 500 gross tons or more if the holder of the document is 
qualified in accordance with STCW Regulation II/4 and section A-II/4 of 
the STCW Code, to perform the navigational function at the support 
level.
    (2) A rating forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room, if 
the holder of the document is designated to perform duties in a 
periodically unmanned engine-room, on a seagoing ship driven by main 
propulsion machinery of 750 kW [1,000 hp] of propulsion power or more 
and if the holder is qualified in accordance with STCW Regulation III/4 
and section A-III/4 of the STCW Code, to perform the marine-engineering 
function at the support level.
    (i) At the request of the holder of the document, the OCMI may add 
an endorsement to indicate that the holder has received familiarization 
or basic safety-training required under, Chapter VI of STCW.
    7. In Sec. 12.02-17, paragraph (e) is added to read as follows:

Sec. 12.02-17  Rules for the preparation and issuance of documents.

* * * * *
    (e) An applicant for a merchant mariner's document shall provide a 
document issued by a qualified medical practitioner attesting the 
applicant's medical fitness to perform the functions for which the 
document is issued.
* * * * *
    8. Subpart 12.03, consisting of Sec. 12.03-1, is added to read as 
follows:

Subpart 12.03--Approved Training

Sec.
12.03-1  Approved training other than approved courses.

Subpar 12.03--Approved Training

Sec. 12.03-1  Approved training other than approved courses.

    (a) When training and assessment of competence required by these 
regulations is not subject to the course-approval provisions of 
Sec. 10.302 of this chapter, such training and assessment must meet the 
following requirements:
    (1) The program must have written, clearly defined objectives that 
emphasize specific knowledge, skills, and abilities, and include 
criteria to be used in establishing a student's successful achievement 
of the training objectives.
    (2) The course of training must be set out in a written syllabus 
which conforms to a Coast-Guard-accepted outline for such training and 
includes--
    (i) The sequence of subjects to be covered;
    (ii) The number of classroom hours (i.e., in the presence of a 
qualified instructor) to be spent on each subject;
    (iii) The identify and professional qualifications of the 
instructor(s) to be conducting the training;
    (iv) Identification of other media or facilities to be used in 
conducting the training; and
    (v) Measurements at appropriate intervals of each student's 
progress toward acquisition of the specific knowledge, skills and 
abilities stated in the training objectives.
    (3) Documentary evidence must be readily available to establish 
that all instructors--
    (i) Have experience, training, or instruction in effective 
instructional techniques;
    (ii) Are qualified in the task for which the training is being 
conducted; and
    (iii) Hold the level of license, endorsement, or other professional 
credential required of those who would apply, on board a vessel, the 
relevant level of knowledge, abilities, and skills described in the 
training objectives; provided, however--
    (A) A specialist in a particular field of non-maritime education, 
such as mathematics or first-aid, and an individual with at least 3 
years of service as a member of the Armed Forces of the United States 
specializing in the field in which he or she is to conduct training, 
need not hold a maritime license or document to conduct training in 
that field; and
    (B) A simulator may be used in training if--
    (1) The instructor employing the simulator has received appropriate 
guidance in instructional techniques involving the use of simulators;
    (2) The instructor has gained practical operational experience on 
the particular type of simulator being used; and
    (3) The simulator meets applicable performance standards.
    (4) Essential equipment and instructional materials must be 
conveniently available to allow all students adequate opportunity to 
participate in exercises and acquire practice in performing required 
skills.
    (5) A process of routinely assessing the effectiveness of the 
instructors, including the use of confidential student evaluations, 
must be in place.
    (6) Records of student performance must be maintained for a period 
of not less than 1 year.
    (7) A process must be in place for monitoring at suitable intervals 
that the training program is meeting its training objectives and is 
consistently applying the requirements in accordance with a Coast 
Guard-accepted quality-standards system, which shall include, as a 
minimum, the following:
    (i) Those monitoring the training program shall be individuals who 
are knowledgeable about the subject area being monitored and about the 
national and international requirements which apply to the training 
program, and they shall not themselves be involved in the activities 
being monitored.
    (ii) Persons engaged to conduct monitoring of training programs 
must be provided convenient access to all appropriate documents and 
facilities, as well as opportunities to observe all appropriate 
activities, and to conduct confidential interviews when necessary.
    (iii) Arrangements shall be such as to ensure that persons 
performing monitoring activities shall not be directly or indirectly 
penalized or rewarded by the sponsor of the training program being 
monitored for making any particular observations or for reaching any 
particular conclusions.
    (8) The results of the monitoring must be communicated to the Coast 
Guard within 1 month of completion of those activities.

[[Page 13317]]

    (9) Upon prior notification by the Coast Guard, an opportunity must 
be provided for the Coast Guard to observe training activities and 
review documentation relating to paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(10) of 
this section.
    (b) The Coast Guard will maintain a list of training programs which 
annually submit a certification, signed by the sponsor or an authorized 
representative of the sponsor, stating that the program is conducted in 
a manner which fully complies with the requirements in offering a 
specified course of approved training. Programs on this list will be 
presumptively considered to offer approved training for the purposes of 
evaluating materials supporting applications for licenses and STCW 
endorsements under this part. This list shall be updated periodically 
and made available to members of the public on request.
    (c) If the Coast Guard determines, on the basis of an observation 
of training activities or a review of relevant documentation, that a 
particular program does not meet one or more of the conditions 
described in paragraph (a) of this section--
    (1) The Coast Guard will so notify the managers or sponsors of the 
program by letter enclosing a report of the Coast Guard's observations 
and its conclusions;
    (2) The managers or sponsors of the program will have a specified 
period to appeal the Coast Guard's conclusions to the appropriate 
official at Coast Guard Headquarters, or to come into compliance with 
the requirement where the program has been found to be deficient; and
    (3) If the appeal is denied, or the deficiency is not corrected in 
the allotted time, or within any additional period considered by the 
Coast Guard to be appropriate considering progress toward compliance, 
the training program shall be removed from the list referred to in 
paragraph (b) of this section until full compliance can be established 
by the Coast Guard, and applications which are based in whole or in 
part on training received from a program at a time when it was not on 
the list may be denied until additional training or assessment can be 
documented.
    9. In Sec. 12.05-3, paragraph (d) is revised, paragraph (e) is 
amended by removing the period at the end and adding a semicolon in its 
place, and paragraphs (f) and (g) are added to read as follows:

Sec. 12.05-3  General requirements.

* * * * *
    (d) Pass an examination demonstrating ability as an able seaman and 
lifeboatman with proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats;
* * * * *
    (f) Complete approved basic safety-training as set out in STCW 
Regulation VI/1 and section a-VI/1 of the STCW Code. This training must 
encompass personal survival, firefighting and fire prevention, 
elementary first aid, and personal safety and social responsibilities. 
The Coast Guard may approve a basic safety-training program designed 
for a particular ship or type of service; however, in that case, the 
Coast Guard will limit the endorsement by indicating the ship or type 
of service. The training must have been completed 5 years or less 
before the date of application for the endorsement. For renewal, the 
applicant shall prove that his or her competence in all the subjects 
encompassed by the training has been assessed and established within 
the last 5 years; and
    (g) Meet the requirements of STCW Regulation II/4 and section A-11/
4 of the STCW Code, if the applicant will be serving in a rating 
forming part of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 gross 
tons or more.
    10. In Sec. 12.05-7, paragraph (a)(5) is added before the note to 
read as follows:

Sec. 12.05-7  Service or training requirements.

    (a) * * *
    (5) For a candidate to qualify to receive an STCW endorsement for 
service in a ``rating forming part of a navigational watch'' on a 
seagoing ship of 500 gross tons or more, the candidate's seagoing 
service must include training and experience associated with 
navigational watchkeeping and involve the performance of duties carried 
out under the direct supervision of the master, the officer in charge 
of the navigational watch, or a qualified rating. The training and 
experience must be sufficient to establish that the candidate has 
achieved the required standard of competence prescribed in table A-II/4 
of the STCW Code, in accordance with the methods of demonstrating 
competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in that 
table.
 * * * * *
    11. In Sec. 12.05-11, the heading and paragraph (a) are revised to 
read as follows:

Sec. 12.05-11  General provisions respecting merchant mariner's 
document endorsed for service as able seaman.

    (a) The holder of a merchant mariner's document endorsed for the 
rating of able seaman may serve in any unlicensed rating in the deck 
department without obtaining an additional endorsement; provided, 
however, that the holder shall hold the appropriate STCW endorsement 
when serving in a ``rating forming part of a navigational watch'' on a 
seagoing ship of 500 gross tons or more.
 * * * * *
    12. In Sec. 12.10-3, the heading, paragraph (a) introductory text, 
and paragraph (a)(6) are revised, and paragraph (c) is added, to read 
as follows:

Sec. 12.10-3  General requirements.

    (a) To be eligible for certification as lifeboatman with 
proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats, an applicant shall be 
at least 18 years of age, shall meet the requirements of STCW 
Regulation VI/2, paragraph 1, and the appropriate provisions of section 
A-VI/2 of the STCW Code, and shall meet one of the following 
requirements:
 * * * * *
    (6) Successful completion of a training course, approved by the 
Commandant, that includes a minimum of 30 hours' actual lifeboat 
training; provided that the applicant produces evidence of having 
served a minimum of 6 months at sea aboard ocean or coastwise vessels.
 * * * * *
    (c) To be eligible for certification as lifeboatman with 
proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats, an applicant shall 
receive approved basic safety-training as set out in STCW Regulation 
VI/1 and section A-VI/1 of the STCW Code. This training must encompass 
personal survival, firefighting and fire prevention, elemental first 
aid, and personal safety and social responsibilities. The Officer in 
Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), may approve a basic safety-training 
program designed for a particular ship or type of service; however, in 
that case, the OCMI will limit the endorsement by indicating the 
particular ship or type of service. The training must have been 
completed 5 years or less before the date of application for the 
endorsement. For renewal, an applicant shall prove that his or her 
competence has been assessed and established within the last 5 years.

Sec. 12.10-7  [Reserved].

    13. Section 12.10-7 is removed and reserved.
    14. Section 12.10-9 is added to read as follows:
    
[[Page 13318]]

Sec. 12.10-9  Certificates of proficiency in fast rescue boats.

    (a) Every person engaged or employed in a rating as a lifeboatman 
with proficiency in fast rescue boats shall hold a certificate of 
proficiency in these boats or a merchant mariner's document endorsed 
for proficiency in them.
    (b) To be eligible for a certificate of proficiency in fast rescue 
boats or a merchant mariner's document endorsed for proficiency in 
these boats, an applicant must--
    (1) Be qualified as a lifeboatman with proficiency in survival 
craft and rescue boats under this subpart; and
    (2) Provide sufficient proof that he or she has met the 
requirements for training and competence of STCW Regulation VI/2, 
paragraph 2, and the appropriate requirements of section A-VI/2 of the 
STCW Code.
    15. Section 12.10-11 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 12.10-11  Requirements for those designated to provide medical 
care on board ship.

    (a) Every person designated to provide medical first aid on board 
ship, or to take charge of medical care on board ship, shall hold 
documentary evidence indicating that the holder has attended a course 
of training in medical first aid or medical care, as appropriate.
    (b) The Coast Guard will issue such documentary evidence to the 
person, or endorse his or her license or document, on being satisfied 
that the training required under paragraph (a) of this section was 
sufficient to establish that he or she meets the standards of 
competence set out in STCW Regulation VI/4 and the provisions of 
section A-VI/4 of the STCW Code.
    16. In Sec. 12.15-3, paragraphs (d) and (e) are added to read as 
follows:

Sec. 12.15-3  General requirements.

 * * * * *
    (d) To be eligible for certification as qualified member of the 
engine department, an applicant shall complete approved basic safety-
training as set out in STCW Regulation VI/1 and section A-VI/1 of the 
STCW Code. This training must encompass personal survival, firefighting 
and fire prevention, elementary first aid, and personal safety and 
social responsibilities. The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection 
(OCMI), may approve a basic safety-training program designed for a 
particular ship or type of service; however, in that case, the OCMI 
will limit the endorsement by indicating the particular ship or type of 
service. The training must have been completed within 5 years or less 
before the date of application for the endorsement. For renewal, the 
applicant shall prove that his or her competence in all the subjects 
encompassed by the training has been assessed and established within 
the last 5 years.
    (e) To be eligible for certification as qualified member of the 
engine department, an applicant shall meet the requirements of STCW 
Regulation III/4 and section A-II/4 of the STCW Code, if he or she will 
be either serving in a rating forming part of a watch in a manned 
engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned 
engine-room on a seagoing ship driven by main propulsion machinery of 
750 kW [1,000 hp] propulsion power or more.
    17. in Sec. 12.15-7, paragraph (c) is added to read as follows:

Sec. 12.15-7  Service or training requirements.

* * * * *
    (c) To qualify to receive an STCW endorsement as ``rating forming 
part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties 
in a periodically unmanned engine-room'' on a seagoing vessel driven by 
main propulsion machinery of 750 kW [1,000 hp] propulsion power or 
more, an applicant shall prove seagoing service that includes training 
and experience associated with engine-room watchkeeping and involves 
the performance of duties carried out under the direct supervision of a 
qualified engineer officer or a member of a qualified rating. The 
training must be sufficient to establish that the applicant has 
achieved the standard of competence prescribed in table A-I/4 of the 
STCW Code, in accordance with the methods of demonstrating competence 
and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in that table.
    18. in Sec. 12.15-11, the heading is revised, paragraphs (a) 
through (j) are redesignated as paragraphs (1) through (10), the 
introductory text is designated as paragraph (a), and paragraph (b) is 
added, to read as follows:

Sec. 12.15-11  General provisions respecting merchant mariner's 
document endorsed for service as qualified member of the engine 
department.

* * * * *
    (b) The holder of a merchant mariner's document endorsed for the 
rating of qualified member of the engine department shall hold the 
appropriate STCW endorsement when either serving in a ``rating forming 
part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties 
in a periodically unmanned engine-room'' on a seagoing vessel driven by 
main propulsion machinery of 750 kW [1,000 hp] propulsion power or 
more.
    19. Section 12.25-45 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 12.25-45  Electronics technician.

    (a) An applicant is eligible to have his or her merchant mariner's 
document endorsed for the rating of electronics technician if he or she 
holds a certificate of completion from--
    (1) Approved training that includes instruction and assessment by 
qualified instructors and designated examiners, and requires the 
student both to complete appropriate examinations and practical 
demonstrations to establish competence in the basic knowledge, 
understanding, and skills necessary to perform maintenance, diagnosis, 
and repair of electronic equipment and installations on board ships and 
to make practical use of maintenance and repair manuals provided for 
such equipment and installations; or
    (2) An FCC- or Coast-Guard-approved course that covers at least the 
scope and content of training outlined in section B-IV/2 of the STCW 
Code for training in maintenance of GMDSS installations on board ships.
    (b) Only an applicant fulfilling the requirements of paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section may be designated to perform at-sea maintenance 
requirements imposed by SOLAS Regulation IV/15.
    (c) An applicant fulfilling only the requirements of paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section will have his or her document endorsed as 
follows: ``electronics technician--non-GMDSS.'' No one whose document 
bears this endorsement may be designated to perform at-sea maintenance 
of GMDSS installations when such a designation is used to meet the 
maintence requirements imposed by SOLAS Regulation IV/15.
    20. Subpart 12.30, consisting of 12.30-1 through 12.30-5, is added 
to read as follows:

Subpart 12.30--Ro-Ro Passenger Ships

Sec.

12.30-1  Purpose of regulations.

12.30-3  Definitions.

12.30-5  General requirements.

Subpart 12.30--Ro-Ro Passenger Ships

Sec. 12.30-1  Purpose of regulations.

    The purpose of the regulations in this subpart is to establish 
requirements for certification of seamen serving on roll-on/roll-off 
(Ro-Ro) passenger ships.

Sec. 12.30-3  Definitions.

    Roll-on/roll-off (Ro-Ro) passenger ship means a passenger ship with 
ro-ro cargo

[[Page 13319]]
spaces or special-category spaces as defined in the International 
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (SOLAS), and 
to which a SOLAS Certificate is issued.
    MMD means merchant mariner's document.

12.30-5  General requirements.

    To serve on a ro-ro passenger ship after January 30, 2002, a person 
holding an MMD and performing duties toward safety, cargo-handling, or 
care for passengers shall meet the appropriate requirements of STCW 
Regulation V/2 and section A-V/2 of the STCW Code, and have his or her 
MMD endorsed to show his or her meeting those requirements.

PART 15--MANNING REQUIREMENTS

    1. The authority citation for part 15 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3703, 8105; 49 CFR 1.46.

    2. Section 15.105 is added to subpart A to read as follows:

Sec. 15.105  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must 
publish notice of change in the Federal Register and the material must 
be available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC and at the U.S. Coast Guard, 
Operating and Environmental Standards Division, 2100 Second Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the sources indicated 
in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
part and the sections affected are as follows:

International Maritime Organization (IMO)

    4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, England.
    Amendments to the Annex to the International Convention on 
Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 
1978 (STCW), and the associated Seafarers' Training, Certification and 
Watchkeeping Code (STCW Code), as adopted under resolutions 1 and 2, 
respectively, by the Conference of parties to the International 
Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for 
Seafarers, 1978, held at IMO from June 26 to July 7, 1995--15.401; 
15.403; 15.705.
    3. In Sec. 15.301, the periods at the ends of paragraphs (b)(7) and 
(b)(10) are removed, a semicolon is added in each place, the word 
``and'' is added after the semicolon after paragraph (b)(10), and 
paragraph (b)(11) is added; and paragraphs (c)(7) and (c)(8) are added 
to paragraph (c) as that paragraph will stand after the revision 
effective on March 31, 1996, all to read as follows:

Sec. 15.301  Definitions of terms used in this part.

* * * * *
    (b)* * *
    (11) GMDSS radio operator.
    (c) * * *
    (7) Electronics technician.
    (8) Electronics technician--Non-GMDSS.
* * * * *
    4. In Sec. 15.401, the heading is revised, the existing text is 
designated as paragraph (a), and paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), 
(g), (h), and (i) are added, to read as follows:

Sec. 15.401  Employment and service within restrictions of license, 
document, and STCW endorsement.

* * * * *
    (b) On a vessel operating beyond the boundary line, no person may 
employ or engage any person to serve, and no person may serve, in a 
position in which a person shall hold an STCW endorsement, including 
master, chief mate, chief engineer, second engineer, officer of the 
navigational or engineering watch, or radio operator, unless the person 
serving holds an appropriate, valid STCW certificate or endorsement 
issued in accordance with part 10 or 12 of this chapter.
    (c) On a seagoing vessel of 500 gross tons or more, no person may 
employ or engage any person to serve, and no person may serve, in a 
rating forming part of the navigational watch, except for training, 
unless the person serving holds an appropriate, valid STCW certificate 
or endorsement issued in accordance with part 12 of this chapter.
    (d) After January 31, 1997, no person may either be engaged or 
employed to serve on a roll-on/roll-off (ro-ro) passenger ship to which 
a SOLAS certificate has been issued, or perform duties on such a ship, 
unless he or she holds a license or document endorsed for service on 
ro-ro passenger ships in accordance with Sec. 10.1005 or Sec. 12.30-5, 
of this chapter, whichever is appropriate to the service or the duties.
    (e) On a seagoing vessel driven by main propulsion machinery of 750 
kW [1,000 hp] propulsion power or more, no person may employ or engage 
any person to serve, and no person may serve, in a rating forming part 
of a watch in a manned engine-room, nor may any person be designated to 
perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room, except for 
training or for the performance of duties of an unskilled nature, 
unless the person serving holds an appropriate, valid STCW certificate 
or endorsement issued in accordance with part 12 of this chapter.
    (f) After January 31, 2002, on a seagoing vessel required to comply 
with provisions of the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System 
(GMDSS) in Chapter IV of SOLAS, no person may employ or engage any 
person to serve, and no person may serve, as the master, chief mate, or 
officer of the navigational watch, unless the person serving holds the 
appropriate Certificate for Operator of Radio in Global Maritime 
Distress and Safety System (GMDSS).
    (g) After January 31, 1997, on a seagoing vessel required to comply 
with provisions of the GMDSS in Chapter IV of SOLAS, no person may 
employ or engage any person to serve, and no person may serve, as the 
person designated to perform at-sea maintenance of GMDSS installations, 
when such designation is used to meet the maintenance requirements 
imposed by STCW Regulation IV/15, unless the person serving holds an 
electronic-technician endorsement not limited to non-GMDSS electronic 
installations.
    (h) After January 31, 2002, on a seagoing vessel fitted with an 
Automatic Radar-Plotting Aid (ARPA), no person may employ or engage any 
person to serve, and no person may serve, as the master, chief mate, or 
officer of the navigational watch, unless the person serving has been 
trained in the use of ARPA in accordance with Sec. 10.205 or 
Sec. 10.209 of this chapter.
    (i) The provisions of paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section 
are effective as of August 1, 1998.
    5. Section 15.403 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 15.403  Familiarization and basic safety-training.

    (a) After January 31, 1997, on a seagoing vessel, no person may 
assign any person to perform shipboard duties, and no person may 
perform those duties, unless the person performing them has received--
    (1) Familiarization training in personal survival techniques as set 
out in the standard of competence under STCW Regulation VI/1; or
    (2) Sufficient training or instruction, to be able to--
    
[[Page 13320]]

    (i) Communicate with other persons on board on elementary safety 
matters and understand information symbols, signs, and alarm signals 
covering information on safety;
    (ii) Know what to do if a person falls overboard; if fire or smoke 
is detected; or if the fire or abandon-ship alarm sounds;
    (iii) Identify stations for muster and embarkation, and emergency-
escape routes;
    (iv) Locate and don life-jackets;
    (v) Raise the alarm and know the use of portable fire 
extinguishers;
    (vi) Take immediate action upon encountering an accident or other 
medical emergency before seeking further medical assistance on board; 
and
    (vii) Close and open the fire, weathertight, and watertight doors 
fitted in the particular ship other than those for hull openings.
    (b) After January 31, 1997, on a seagoing vessel, no person may 
assign any person on board a ship, as part of the complement with 
designated safety or pollution-prevention duties in the operation of 
the ship, to perform shipboard duties, and no person may perform those 
duties, unless the person performing them has--
    (1) Received approved basic safety-training or instruction as set 
out in the standards of competence under STCW Regulation VI/1, 
particularly with respect to personal survival techniques, fire 
prevention and fire-fighting, elementary first aid, and personal safety 
and social responsibilities; and
    (2) Established competence within the last 5 years as part of an 
approved training program, in accordance with the methods and criteria 
prescribed under STCW Regulation VI/1.
    (c) Each person who has met the requirements of either Secs. 10.205 
and 10.209 of this chapter or Secs. 12.05-3, 12.10-3, and 12.15-3 of 
this chapter meets the requirements of this section without further 
training or assessment.
    6. Section 15.411 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 15.411  Maintenance of seamen's records by owner or operator.

    Each owner or operator of a U.S.-documented vessel that operates 
beyond the boundary line shall ensure that procedures are in place, in 
respect of licensed and unlicensed seamen who serve on each such 
vessel, to ensure that the following information is maintained 
throughout their service, and is readily accessible to those in 
management responsible for the safety of vessels and prevention of 
marine pollution:
    (a) Medical fitness.
    (b) Experience and training relevant to assigned shipboard duties.
    (c) Assessment of competence in performance of assigned shipboard 
duties.
    7. In Sec. 15.705, paragraph (f) is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 15.705  Watches.

* * * * *
    (f) Masters of vessels that operate beyond the boundary line shall 
observe the principles concerning watchkeeping as set out in STCW 
Regulation VIII/2 and section A-VIII/2 of the STCW Code.
    8. In Sec. 15.710, the heading is revised, paragraphs (a) through 
(d) are redesignated as paragraphs (1) through (4), respectively, the 
introductory text is designated as paragraph (a), and paragraphs (b) 
and (c) are added to read as follows:

Sec. 15.710  Working hours and rest periods.

* * * * *
    (b) After January 31, 1997, each person assigned duty as officer in 
charge of a navigational or engineering watch, or duty in a rating 
forming part of a navigational or engineering watch, on any vessel that 
operates beyond the boundary line shall receive a minimum period of 10 
hours of rest in any 24-hour period, except in an emergency, a drill, 
or any other overriding operation condition, provided--
    (1) The hours of rest are divided into no more than two periods, 
one of which must be at least 6 hours in length; and
    (2) The minimum period of 10 hours of rest may be reduced to not 
less than 6 consecutive hours as long as--
    (i) No reduction extends beyond 2 days; and
    (ii) He or she receives at least 70 hours of rest in each 7-day 
period.
    (c) The Master shall post watch schedules where they are easily 
accessible. Each schedule must include each affected person.
    (d) For purposes of applying this section--
    (1) Rest period means a period of time during which no tasks are 
assigned to the person concerned, the person is not scheduled to 
perform any duty, and the person is allowed to sleep without being 
interrupted; and
    (2) Overriding operational conditions means circumstances in which 
essential shipboard work cannot be delayed for reasons of safety or 
environment or for reasons not foreseeable at the commencement of the 
voyage.

    Dated: 5 March 1996.
Joseph J. Angelo,
Acting Chief, Office of Marine Safety, Security and Environmental 
Protection.
[FR Doc. 96-7019 Filed 3-25-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

Continue your research in ChatGPT or Claude

Connect Omnilex to search the legal corpus from your AI assistant.